Home

OPERATION MANUAL DeviceNet Slaves

1. limit switch or proximity eon or proximity supply supply Note 1 External power supply line OV and input line G are connected internally as are external power supply line 24V and input line V When input power is supplied to external power supply connectors power can be supplied to sensors from input lines G and V provided that the total current does not exceed 1 0 A If the total current exceeds 1 0 A the power must not be supplied from the connector it must be supplied externally instead 2 Wire colors in parentheses are the previous JIS colors for photoelectric and proximity sensors Dimensions The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1 HD16C and DRT1 HD16C 1 Environment resistive Terminals All dimensions are in mm 196 T mlo lJ Helo 5 o e 0 5 215 8 Mounting Holes eee Four 4 2 dia or M4 Nut o o p 205 0 3 Mounting When screw mounting screw from the rear Four 5 4 dia 6 Ji i 205 0 3 186 Environment resistive Terminals IP66 Section 5 3 5 3 4 Environment resistive Terminal IP66 with 8 Transistor Outputs DRT ODO8C NPN Output Specifications Item Specification Model DRT1 OD08C Internal I O common NPN Output points 8 points Uses one word in Master Rated output current 0 3 A point 2 4 A common
2. Data area Contents of 3 Rightmost Digits Sign Determin X 16 x 16 x 16 Bits 115114113 12 11108 7to4 3t00 Temperature conversion data Data 1 0 00 8 E 4 188 4 Rightmost C Normal Data area Sign determination area Example 3 200 12 F Value multiplied by 100 20012 Notification value FFB1D4 20012 expressed in hexadecimal Contents of 3 Leftmost Digits 16 x16 Sign Determin X 16 Temperature conversion data Bits 15 14 13 12 11 108 7 to 4 3t00 Data 0 1 0 0 F gt 4 FIF B 11 Leftmost F Normal Sign determination areabata area Contents of 3 Rightmost Digits Sign Determin X 167 X 16 x 16 Bits 15 14 1312 11 to 8 7 to 4 3to 0 Temperature conversion data Data 1 1 0 0 1 D 4_ 1 4 111 jum Rightmost F Normal Data area Sign determination area 166 Temperature Input Terminals Section 4 9 Example 4 Input Error Broken Wire Unit F Notification value 7FFFFF Contents of 3 Leftmost Digits Sign Determin x 165 x 164 x 16 Temperature conversion data Bits 15 14113 12 11 to 8 7 to 4 3100 Data 0 1 1 0 7 F F l6 TFF 111 Leftmost Error Data area Sign determination area Contents of 3 R
3. Internal circuits Output power power supply supply Blue black Black white Brown red Valve Solenoid NPN output 3 wire sensor photoelectric or proximity sensor The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 MD16C 1 Environment resistive Terminal PNP Input Output I 1 CN3 CN4 CN5 CN6 CN7 CN8 CN9 CN10 CN2 CN1 End surface 4 Input 4 4 Output 0 4 Output 4 2 Input 1 4 Input 2 2 Input 3 2 wire sensor limit switch Note 196 2 Input 5 4 2 5 CANL Internal circuits Output power power supply supply PNP output 3 wire sensor photoelectric or proximity sensor 1 External power supply line OV and input line G are connected internally as are external power supply line 24V and input line V When input power is supplied to external power supply connectors power can be supplied to sensors from input lines G and V provided that the total current does not exceed 1 0 A If the total current exceeds 1 0 A the power must not be supplied from the connector it must be supplied externally instead 2 External power supply line OV and output line G are connected internally as are external power supply line 24V and output line V When output pow er is supplied to external power supply connectors power can be supplied to output devices from output lines G and V provided that the total current Env
4. 176 5 1 1 Current Consumption Weight Degree of Protection 176 5 2 Connecting Communications Cables to Environment resistive Slaves 177 5 2 1 Example System Assembly 179 5 3 Environment resistive Terminals 1 6 179 5 3 1 Node Address and Baud Rate 179 5 3 2 Environment resistive Terminal IP66 with 8 Transistor Inputs DRTLI IDOSC NBN ed sete erbe gi ie EE DES 180 5 3 3 Environment resistive Terminal IP66 with 16 Transistor Inputs DRT1 HD16C NPN and DRTI HD16C 1 PNP 183 5 3 4 Environment resistive Terminal IP66 with 8 Transistor Outputs DRT ODOSC NEN e RE Rev EMEN spe 187 5 3 5 Environment resistive Terminal IP66 with 16 Transistor Outputs DRT1 WD16C NPN and DRT1 WD16C 1 PNP 189 5 3 6 Environment resistive Terminal IP66 with 8 Inputs 8 Outputs DRT1 MD16C NPN and DRTI MD16C 1 PNP 193 5 3 7 Mounting in Control 197 5 3 8 Wiring Internal Power Supplies I O Power Supplies and I O Lines 198 5 4 Waterproof Terminals IP67 0 cece eee 200 5 4 1 Node Address Baud Rate and Output Hold Clear Settings 200 5 4 2 Waterproof Terminal IP67 with 4 Transistor Inputs DRT 1 IDO4CL NPN and DRT1 IDO4CL 1 PNP 202 5 4 3 Waterproof Terminal IP67 with 8 Transistor I
5. Circuit removal screws Communications Terminal block connector DIN track mounting hooks Internal Circuits The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 OD16TA Remote Output Terminal Voltage step down Photo V1 24 V DC coupler vy 3G supply 1 Q V1 DRAIN O N Q Output 0 to 7 Photocoupler CANH OGI i V2 24 V DC 1 0 power supply t 7 O G2 ERN Volt Ft step down tO v2 2 converter ee L Isolated Output 8 to 15 Photocoupler G2 74 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks Section 4 4 The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 OD16TA 1 Remote Output Terminal Voltage step down OVi 24 V DC power Photo IL upply coupler G1 V YA E V1 CANL O ep x Fell Output 0 to 7 DRAIN UT I 961 CANH TU Noltage Photocoupler step down 0 v2 24 V DC T G2 I V2 converter 3 isolated or LL 8 to 15 Y Oa2 ree 7 Photocoupler Wiring The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 OD16TA Remote Output Terminal Q G Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid valve etc valve etc valve etc valve etc CN 75 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with 3 tier
6. 4 9 2 Temperature Input Terminals DRT1 TSO4T and DRT1 TSO4P 4 9 3 Mounting in Control Panels 4 9 4 Wiring Internal Power Supplies and I O Lines COMI TO Link Units veces sail sea ERU PEL IPEA RAD S 4 10 1 Node Address Baud Rate and Output Hold Clear Settings 4 10 2 COMI I O Link Unit 1 21 4 10 3 Mounting to Control Panels 87 87 88 93 98 103 108 111 111 112 117 122 122 124 124 125 129 132 133 136 136 137 149 156 156 157 157 158 169 170 171 171 173 174 Common Specifications for General purpose Slaves Common Specifications for General purpose Slaves The following table lists specifications which are common to all General pur pose Slaves For details of specifications for each Slave refer to the following Slave specifications pages Item Specifications 11 to 25 V DC Supplied from the communications con Communications power supply voltage nector Section 4 1 Internal power supply voltage 20 4 to 26 4 V DC 24 V DC 15 to 10 I O power supply voltage 20 4 to 26 4 V DC 24 V DC 15 to 10 Noise immunity 1 5 kVp Pulse width 0 1 to 1 us Pulse rise time 1 ns via noise simulator Vibration resistance 10 to 55 Hz 1 0 mm double amplitude Shock resistance 200 m s Dielectric strength 500
7. IR 050 C200H 1 0 Link Unit m IR 350 Read Area Write Area Connect the Peripheral Device to the PLC monitor the changes in current positions and check that the links are operating normally 26 SECTION 3 Common Slave Specifications This section provides specifications that are common to all Slaves 3 1 Common Slave Specifications 28 3 1 1 Communications 28 3 1 2 MS and NS Indicators 29 27 Common Slave Specifications Section 3 1 3 1 Common Slave Specifications 3 1 1 Communications Specifications 28 Item Communications protocol Specification DeviceNet Supported connections commu nications Master Slave Remote I O and explicit messages Both conform to DeviceNet specifications Connection forms Combination of multi drop and T branch connec tions for trunk or drop lines Baud rate 500 kbps 250 kbps or 125 kbps switchable Communications media Special 5 wire cables 2 signal lines 2 power lines 1 shield line Communications 500 kbps distances Network length 100 m max 100 m max Drop line length 6 m max Total drop line length 39 m max 250 kbps Network length 250 m max 100 m max Drop line length 6 m max Total drop line length 78 m max 125 kbps Network length 500 m max 100 m max Drop line length 6 m max Tot
8. Remote Adapters Wiring the I O Power Supply Note Section 4 6 Refer to the wiring details for each Slave for information on the terminal arrangement at the terminal block The following example shows the internal power supply fora DRT1 ID16X Remote Input Adapter OMRON DRT1 ID16X REMOTE ADAPTER 24VDC L1 The I O power supply and I O are wired through the MIL socket on the I O flat cable connector An MIL connector for an I O Relay Block or PCB can be con nected Connecting to I O Relay Blocks The MIL socket on the flat cable connector on the Remote Adapter can be connected directly to the connector an OMRON I O Relay Block The Remote Relay Block combinations that can be connected listed in the following table Remote Adapter Relay Block DRT1 ID16X G7TC ID16 5 G7TC IA16 5 DRT1 OD16X G7TC OC08 G7TC OC16 G70D SOC16 G70D FOM16 G70A ZOC16 3 1 Connection is also possible to manifold solenoid valves from Koganei or CKD 2 The DRT1 ID16X 1 cannot be connected to an I O Relay Block Connecting to PCB MIL Connectors The MIL socket on the flat cable connector on the Remote Adapter can be connected to I O devices connected to a PCB by connecting a MIL connector to the PCB The PCB MIL connectors that can be used are listed in the follow ing table MIL Connector Remarks XG4A 2031 DIP straight terminals XG4A 2034 DIP
9. 34 4 2 2 Connecting Communications Cables to the Nodes 37 4 2 3 Mounting Terminating Resistors 39 4 3 Transistor Remote I O 40 4 3 1 Node Address Baud Rate and Output Hold Clear Settings 40 4 3 2 Transistor Remote Input Terminals with 8 Points DRT1 ID08 NPN and DRT1 ID08 1 PNP 41 4 3 3 Transistor Remote Input Terminals with 16 Points DRT1 ID16 NPN and DRT1 ID16 1 PNP 45 4 3 4 Transistor Remote Output Terminals with 8 Points DRT1 ODO0S8 NPN DRT1 OD08 1 PNP 49 4 3 5 Transistor Remote Output Terminals with 16 Points DRT1 OD16 NPN and 0 16 1 53 4 3 6 X Transistor Remote I O Terminal with 8 Inputs and 8 Outputs DRTI MDI6 NPN sseeeeeeee IIIA 56 4 3 7 Mounting in Control 59 4 3 8 Wiring Internal Power Supplies I O Power Supplies and I O Lines 60 4 A Transistor Remote I O Terminals with 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks 62 4 4 1 Node Address Baud Rate and Output Hold Clear Settings 62 4 4 2 Transistor Remote Input Terminals with 16 Points and 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks DRT1 ID16T NPN and DRT1 IDI6T 1 PNP 63 4 4 3 Transistor Remote Input Terminals with 16 Points and 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks DRT1 ID16TA NPN and DRTI IDI6TA 1 PNP
10. 81 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks Section 4 4 Components of the DRT1 MD16TA and DRT1 MD16TA 1 Rotary switches Refer to page 62 Set the node address DIP switch Refer to page 62 Pins 1 and 2 Baud rate setting Pin 3 Reserved Always OFF Pin 4 Hold Clear outputs for communications error DeviceNet Indicators Refer to page 312 Input indicators Output indicators Indicate the output status of each Indicate the output status of each contact contact Lit when the input is ON Lit when the output is ON Communications DIN track mounting hooks Circuit removal screws connector Input terminal block Output terminal block Internal Circuits The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 MD16TA Remote I O Terminal Vi 24V DC V Photo CAN_H F coupler e DRAIN Wl 4 Me I Q 0107 CAN_L Voltage Q G1 ve Internal step down circuitry e V2 24V DC Photo coupler v2 DC DC LV converter Lae o IQ 0 to 7 Isolated F G2 82 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks Section 4 4 The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 MD16TA 1 Remote I O Terminal _ 1 24 V DC r 4 9 G1 CAN H Photo T 9 0107 G1 Voltage V2 24VDC st
11. JOJOBUUOD eJenbs Transistor 8 input points NPN DRT1 IDO8 oe O Ter 8 input points PNP DRT1 IDO8 1 16 input points NPN DRT1 ID16 16 input points DRT1 ID16 1 8 output points NPN DRT1 OD08 8 output points PNP DRT1 OD08 1 16 output points NPN DRT1 OD16 16 output points PNP DRT1 OD16 1 8 input 8 output points DRT1 MD16 NPN Transistor 16 input points NPN DRT1 ID16T Easy wiring no need to Remote VO Ter 16 input points PNP DRT1 ID16T 1 double wire terminals minals with 3 and wiring locations are tier I O Terminal 16 input points NPN DRT1 ID16TA easy to understand Blocks 16 input points PNP DRT1 ID16TA 1 Separate power supply 16 output points NPN DRT1 OD16T not needed for the DRT1 16 output points PNP DRT1 OD16T 1 16 output points NPN DRT1 OD16TA 16 output points PNP DRT1 OD16TA 1 8 input 8 output points NPN DRT1 MD16T 8 input 8 output points PNP DRT1 MD16T 1 8 input 8 output points NPN DRT1 MD16TA 8 input 8 output points PNP DRT1 MD16TA 1 D16TA same power supply used as communi cations power supply Overview of DeviceNet Section 1 1 Type Cable asodind SJ0 2euuoo eJenbs Name Appearance I O points Model Features Transistor 32 input poi
12. i i I P i Tin TRT IN TPLC2 Trt out Tout The Input Slave s ON OFF delay Minimum value 0 Tour The Output Slave s ON OFF delay Minimum value 0 Trrin Input Slave s communications time Slave See page 306 Remote I O Communications Characteristics Section 7 1 PLC cycle PLC cycle instruction execution cycle peripheral servicing cycle Master Unit processing Note Note out Output Slave s communications time Slave See page 306 TpLce The PLC s peripheral servicing cycle time The 1 minimum I O response time is the total of the following terms Twin Tin Teic2 Trout Tout Refer to SECTION 4 General purpose Slaves SECTION 5 Environment resistive and Waterproof Slaves and SECTION 6 Special I O Slave Units Specifications for details on Input and Output Slaves delay times Refer to Refresh Time on page 307 and the PLC s Operation Manual for details on the PLC s peripheral servicing cycle time Maximum I O Response Time The maximum l O response time occurs with the I O timing shown in the fol lowing diagram Instruction execution cycle time Instruction execution Instruction execution Peripheral servicing cycle time TPLc2 1 TPLC2 TRM Tout Tin The Input Slave s ON OFF delay Tout The Output Slave s ON OFF delay TR Master Unit s communicat
13. C S D C Control Words C First Control Word Contents Hex Meaning FE Master s node address 63 Master s Unit address FE Hex Source Words S First Source Word Contents Hex Meaning Response storage words DM2000 82 Hex DM Area 0700 Hex 2000 words For more detail refer to the PLC Operation Manual Response monitoring time 10 s No of bytes of command data 11 bytes No of bytes from S 4 onwards EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command code 28 01 Hex Slave node address 2 BYTE DATA READ response service code 1C Hex Class ID 002F Hex 253 C200H I O Link Units Using the IOWR Instruction C200HX HG HE PLCs to Write Data 254 Section 6 1 Word Contents Hex Meaning Instance ID For IR Area 1 0001 Hex Read start address 10 000A Hex Address L 0A Hex Address H 00 Hex No of bytes of read data 40 bytes 28 Hex The rightmost byte is not used D Destination Information Results are stored as shown in the following table Word Contents ex Weaing 00 10 Master s Unit address 0 No of words of 0 010 command data 10 words specified in BCD No of words from S onwards Response Storage Words Results are stored as shown in the following table Contents Hex Meaning DM 2000 EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command code 28 01 Hex DM 2001 Response code 0000 Hex Normal comple tion DM 2002 No of r
14. Number of bytes received data length from word DM 0103 onwards is 2 bytes Slave node address is 08 PARAMETER SET response service code is 90 Hex PORT RESET Response Contents Hex Meaning EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command code is 28 01 Hex Response code is 0000 Hex normal completion Number of bytes received data length from word DM 0453 onwards is 2 bytes Slave node address is 08 PORT RESET response service code is 85 Hex 6 2 13 Reading RS 232C Unit Parameters With the following example the port parameters that are set for the RS 232C Unit are all read for the port when IR 00004 port 1 or IR 00005 port 2 turns ON in the CPU Unit of the Master Unit When the RS 232C Unit s PARAMETER READ command is used the param eters that are valid at that time will be read After setting the parameters the RS 232C Unit must be turned OFF and then ON again or the ports must be reset for the new parameters to be enabled 292 RS 232C Units Section 6 2 Ladder Program 25315 BSET 71 Clears all DM Area words being used when the program starts 0000 M0000 25315 MOV 21 Response storage words DM 0150 MOV 21 82 Hex DM 0096 Hex word 150 00 Hex Word data DMO0051 MOV 21 Response monitoring time 10 s MOV 21 Number of command data bytes 9 bytes MOV 1 EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command code FINS 2801 2801 Hex Slave node address 08
15. O number of active connections 1 Section Object instance 1 Instance type Information Explicit Message Max number of instances Production trigger Cyclic Transport type Server Transport class Object instance 1 Attribute 1 State 3 ID content Set write 2 Instance type 0000 hexadecimal 3 Transport class trigger 83 hexadecimal 4 Produced connection ID 5 Consumed connection ID 6 Initial comm characteristics 21 hexadecimal 7 Produced connection size FEOO hexadecimal 8 Consumed connection size FEOO hexadecimal 9 Expected packet rate 12 Watchdog time out action 0100 hexadecimal 13 Produced connection path length 0000 hexadecimal 14 Produced connection path 15 Consumed connection path length 0000 hexadecimal 16 Consumed connection path Object instance 1 Service 17 Production inhibit time 0000 hexadecimal DeviceNet service Parameter option 05Reset No OEGet Attribute Single No 10Set Attribute Single No Using Another Company s Master Unit Appendix B Item Object instance 2 Object instance 2 Object instance 2 Section Instance type Information Polled I O Max number of instances Production trigger Cyclic Transport type Server Transport class 2 Attribute Service ID content
16. of 116 Remote Adapters Section 4 6 4 6 3 Remote Output Adapters with 16 Points DRT1 OD16X NPN and DRT1 OD16X 1 PNP Output Specifications Item Specification Model DRT1 OD16X DRT1 OD16X 1 Internal common NPN PNP Output points 16 points Rated output current 30 mA point Residual voltage 1 2 V max 30 mA DC 1 2 V max 30 mA DC between each output termi between each output termi nal and G nal and V Leakage current 0 1 mA max ON delay time 0 5 ms max OFF delay time 1 5 ms max Number of circuits 8 points with one common Components of the DRT1 OD16X and DRT1 OD16X 1 DeviceNet Indicators Refer to page 312 Power supply terminals DIN track mounting hooks Communications connector DIP switch Refer to page 40 Pins 1 to 6 Node address setting Pins 7 and 8 Baud rate settin Pin 9 Reserved Always OFF Pin 10 Hold clear outputs for communications error MIL socket flat cable connector Connect the output power supply and output devices such as relays and indicators through an MIL type flat cable connector 117 Remote Adapters Section 4 6 Internal Circuits The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 OD16X Remote Output Adapter Voltage step down Photo Photocoupler coupler VO 24VDC V xf 0 CAN H 1 DRAIN Photo CAN L coup
17. CNND S D CJ Command Words S First Command Word Contents Hex Meaning EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command code 28 01 Hex Slave node address 2 BYTE DATA READ command service code 1C Hex Class ID 002F Hex Instance ID For IR Area 1 0001 Hex Read start address 10 000A Hex Address L 0A Hex Address H 00 Hex No of bytes of read data 40 bytes 28 Hex The rightmost byte is not used D Response Words D First Response Word Results are stored as shown in the following table Contents Hex Meaning EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command code 28 01 Hex Response code 0000 Hex Normal comple tion No of received bytes data length after D 3 42 bytes Slave node address 2 BYTE DATA READ response service code 9C Hex Data read from the Slave s IR10 to IR29 When the BYTE DATA READ command is used from an OMRON Master data is stored in the Master in the same sequence as the Slave leftmost byte to rightmost byte Control Words C First Control Word Contents Hex Meaning No of bytes of command data 11 bytes of command data S No of bytes of response data 48 bytes of response data D Destination node network address 1 251 200 1 0 Link Units Section 6 1 Word Contents Hex Meaning Master s node address 63 Master s Unit address FE Hex Response returned communications port No 0 No of retries 0
18. G2 The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 ID16TA 1 Remote Input Terminal 1 9 V1 24V DC V r amp G1 CAN_H LHL ov Photocoupler DRAIN Tw 0107 E CAN L oa y Internal mE circuitry 69 V2 24V DC Q G2 V2 DC DC converter RE 81015 Isolated G2 Wiring The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 ID16TA Remote Input Terminal Black white Blue black 2 wire sensor 3 wire sensor with 2 wire sensor 3 wire sensor with e g limit switch NPN output e g limit switch NPN output photoelectric or photoelectric or proximity sensor proximity sensor 68 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks Section 4 4 The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 ID16TA 1 Remote Input Terminal OO Blue black Blue black Black white Brown white 2 wire sensor 3 wire sensor with 2 wire sensor 3 wire sensor with e g limit switch PNP output e g limit switch PNP output photoelectric or photoelectric or proximity sensor proximity sensor Note 1 V1is not connected internally to V2 and G1 is not connected internally to G2 Connect them carefully 2 Line colors have been changed accompanying changes in JIS standards for photoelectric and proximity sensors Previous colors are given in p
19. 1 1 E LR Area LR 00 to LR 63 HR Area HR or H HR 00 to HR 99 C200HX HG HE CZ AR Area AR 00 to AR 27 Can be set for Read Area only CS1H G Holding Area H H100 or H102 to H127 Specify the starting word with 00 Hex or 02 to 1B Hex C200HX HG HE CZ Timer Counter Area TIM CNT TIM CNT 000 to TIM CNT 511 CS1H G Timer Area T T 000 to T 511 EM Area bank 0 only EM 0000 to EM 6143 Address of First Word The address first word of the memory area is set in hexadecimal Areas that can be specified differ depending on the model of PLC used and the area Example Setting DM 1000 to DM 1015 16 words 32 bytes Bit 15 Bit 0 20 os 237 200 I O Link Units Section 6 1 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 Status Area The Status Area indicates the operating status of the C200H I O Link Unit The meaning of each bit is as shown in the following diagram 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 Bit Ly Ly Ly Ly Ly Error Incorrect Switch Settings EEPROM Error Flag PLC Mounting Error Communications Error Not used 1 0 EET Switch Settings EEPROM Error Node Address Duplication Bus Off Error Detected Network Power Supply Error Hold Clear Write Area Data for Communications Error Explicit Connection Established Read Writ
20. be mounted side by side and all inputs can be turned ON simultaneously at 55 C or less If the Terminals are mounted facing up the distances and temperatures in the graph given below must be maintained to enable turning ON all inputs simultaneously For example at an ambient temperature of 55 C the Ter minals must be separated by at least 10 mm 30 20 7 eo2ueljsiq 45 5 55 Ambient operating temp C 4 5 3 Transistor Remote Output Terminals with 32 Points and Connectors DRT1 OD32ML NPN and DRT1 OD32ML 1 PNP Output Specifications Item Specification Model DRT1 OD32ML DRT1 OD32ML 1 Internal common NPN PNP Output points 32 points Rated output current 0 3 A point 4 A common see note Residual voltage 1 2 V max at 0 3 A 1 2 V max at 0 3 A between each output termi between each output termi nal and G nal and V 93 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with Connectors Section 4 5 Item Specification Leakage current 0 1 mA max ON delay time 0 5 ms max OFF delay time 1 5 ms max Number of circuits 32 points with one common Note Do not allow the total load current to exceed 4 A and do not allow the load cur rent on either the V or G terminal to exceed 1 A Components of the DRT1 OD32ML and DRT1 OD32ML 1 DeviceNet indicators Refer to page 312 Indicate the status of the Slave communicat
21. Delimiter code only when delimiter code is enabled 70 Hex Specifies the delimiter code in single byte 2 digit hexadecimal 03 Hex ETX code No of bytes received after the delimiter when the delimiter code is enabled or the No of bytes received per frame when the delimiter code is disabled 71 hex Specifies the number of bytes in single byte 2 digit hexadecimal 00 Hex Note Port 1 and 2 parameter settings for data bit length parity and No of stop bits Set value 00 Hex Data bit length No of stop bits 01 Hex 02 Hex 03 Hex 04 Hex 05 Hex 06 Hex 07 Hex 08 Hex 09 Hex 0A Hex to OF Hex mimio 2 j nminmimi2o 2a a RS 232C Units First word First word 1 First word 2 First word 3 Section 6 2 ALL PARAMETER SET Writes all the Attribute ID set values to consecutive words and transmits all the settings at the same time as shown in the following diagram 8 7 0 Bit Attribute code Data bit length 64 Hex 6 B Hex 65 Hex 6C Hex Header code enable disable Baud rate 66 Hex 6D Hex 67 Hex 6E Hex Header code Delimiter code 68 Hex 6F Hex 69 Hex 70 Hex No of bytes received after the delimiter per frame 6A Hex 71 Hex 00 Hex Fixed Note The hexadecimal values displayed above are the set values for Attribute ID PARAMETER READ The values in parentheses are the Attribut
22. ww CAN 9 91 v o Non isolate power supply 5V OV To physical layer Internal SOURCE circuitry 24VDC gt 5V ins OG SOURCE 97 1NS 1501 24V DC Isolated M Voltage B Photo step down OUT coupler T OV 24V DC ME x oo aa m 4 Photo coupler x 4 pr 4 4 OG Wiring The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 MD16 Remote I O Termi nal SOURCE 24VDC 24VDC IN OUT 24 V DC 1 1 Ir 1 12 13 14 21 22 t5 t5 5 t t ts Internal circuits power supply Power supply Power supply for outputs for inputs 3 wire sensor with 2 wire sensor Solenoid NPN output e g limit switch valve etc photoelectric or proximity sensor Note 1 IN Vis not connected internally to OUT V terminals 13 and 22 and ING is not connected internally to OUT G terminals 2 and 11 Connect them carefully 58 Transistor Remote I O Terminals Section 4 3 Dimensions gt LO OMRON DRT1 MD16 REMOTE TERMINAL 24VDC 2 Line colors have been changed accompanying changes in JIS standards for photoelectric and proximity sensors Previous colors are given in paren theses The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1 MD16 Remote I O Terminals All dimensions are in mm Approx 73 With connector attached 50 max JE Ped de Med EE E Edi gt 150 Mounting holes 4040 3
23. 283 RS 232C Units Section 6 2 C Control Words C First Control Word Word Contents Heo 1BFE Master s node address 27 Master s Unit address FE Hex Source Words S First Source Word Contents Hex Meaning Response storage words DM2000 82 Hex DM Area 07D0 Hex 2000 words For more detail refer to the PLC Operation Manual Response monitoring time 10 s No of bytes of command data 9 bytes No of bytes from S 4 onwards EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command code 28 01 Hex Slave node address 14 RS 232C RECEIVE DATA READ response ser vice code OE Hex Class ID 0094 Hex Instance ID For port 1 0002 Hex Attribute ID 64 Hex D Transmission Information Destination Unit and Number of Words Contents Hex Meaning Master s Unit address 5 No of words of com mand data 9 words specified in BCD No of words from S onwards Response Storage Words Results are stored as shown in the following table Contents Hex Meaning DM2000 EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command code 28 01 Hex DM2001 Response code 0000 Hex Normal completion DM2002 No of received bytes data length after D 3 DM2003 Slave node address 14 RS 232C RECEIVE DATA READ response ser vice code 8E Hex DM2004 on The receive data read from RS 232C port 1 is stored in sequence from the leftmost bit to the rightmost bit 284 RS 232C Units Section
24. ITI CoC E 61 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks Section 4 4 4 4 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks 4 4 1 Node Address Baud Rate and Output Hold Clear Settings Node Address Settings Baud Rate Setting 62 Note Note This section describes the Slaves node address setting baud rate settings and hold clear outputs for communications error setting These settings are made using the following pins on the DIP switch Node address setting Rotary switches Baud rate setting Pins 1 and 2 Output hold clear setting Pin 4 affects only outputs Baud rate setting Reserved Always OFF Output hold clear setting for communications errors for outputs HARE 1234 23 EW 5 WD b 1 0 10 Node address setting 1 Node address setting x10 D L L 23 9 23 9 The node address of the Remote I O Terminal is set with two rotary switches The 10s digit is set on the left and the 1s digit is set on the right Any node address within the setting range can be used as long as it isn t already set on another node The Slave won t be able to participate in communications if the same node address is used for the Master or another Slave node node address duplica tion error Pins 1 and 2 are used to set the baud rate as shown in the following table These pins are factory set to OFF Baud rate 12
25. Program Example Leftmost 3 digits notification 35015 Leftmost 3 digits notification When data is negative When data is positive 168 Stores leftmost 3 digits of data in IR word 040 Transfers rightmost 3 bits of data 16 to 16 to word 030 Transfers16 data to word 030 Transfers 16 and 16 data to word 031 If data is negative stores FF in leftmost two digits of word 031 If data is positive stores 00 in leftmost two digits of word 031 Transfers the temperature units bit and broken wire bit information to word 032 Temperature Input Terminals Section 4 9 Dimensions The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1 TSO4T and DRT1 504 Temperature Input Terminals All dimensions are in mm A 7 Unit mm lt With connector installed ol OMRON DRT1 TS04T 7 TERMINAL 50 max 150 max Mounting Hole Dimensions Two 4 2 dia or M4 4 04 e o 1 l Q 140 0 3 i gt 4 9 3 Mounting in Control Panels Either of the following methods can be used to mount a Temperature Input Terminal in a control panel Using Screws Open mounting holes in the control panel according to the dimensions pro vided for mounting holes in the dimensions diagrams and then secure the Temperature Input Terminals with M4 screws The appropriate tightening torque is 0 6 to 0 98 N m Using DIN Track Mount the back of the Temperature Input Ter
26. Remote Adapters ceva RE A SOE Sa oe SE 4 6 1 Node Address Baud Rate and Output Hold Clear Settings 4 6 2 Remote Input Adapters with 16 Points DRT1 ID16X NPN and DRT1 ID16X 1 4 6 3 Remote Output Adapters with 16 Points DRT 1 OD16X NPN and DRT1 OD16X 1 PNP 4 6 4 Mounting in Control Panels 4 6 5 Wiring Internal Power Supplies I O Power Supplies and I O Lines Sensor Terminals eee bebe PEU EE VEN US 4 7 1 Node Address Baud Rate and Output Hold Clear Settings 4 7 2 Transistor Input Sensor Terminals with 16 Points 165 4 7 3 Transistor I O Sensor Terminals with 8 Inputs and 8 Outputs DREI ND16S oorr ye 4 7 4 Mounting in Control Panels 4 7 5 Wiring Internal Power Supplies I O Power Supplies and I O Lines Analog W O Terminals EU CR HEU Sepa Soo 4 8 1 Node Address and Baud Rate 4 8 2 Analog Input Terminals DRT1 AD04 and DRTI ADOAH 4 8 3 Analog Output Terminal 02 4 8 4 Mounting in Control Panels 4 8 5 Wiring Internal Power Supplies and I O Lines Temperature Input 4 9 1 Node Address and Baud Rate
27. 21 hexadecimal 7 Produced connection size 0000 hexadecimal 8 Consumed connection size 0000 hexadecimal 9 Expected packet rate 12 Watchdog time out action 01 hexadecimal 13 Produced connection path length 00 hexadecimal 14 Produced connection path 15 Consumed connection path length 00 hexadecimal 16 Consumed connection path 17 Production inhibit time 00 hexadecimal DeviceNet service Parameter option 05Reset OEGet Attribute Single 10Set Attribute Single Object instance 1 Service Section Information Max number of instances Object instance 2 Instance type Polled I O Production trigger Cyclic Transport type Server Transport class 2 329 Using Another Company s Master Unit Item Object instance 2 Object instance 2 ID content Attribute 1 State Get read Set write Appendix B Value 2 Instance type 01 hexadecimal 3 Transport class trigger 82 hexadecimal 4 Produced connection ID 5 Consumed connection ID 6 Initial comm characteristics 01 hexadecimal 7 Produced connection size See note 8 Consumed connection size See note 9 Expected packet rate 12 Watchdog time out action 01 hexadecimal 13 Produced connection path length See note 14 Produced connection path See note 15 Consumed connection
28. 40 0 2 Two 4 2 dia or M4 170 0 2 Note The circuit section can be removed by loosening the circuit removal screws Refer to Components of the DRT1 MD16TA and DRT1 MD16TA 1 84 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks Section 4 4 Always turn OFF the communications internal and I O power supplies before removing or attaching the circuit section 4 4 8 Mounting in Control Panels Using Screws Using DIN Track Either of the following methods can be used to mount an Remote I O Terminal in a control panel Open mounting holes in the control panel according to the dimensions pro vided for mounting holes in the dimensions diagrams and then secure the Remote I O Terminal with M4 screws The appropriate tightening torque is 0 6 to 0 98 N m Mount the back of the Remote I O Terminal to a 35 mm DIN Track To mount the Terminal pull down on the mounting hook on the back of the Terminal with a screwdriver insert the DIN Track on the back of the Terminal and then secure the Terminal to the DIN Track When finished secure all Slaves on both ends of the DIN Track with End Plates Connecting End Plates Hook the bottom of the End Plate onto the DIN Track as shown at 1 in the following diagram then hook the top of the End Plate as shown at 2 End Plate Note Always attach End Plate to both ends of Slaves connected to DIN Track 85 Transistor
29. Header code STX 02 Hex Delimiter code ETX 03 Hex No of bytes after delimiter 0 00 Hex D Transmission Information Destination Unit and Number of Words Contents Hex Meaning Master s Unit address 5 No of words of com mand data 12 words specified in BCD No of words from S onwards Response Storage Words Results are stored as shown in the following table Contents Hex Meaning EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command code 28 01 Hex Response code 0000 Hex Normal completion No of received bytes data length after DM2003 2 bytes Slave node address 14 PARAMETER SET response service code 90 Hex The following example shows how to use the IOWR instruction to read the reception data of port 1 of the RS 232C Unit from the Master Unit C200HX HG HE PLC The maximum amount of data that can be read from an OMRON DeviceNet Master at one time is 152 bytes Before using the RS 232C RECEIVE DATA READ command be sure that the communications status Received Flag Port 1 bit 03 Port 2 bit 11 allocated in the Master s IN Area is ON For more detailed information on explicit messages refer to the Master Unit s Operation Manual For information on the IOWR instruction refer to the SYS MAC C200HX HG HE PLCs Operation Manual Example Conditions Master node address 27 Master s Unit address 5 Slave node address 14 Example Using IOWR owm C S D
30. Internal circuitry Q Transistor Remote I O Terminals Section 4 3 The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 OD08 1 Remote Output Terminal Photo coupler V V 24VDC CAN H Photocoupler 0 DRAIN M 1 L le coupler i 22 m Photo SOURCE o coupler 24V DC DC DC x converter G SOURCE Isolated 24V DC G i Voltage step down Wiring The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 OD08 Remote Output Terminal SOURCE 24VDC 24VDC 1 Internal circuits power supply Solenoid Valve Solenoid Note The V terminals terminal numbers 7 9 and 14 are connected internally When I O power is supplied to terminals 9 power can be supplied to output devices from terminals 7 and 14 When the power supply exceeds 1 2 A the power supply should not be input through the terminals an external power supply must be used instead 51 Transistor Remote I O Terminals Section 4 3 The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 OD08 1 Remote Output Terminal SOURCE 24VDC 24VDC T Al 1 14 1 il Internal circuits power supply Solenoid Valve Solenoid Note The G terminals terminal numbers 2 7 and 14 are connected internally When I O power is supplied to terminal 2 power can be supplied to output devices from terminals 7 and 14 When the power supply exc
31. coupler 95 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with Connectors Section 4 5 Wiring The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 OD32ML Remote Output Terminal 96 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with Connectors Section 4 5 The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 OD32ML 1 Remote Out put Terminal Note 1 The V terminals are connected internally as are the G terminals When the power supply exceeds 1 0 A per terminal or the total current drawn by the external loads exceeds 4 A the output power supply should not be input through the terminals an external power supply must be used instead 2 When using inductive loads such as solenoids or valves use a load with a built in diode to absorb reverse power or attach a diode externally Allocations The first word allocated to the Remote Output Terminal is referred to as word m Given this the bit and word allocations to MIL connector pin numbers are as shown in the following diagram Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 wam 25 2729 1 35 7 39 26 2 32 34 36 16 outputs 1 5 7 11 13 15 17 19 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 16 outputs 97 Transistor
32. torque of 0 39 to 0 49 N m If the connec tor is not tightened sufficiently it will not provide the expected environmental resistance and may come loose from vibration Do not use pliers or other tools to tighten the connectors because the tools may damage the connectors Connecting to B7AC Link Connect the I O Wiring to the B7AC Interface Unit with the XS2 series Round Terminal Units Waterproof Connectors listed in the following table Communications Media Compatible Connectors Connector Model Cable with connector on one end male plug XS2H D42 Cable with connectors on both ends socket and plug XS2W D42 Connector plug assembly male Crimp connector or solder type 224 XS2G D4 7 Interface Units Note Section 5 5 Refer to the Catalog or manual for details on the device s connections before connecting any device DRT1 B7AC B7AC Interface Unit B7AC series Connector type Link Terminal Units 10 points Unit Sensors with attached connectors See note 3 n 10 sensors 10 inputs z Communications media peram a AA 10 sensors XS2W D420 081 0 Cables 10 inputs with shielded connector plugs SH 40 sensor 10 inputs 1 Refer to the OMRON Sensors Catalog X42 E 1 3 for more details on the sensor connections and Round Waterproof Connectors 2 A separate power supply
33. 40 1400 3 4 3 4 Transistor Remote Output Terminals with 8 Points DRT1 OD08 NPN and DRT1 OD08 1 PNP Output Specifications Item Specification Model DRT1 OD08 DRT1 OD08 1 Internal common NPN PNP Output points 8 points Master Unit uses one word Rated output current 0 3 A point 2 4 A common Residual voltage 1 2 V max at 0 3 A 1 2 V max at 0 3 A between each output termi between each output termi nal and G nal and V Leakage current 0 1 mA max ON delay time 0 5 ms max OFF delay time 1 5 ms max Number of circuits 8 points with one common 49 Transistor Remote I O Terminals Section 4 3 Components of the DRT1 OD08 and DRT1 OD08 1 Output indicators Indicate the output status of each contact Lit when the output is ON Communications connector DIP switch Refer to page 40 Pins 1 to 6 Node address setting Pins 7 and 8 Baud rate settin Pin 9 Reserved Always OFF DIN track mounting hooks DeviceNet Indicators Refer to page 312 Terminal block Mounting screw holes Pin 10 Hold Clear outputs for communications error Internal Circuits The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 OD08 Remote Output Terminal V CAN H DRAIN CANL y SOURCE 24V DC DC DC converter Isolated SOURCE 24 V DC 50 Photo coupler Voltage step down Photocoupler coupler
34. 67 4 4 4 Transistor Remote Output Terminals with 16 Points and 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks DRT1 OD16T NPN and DRT1 ODI6T 1 PNP 70 4 4 5 Transistor Remote Output Terminals with 16 Points and 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks DRT1 OD16TA NPN and DRTI ODIGTA 1 PNP 73 4 4 6 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with 8 Inputs and 8 Outputs and 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks DRT1 MD16T NPN and DRTI MDI6T 1 PNP 77 4 4 7 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with 8 Inputs and 8 Outputs and 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks DRT1 MD16TA NPN and DRT1 MDI6TA 1 PNP 81 4 4 8 Mounting in Control 85 4 4 9 Wiring Internal Power Supplies I O Power Supplies and I O Lines 86 31 32 4 5 4 9 4 10 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with 4 5 1 Node Address Baud Rate and Output Hold Clear Settings 4 5 2 Transistor Remote Input Terminals with 32 Points and Connectors DRT 1 ID32ML NPN DRT1 ID32ML 1 PNP 4 5 3 Transistor Remote Output Terminals with 32 Points and Connectors DRT1 OD32ML NPN and DRTI OD32ML 1 PNP 4 5 4 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with 16 Inputs and 16 Outputs and Connectors DRT 1 MD32ML NPN and DRT1 MD32ML 1 PNP 4 5 5 Mounting in Control Panels 4 5 6 Wiring Internal Power Supplies I O Power Supplies and I O
35. C200HW DRT21 CQM1 DRT21 DRT1 Series DeviceNet Slaves OPERATION MANUAL OMRON C200HW DRT21 CQM1 DRT21 DRT1 Series DeviceNet Slaves Operation Manual Revised September 2003 OMRON products are manufactured for use according to proper procedures by a qualified operator and only for the purposes described in this manual The following conventions are used to indicate and classify precautions in this manual Always heed the information provided with them Failure to heed precautions can result in injury to people or dam age to property N DANGER Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which if not avoided will result in death or serious injury Z N WARNING Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided could result in death or serious injury Caution Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided may result in minor or moderate injury or property damage OMRON Product References All OMRON products are capitalized in this manual The word Unit is also capitalized when it refers to an OMRON product regardless of whether or not it appears in the proper name of the product The abbreviation Ch which appears in some displays and on some OMRON products often means word and is abbreviated Wd in documentation in this sense The abbreviation PLC means Programmable Controller PC is used however in some Program ming Device
36. Section Instance type Information Explicit Message Max number of instances Production trigger Cyclic Transport type Server Object instance 1 Attribute Transport class 3 ID content 1 State 2 Instance type 0000 hexadecimal 3 Transport class trigger 83 hexadecimal 4 Produced connection ID 5 Consumed connection ID 6 Initial comm characteristics 21 hexadecimal 7 Produced connection size FFFF hexadecimal 8 Consumed connection size FFFF hexadecimal 9 Expected packet rate 12 Watchdog time out action 01 hexadecimal 13 Produced connection path length 00 hexadecimal 14 Produced connection path 15 Consumed connection path length 00 hexadecimal 16 Consumed connection path 17 Production inhibit time 00 hexadecimal Item DeviceNet service Parameter option Object instance 1 Object instance 2 Service OEGet Attribute Single No Section Instance type 10Set Attribute Single Information Polled I O No Max number of instances Production trigger Cyclic Transport type Server Transport class 2 341 Using Another Company s Master Unit Appendix B Item Object instance 2 Attribute ID content 1 State Get read Set write Value 2 Instance type 01 hexadecimal 3 Transport class t
37. between each output termi nal and G nal and V Leakage current 0 1 mA max ON delay time 0 5 ms max OFF delay time 1 5 ms max Number of circuits 16 points with one common Note Do not allow the total load current to exceed 2 A and do not allow the load cur rent on either the V or G terminal to exceed 1 A Components of the DRT1 MD32ML and DRT1 MD32ML 1 DeviceNet indicators Refer to page 312 Indicate the status of the Slave communications and I O lit when I O is ON inputs Il outputs Top panel Front panel Bottom panel Rotary switches Refer to page 87 DIN track DIP switch Refer to page 87 Set the node address mounting hooks Pins 1 and 2 Baud rate setting Pin 3 Reserved Always OFF Pin 4 Hold Clear outputs for communications error for outputs only Communications connector I O connector MIL Connects the 16 inputs and 16 outputs via a MIL connector The MIL cable is sold separately I O Indicators 10 to 115 Indicate the status of bits contacts 0 to 15 in word m Lit when input is ON not lit when input is OFF to 1115 Indicate the status of bits contacts 0 to 15 Lit when output is ON not lit when output is OFF Note m The first word allocated for the Remote I O Terminal s IN Area n The first word allocated for the Remote I O Terminal s OUT Area 99 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with Connectors
38. for the following Units DRT1 MD32ML 1 and DRT1 B7AC 35 mA max 24 V DC for the following Unit DRT1 OD04CL 1 Connector type Open plug Physical insulation Yes Supported indicators Module Network MAC ID setting DIP switch Default MAC ID 0 Baud rate setting DIP switch Supported baud rates 125 kbps 250 kbps and 500 kbps Communications data Predefined Master Slave connection set Group 2 only server Dynamic connection support UCMM No Explicit message fragmentation support Yes Note For Analog Input Terminals Analog Output Terminals and Temperature Input Terminals Volume is 1 2 and Volume Il is 1 1 Object Mounting Identity Object 0x01 Object class Object instance 326 Attribute Not supported Service Not supported ID content Attribute 1 Vendor Get read Set write 47 2 Product type 0 3 Product code See note 2 4 Revision 1 3 See note 1 5 Status bits supported Bit 0 only 6 Serial number Unique for each Unit 7 Product name Same as the model name 8 State Using Another Company s Master Unit Appendix B DeviceNet service Parameter option 05Reset Object instance Service Note 1 OEGet Attribute Single For Analog Input Terminals Analog Output Terminals and Temperature Input Terminals Revision is 1 2 The product code depends on
39. open circuit detection function Analog Input Terminals 147 output devices Remote Adapter 16 output type 120 121 output ranges Analog Output Terminals 153 outputs status after communications error Analog Output Terminals 154 R refresh time 307 Remote Adapter 16 input type components 113 dimensions 116 input devices 115 116 internal circuitry power supply 114 115 specifications 112 16 output type connector pin allocation 119 dimensions 121 internal circuitry power supply 119 120 output devices 120 121 rotary switch Analog Input Terminals 140 Analog Output Terminals 151 Temperature Input Terminals 161 S Sensor Terminals components 126 130 dimensions 128 132 internal circuitry 127 130 Slave Units baud rate 40 62 88 111 137 158 172 180 201 216 261 358 node number setting range 40 62 87 111 124 180 201 216 230 specifications 31 troubleshooting 313 specifications Analog Input Terminals 137 Analog Output Terminals 149 communications 28 I O Link Units 173 Remote Adapter 16 input type 112 Slave Units 31 Transistor Remote Terminals transistor input 41 transistor output 49 53 system startup times 308 T W Temperature Input Terminals decimal 2 column display mode 164 dimensions 160 169 DIP switch 160 rotary switch 161 terminal arrangement 162 wiring 162 terminal arrangement Analog Output Terminals 152 Temperature Input Terminals 162 test 176
40. vided for mounting holes in the dimensions diagrams and then secure the Remote Adapter with M4 screws The appropriate tightening torque is 0 6 to 0 98 N m Mount the back of the Remote Adapter to a 35 mm DIN Track To mount the Adapter pull down on the mounting hook on the back of the Terminal with a screwdriver insert the DIN Track on the back of the Terminal and then secure the Terminal to the DIN Track When finished secure all Slaves on both ends of the DIN Track with End Plates Connecting End Plates Hook the bottom of the End Plate onto the DIN Track as shown at 1 in the following diagram then hook the top of the End Plate as shown at 2 End Plate Note Always attach End Plate to both ends of Slaves connected to DIN Track Unless specific restrictions are given for the Slave it can be mounted in any direction Any of the following directions are okay iin Vertical d n E cma a 0 4 6 5 Wiring Internal Power Supplies I O Power Supplies and I O Lines Wiring the I O Power Supply 122 The internal circuit power supplies I O power supplies and I O lines are all wired to M3 screw terminals Connect M3 crimp terminals and then connect them to the terminal block Tighten the screws fixing the crimp terminals to a torque of 0 3 to 0 5 N m 6 0 mm max 6 0 mm max CO
41. 0094 DM0256 MOV 21 0003 DM0257 6400 DM0258 MOV 21 e e 00FE 0009 Setting data for executing the RECEIVE DATA READ command for port 2 Response storage words DM 0350 82 Hex DM 015E Hex word 350 00 Hex Word data Response monitoring time 10 s Number of command data bytes 9 bytes EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command code FINS 2801 Hex Slave node address 08 RECEIVE DATA READ command service code 0E Hex Class ID 94 Hex Port 1 RECEIVE DATA READ Instance ID 03 Hex Attribute ID 64 Hex Reading Data Received at Port 1 If SR 35802 Port 1 RS 232C Receiving Flag is OFF and SR 35803 Port 1 RS 232C Received Flag is ON the sequential processing control bit IR 03200 will be turned ON When IR 03200 turns ON the CPU Unit will check that IR 10112 unit no 0 Master s Mes sage Communications Enabled Flag is ON and message transmission will start OOFE Master s node address 00 Master s unit ad dress FE Hex DM 0200 Command data storage words 0009 Hex Master s unit number 00 9 command data words BCD If the Equals Flag is OFF error in writing to the Mas ter IR 03200 will be turned ON and the data will be transmitted again If the Equals Flag is ON writing to the Master has been completed normally IR 03200 will be cleared message transmission completed RS 232C Units Section 6 2 03300 10112 I Reading Data Received at Port 2 If SR 3
42. 1 50 mA max Same as communica tions power supply 315 g max DRT1 ID32ML 1 50 mA max Same as communica tions power supply 110 g max DRT1 OD32ML 1 90 mA max Same as communica tions power supply 100 g max 33 Connecting Communications Cables to General purpose Slaves Communications power supply 70 mA max Model DRT1 MD32ML 1 Internal power supply Same as communica tions power supply Section 4 2 Weight 110 g max DRT1 ID16X 1 30 mA max 70 mA max 110 g max DRT1 OD16X 1 30 mA max 70 mA max 110 g max DRT1 HD16S 40 mA max 60 mA max 140 g max DRT1 ND16S 40 mA max 60 mA max 140 g max DRT1 AD04 30 mA max 80 mA max 160 g max DRT1 AD04H 30 mA max 130 mA max 160 g max DRT1 DA02 30 mA max 140 mA max 160 g max DRT1 TSO4T 30 mA max 130 mA max 230 g max DRT1 TSO4P 30 mA max 130 mA max 160 g max CQM1 DRT21 40 mA max 80 mA max at 5 V DC Power supplied from the PLC s Power Sup ply Unit 185 g max CPM1A DRT21 30 mA max 50 mA max at 5 V DC Power supplied from the PLC s CPU Unit 125 g max 4 2 Connecting Communications Cables to General purpose 4 2 1 34 Slaves Communications cables are connected to General purpose Slaves using nor mal square connectors Connecting Communic
43. 125 kbps default 250 kbps 500 kbps Not allowed Note 1 Always turn OFF the Slave s power supply including the communications power supply before changing the baud rate setting 2 Setthe same baud rate on all of the nodes Master and Slaves in the Net work Any Slaves with baud rates different from the Master s rate won t be able to participate in communications Furthermore a node with an incor 124 Sensor Terminals Setting Pins 9 and 10 Section 4 7 rect baud rate may cause communications errors between nodes with cor rect baud rate settings The functions of pins 9 and 10 differ for inputs and outputs as shown in the following diagram 910 L Input Not used Always OFF Output Hold Clear outputs for communications error Reserved Always OFF Pin 9 Reserved Always OFF Pin 10 As follows Inputs No function Always OFF Outputs Hold Clear outputs for communications error OFF Clear All output data from the Master will be cleared to 0 when communications error occurs ON Hold All output data from the Master will be retained when a communications error occurs Pins 9 and 10 are factory set to OFF 4 7 2 Transistor Input Sensor Terminals with 16 Points DRT1 HD16S Input Specifications Input points 16 NPN points ON voltage 12 V min between each input terminal and Vcc the external sensor power supply OFF voltage 4 V DC max betwe
44. 14 2 I L Basic Procedures sa oco Ro ERA 14 2 1 2 System Configuration 15 2 2 Prepatations c ecd SR uU XU NESCIRE EORR a eee 15 2 3 Setting and Wiring 16 2 3 1 Mounting and Setting the Master 16 2 3 2 Mounting and Setting Slaves 17 2 3 3 Mounting Connecting 18 2 3 4 Connecting 19 2 4 Starting Communications 0 0 0 eee eee eee 20 2 4 1 Creating I O Tables for the 20 2 4 2 Starting the 20 2 4 3 Creating and Registering Scan 18 5 21 2 5 Checking Operations 24 2 5 Indicator Status ease eth eR hee ee ee 24 2 5 2 Reading and Writing Data 24 13 Basic Procedures and Configuration Examples Section 2 1 2 1 Basic Procedures and Configuration Examples The examples shown here provide the basic operating procedures for DeviceNet 2 1 1 Basic Procedures Use the following procedures to operate the DeviceNet Slave Units For details on settings and connections refer to the operation manual for the Master Unit For further details on Slave Units refer to SECTION 4 General purpose Slaves to SECTION 6 Special I O Slave Units Specif
45. 256 Remote Adapter 16 input type 116 16 output type 121 Sensor Terminals 128 132 Temperature Input Terminals 160 169 Transistor Remote Terminals transistor input 45 transistor output 197 DIP switch Analog Input Terminals 139 Analog Output Terminals 151 Temperature Input Terminals 160 errors indicators Slave Unit 312 I O Link Units components 173 word allocation 173 dimensions 174 specifications 173 I O response times 300 maximum C200HX C200HG C200HE and C200HS PLCs 305 CV series PLCs in asynchronous mode 301 CV series PLCs in synchronous mode 303 minimum C200HX C200HG C200HE and C200HS PLCs 304 CV series PLCs in asynchronous mode 300 CV series PLCs in synchronous mode 302 indicators errors Slave Unit 312 Master Units CV series 233 meaning 29 input devices Remote Adapter 16 input type 115 116 input ranges Analog Input Terminals 142 inputs setting number of Analog Input Terminals 146 inspection 318 internal circuitry Analog Input Terminals 141 Analog Output Terminals 152 Sensor Terminals 127 130 Transistor Remote Terminals 357 Index transistor input 42 46 transistor output 54 internal circuitry power supply Remote Adapter 16 input type 114 115 16 output type 119 120 M P maintenance 318 Master Units dimensions C200HX C200HG C200HE and C200HS PLCs 256 indicators CV series 233 N nodes number setting table 321 replacement 319 O
46. B7AC series i Indicate the status of each port With high speed transmission delay 30 m max ndicators DeviceNet indicators Refer to page 312 DIP switch 2 Pins 1 to 3 B7AC transmission delay setting Pins 4 and 5 Reserved Always OFF Pins 6 to 8 B7AC communications error signal setting Refer to page 219 Not used 218 O O ERRAERRBERRCMS NS 9 DeviceNet communications connector B7AC series Unit connectors External power supply connector 7 Interface Units Section 5 5 LED Indicators Status Meaning DeviceNet Lit Normal status indicators Flashing Settings not made Lit Fatal error Flashing Non fatal error Not lit Power is not being supplied Lit Normal status Flashing Communications not established negotiating with Master Lit Fatal communications error Such as a node address duplication error Flashing Non fatal communications error Not lit Power is not being supplied B7AC series ERRA Lit Normal status indicators ERRB Lit Communications error ERRC Lit A communications error occurred but the error was for ports A resolved later See note 1 Not lit Power is not being supplied A B7AC Link Terminal Unit was not connected when the power was turned ON See note 2 Note 1 The indicator can be res
47. C200H I O Link Units C200H I O Link Units are mounted to C200HX Backplanes in the same way as Units are normally mounted to PLCs For details on mounting I O Link Units to PLCs and mounting control panels to PLCs refer to the CPU Unit s Operation Manual A maximum of 16 C200H I O Link Units can be mounted to the CPU Rack Expansion I O Racks for a C200HX HG HE PLC Remote I O Terminals and Temperature Input Terminals Remote I O Terminals and Temperature Input Terminals are mounted using either of the following two methods Screw Mounting While referring to the dimensions for each Slave provided in SECTION 4 General purpose Slaves to SECTION 6 Special I O Slave Units Specifica tions open mounting holes in the control panel and secure the Slave Units to the control panel using M4 screws The appropriate tightening torque is 0 6 to 0 98 N m DIN Track Mounting Secure the bottom of the Slave Unit to a 35 mm DIN track or secure the Slave Unit to the track between two End Plates Mounting Examples The following diagram shows all Units except the PLC node mounted to DIN tracks Master Unit Temperature Input Terminal Output Terminal Input Terminal n H NFL NN T C200H 1 0 Link Unit RS 232C Unit P 2 3 3 Mounting Connecting Device
48. IP66 Section 5 3 The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 HD16C 1 Environment resistive Terminal PNP DC DC converter 0 V for internal circuits Isolated CN2 0v 24V External power for inputs for inputs supply connector tor internal T Photocoupler Circuits CAN H CN3 1 B DRAIN c HA CN1 E Communications connector converter Not isolated I Wiring The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 HD16C Environment resistive Terminal NPN CN3 CN4 CN5 CN6 CN7 CN8 CN9 CN10 CN2 end surface 4 Input 4 4 Input 12 CAN H CANL 4 5 DRAIN er 2 V 13 4 Input 10 2 08 M 5 E 6 a hi 2 wire sensor NPN output 3 wire sensor NPN output 3 wire sensor limit switch photoelectric or proximity photoelectric or proximity internal power E rd sensor sensor upply upply 185 Environment resistive Terminals IP66 Section 5 3 The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 HD16C 1 Environment resistive Terminal PNP CN4 5 4 Input 4 2 Input 3 CN6 CN7 CN8 CN9 CN10 CN2 CN1 end surface 4 Input 8 4 Input 12 v CANH CANL 2 Input 9 4 Input 10 2 Input 13 4 Input 14 2 Input 11 2 Input 15 2 wire sensor PNP output 3 wire sensor PNP output 3 wire sensor Internalpower power
49. PARAMETER READ command service code OE Hex 21 lt ole e slo slo e o alo a als ala alo o m ES o o olo MOV 21 Class ID 94 Hex MOV 21 Instance ID 01 Hex 0001 lt N 00004 00005 MOV 21 When IR 00004 turns ON the ALL PARAMETER READ command for port 1 and Attribute ID 64 Hex 6400 are written as command data DM0058 DIFU 13 IR 00006 is turned ON for one cycle as a differentiated 00006 bit 00004 00005 When IR 00005 turns ON the ALL PARAMETER MOV 21 READ command for port 2 and Attribute ID 6B Hex are written as command data 6B00 DM0058 IR 00007 is turned ON for one cycle as a differentiated DIFU 13 bit 00007 When IR 00006 or IR 00007 turns ON the sequential processing control bit IR 03100 turns ON MOV 21 0001 031 293 RS 232C Units Section 6 2 03100 10112 m When IR 03100 turns ON the CPU Unit will check that IR 10112 unit no 0 Master s Message Com munications Enabled Flag is ON and message transmission will start OOFE Master s node address 00 Master s unit address FE Hex DM 0050 Command data storage words 0009 Hex Master s unit number 00 9 command data words BCD If the Equals Flag is ON writing to the Master has been completed normally IR 03101 will be cleared message
50. Refer to Components of the DRT1 MD16T and DRT1 MD16T 1 80 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks Section 4 4 Always turn OFF the communications internal and I O power supplies before removing or attaching the circuit section 4 4 7 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with 8 Inputs and 8 Outputs and 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks DRT1 MD16TA NPN and DRT1 MD16TA 1 PNP Input Specifications Specification Model DRT1 MD16TA DRT1 MD16TA 1 Internal common NPN PNP Input points 8 points ON voltage 15 V DC min between 15 V DC min between each input terminal and V each input terminal and OFF voltage 5 V DC max between 5 V DC max between each input terminal and V each input terminal and G OFF current 1 0 mA max Input current 6 0 mA max point at 24 V DC 3 0 mA min point at 17 V DC ON delay time 1 5 ms max OFF delay time 1 5 ms max Number of circuits 8 points with one common Output Specifications Model DRT1 MD16TA DRT1 MD16TA 1 Internal common NPN PNP Output points 8 points Rated output current 0 5 A point Residual voltage 1 2 V max at 0 5 A 1 2 V max at 0 5 A between each output termi between each output termi nal and G nal and V Leakage current 0 1 mA max ON delay time 0 5 ms max OFF delay time 1 5 ms max Number of circuits 8 points with one common
51. Residual voltage 1 2 V max at 0 3 A between each output terminal and G Leakage current 0 1 mA max ON delay time 0 5 ms max OFF delay time 1 5 ms max Number of circuits Components of the DRT1 OD08C DIP switch pins 1 and 2 Baud rate Refer to page 179 Not used 8 points with one common Output indicators Indicates the output status of each output Lit when the output is ON DeviceNet indicators Refer to page 312 e 3 l amp ji 2 Rotary switches 1 and 2 Node address Refer to page 179 Output connector DeviceNet communications connector External power supply connector 187 Environment resistive Terminals IP66 Section 5 3 Internal Circuits The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 ODO8C Envi ronment resistive Terminal DC DC converter Isolated 0 V for internal circuits 24V CN2 for outputs External power supply connector CAN H un ES DRAIN S9 EG CN1 V Communications connector DC DC converter 9 CN4 Not isolated Wiring CN3 CN4 CN5 CN6 CN7 CN8 CN9 CN10 CN2 CN1 4 Output 0 4 Output 4 Output 2 CANH CANL 4 5 DRAIN 3y 2 V 4 Output 5 2 NC Internal power I O power supply supply Valve Solenoid Note External power supply line OV and output line G are connecte
52. Response monitoring time 10 s Using CMND to Write Data In the following example the CMND instruction is used to write data to words CS series and CV series CIO 10 to CIO 29 20 words on the Slave Unit from the Master in a CS series or CV series PLC Note If a CS series PLC is being used this example is applicable only when a CS series Master Unit is mounted Use the IOWR instruction when a C200HX HG HE or C200HS Master Unit is mounted In this case refer to the DeviceNet Master Unit Operation Manual for details on using the IOWR instruction For more detailed information on explicit messages refer to the DeviceNet Master Unit Operation Manual For information on the CMND instruction refer to the PLC s Operation Manual or Programming Manual Example Conditions Master node address 63 Slave network address 1 Slave node address 2 Example Using the CMND Instruction CMND S D CJ Command Words S First Command Word Word Contents Hex Meaning EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command code 28 01 Hex Slave node address 2 BYTE DATA WRITE command service code 1E Hex Class ID 002F Hex Instance ID For IR Area 1 0001 Hex Write start address 10 000A Hex Address L 0A Hex Address H 00 Hex Data written to the Slave s IR10 to IR29 When the BYTE DATA WRITE command is used from an OMRON Master data is written to the Slave in the same sequence it is stored in the Master leftmost byte to right
53. This error is detected when the internal error counter ex ceeds a specified value The error counter is cleared whenever the Master Unit is started or reset Controller Area Network A communications protocol for a LAN developed for mounting in automobiles The DeviceNet uses CAN technology A device used to make system settings read IDs read write parameters read the network configuration etc OMRON provides a DeviceNet Configurator for OMRON Master Units The size in bytes of the data received through a connection Open DeviceNet Vendor Association A non profit vendor association respon sible for spreading DeviceNet The size in bytes of the data sent through a connection A logical communications channel created to communicate between two nodes Connections are established and maintained between masters and slaves A description of the structure and behavior of a device giving the minimum data configurations and operations that the device must support Device profiles en able common device models and are also called device models Device pro files are being studied for sensors valves displays encoders and other devices A node that controls the collection and distribution of data With the DeviceNet the predefined master slave connection set defines the functions provided by all masters A node that provides data in response to requests from masters With the De viceNet the predefined master slave connection
54. Two 4 2 dia or M4 S 140 0 3 4 3 7 Mounting in Control Panels Using Screws Using DIN Track Either of the following methods can be used to mount an Remote I O Terminal in a control panel Open mounting holes in the control panel according to the dimensions pro vided for mounting holes in the dimensions diagrams and then secure the Remote I O Terminal with M4 screws The appropriate tightening torque is 0 6 to 0 98 N m Mount the back of the Remote I O Terminal to a 35 mm DIN Track To mount the Terminal pull down on the mounting hook on the back of the Terminal with a screwdriver insert the DIN Track on the back of the Terminal and then secure the Terminal to the DIN Track When finished secure all Slaves on both ends of the DIN Track with End Plates 59 Transistor Remote I O Terminals Section 4 3 Connecting End Plates Hook the bottom of the End Plate onto the DIN Track as shown at 1 in the following diagram then hook the top of the End Plate as shown at 2 End Plate Note Always attach End Plate to both ends of Slaves connected to DIN Track Mounting Direction Unless specific restrictions are given for the Slave it can be mounted in any direction Any of the following directions are okay E Vertical E 4 3 8 Wiring Internal Power Supplies I O Power Supplies and I O Lines The internal circuit power supplies I O power supplies and I O
55. Volume II Release 2 0 Header name OMRON Corporation Header ID 47 Device type name Slaves Generic Device type number 0 Manufacturer catalog number W347 Manufacturer revision 1 0 Physical conform Network current consumption 24 V DC at 50 mA max ance data Connector type Open plug Physical insulation Yes Supported indicators Module Network MAC ID setting DIP switch Default MAC ID 0 Baud rate setting DIP switch Supported baud rates 125 kbps 250 kbps and 500 kbps Predefined Master Slave connection set Communications Group 2 only server data Dynamic connection support UCMM Yes Explicit message fragmentation support Object Mounting Yes Identity Object 0x01 Object class Attribute Not supported Service Not supported 339 Using Another Company s Master Unit Appendix B Item Object instance Item Object instance Attribute Service ID content 1 Vendor 47 2 Product type 0 3 Product code 308 4 Revision 1 4 5 Status bits supported 6 Serial number Unique for each Unit 7 Product name DRT1 232C 8 State Parameter option No No Get read Set write Value DeviceNet service 05Reset OEGet Attribute Single Message Router Object 0x02 Object class Attribute Not supported Service Not
56. and message transmission will start OOFE Master s node address 00 Master s unit address FE Hex DM 0000 Command data storage words 0010 Hex Master s unit number 00 10 command data words BCD If the Equals Flag is ON writing to the Master has been completed normally IR 03000 will be cleared message transmission completed If the Equals Flag is OFF error in writing to the Master IR 03000 will be turned ON and the data will be trans mitted again Note When transmitting explicit messages from an OMRON Master Unit specify 2 bytes each for the Class ID and the Instance ID Response When data is read properly the response will be stored as shown in the fol lowing table Words DM 0100 Contents Hex Meaning EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command code is 28 01 Hex DM 0101 Response code is 0000 Hex normal completion DM 0102 Number of bytes received data length from word DM 0103 onwards is 22 bytes DM 0103 Slave node address is 07 BYTE DATA READ response service code is 9C Hex DM 0104 Data read from word DM 1000 of Slave to DM 0113 258 Data read from word DM 1009 of Slave C200H 1 0 Link Units Section 6 1 Writing Data to Slave With the following example DM 0009 to DM 0018 in the Master s CPU Unit are written to IR 000 to IR 009 20 bytes in the Slave CPU Unit to which C200H I O Link Unit is mounted when IR 00002 turns ON in
57. green ON red OFF Watchdog timer error A watchdog timer error occurred in the Unit Replace the Unit Flashing OFF Incorrect switch settings A mistake has been made in the switch settings Check the set tings and restart the Slave ON Node address duplication The Slave Unit s node address has been set on another node red Change the settings to eliminate the duplication and restart the Slave ON Bus Off error detected The communications controller detected a Bus Off status and red communications have been stopped Check the following and restart the Slave Master Slave baud rates for loose or broken cables for noise cable lengths and Terminating Resistors Flashing Communications timeout The connection with the Master Unit timed out red Check the following and restart the Slave Master Slave baud rates for loose or broken cables for noise cable lengths and Terminating Resistors 8 1 2 C200H I O Link Unit Seven segment Display C200H I O Link Units have a 2 digit 7 segment display that normally indi cates the C200H I O Link Units node address decimal value from 00 to 63 When an error occurs the display will alternate between the error code and the node address of the faulty C200H I O Link Unit If more than one error occurs at the same time the error codes will be displayed in sequence fol lowed at the end by the faulty Unit s node address Normal C200H I O Link Uni
58. or mixed I O of more than 8 bytes exist Explicit messages processing time 0 11 x 0 6 ms Explicit message communications execution time Tg Baud rate factor 500 kbps Tp 2 250 kbps Tp 4 125 kbps Tp 8 N Number of Slaves Communications Time for The following equations show the communications time per Slave Trt for each Slave each kind of Slave Unit Output Slaves with 8 Bytes of Output Max 0 016 Sour 0 11 x 0 07 ms Sour The number of Output Slave output words The baud rate 500 kbps Tg 2 250 kbps Tg 4 125 kbps Tg 8 Input Slaves with 8 Bytes of Input Max Trt 0 016 xTp x Sinz 0 06 x Tp 0 05 ms Sini number of Input Slave input words Tp The baud rate 500 kbps Tg 2 250 kbps Tg 4 125 kbps Tg 8 Mixed 1 0 Slaves with 8 Bytes of I O Max Trt 0 016 x Soute Sino 0 11 x Tp 0 07 ms Sout2 The number of Mixed I O Slave output words Sino The number of Mixed I O Slave input words Tp The baud rate 500 kbps Tg 2 250 kbps Tg 4 125 kbps Tp 8 Input Slaves Output Slaves or Mixed I O Slaves with Over 8 Bytes of I O Teyte in X Bin X Bout ms Tou The protocol overhead TBYTE IN The input byte transmission time Bin The number of input bytes TBvTE OUT The output byte transmission time Bout The number of output bytes 500 kbps 0 306 ms 0 040 ms 0 036 ms 306 Re
59. 0 320 0 to 1220 0 JPt100 220 0 to 670 0 320 0 to 1220 0 Cannot be set If the input temperature goes outside of the permissible conversion range the temperature data is fixed at the upper or lower limit If the input temperature goes beyond a given constant value outside of the permissible conversion range it is determined that the input wiring has been disconnected The open circuit detection function is then activated so that the temperature data is set to 7FFF hexadecimal and the broken wire indicator on the Temperature Input Terminal lights up The open circuit detection func tion will operate even if there is an error at the Cold Junction Compensator When the input temperature returns to within the conversion range the open circuit detection function is automatically cleared and the conversion data is returned to normal This section explains the Temperature Input Terminal s display mode for 2 dig its below the decimal point When the Temperature Input Terminal is in this mode each single item of tem perature data four integer digits and two digits below the decimal point in six digits of hexadecimal binary data is provided to the Master Unit multiplied by 100 with the sign affixed At that time the temperature data is divided into two parts as shown below and these parts are alternately transmitted every 125 ms The two respective data items are each configured as one word of data In the d
60. 0 Master s Message Commu nications Execution Enabled Flag is ON and mes sage transmission will start OOFE Master s node address 00 Master s unit ad dress FE Hex DM 1000 Command data storage words 0019 Hex Master s unit number 00 19 command data words BCD If the Equals Flag is ON writing to the Master has 040 been completed normally IR 04000 will be cleared message transmission completed If the Equals Flag is OFF error in writing to the Mas 040 ter IR 04000 will be turned ON and the data will be transmitted again Note When transmitting explicit messages from an OMRON Master Unit specify 2 bytes each for the Class ID and the Instance ID Response When data is written properly the response will be stored as shown in the fol lowing table Contents Hex Meaning EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command code is 28 01 Hex Response code is 0000 Hex normal completion Number of bytes received data length from word DM 0103 onwards is 2 bytes Slave node address is 07 BYTE DATA READ response service code is 9E Hex 6 2 RS 232C Units The RS 232C Unit is a Special I O Unit that uses the DeviceNet Network to exchange I O between the Master Unit and an RS 232C port Explicit mes sages are used to set the Unit and perform I O There are two RS 232C ports which can be used separately with the RS 232C Unit 6 2 1 Communications Cable Connections Wire communicati
61. 01 30 03 DRT1 HD16C 02H 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 HD16C 1 02H 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 OD04CL 00H 20 04 24 01_30_03 DRT1 OD04CL 1 00H 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 ODO8CL 00H 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 ODO8CL 1 00H 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 OD08C 00H 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 WD16C 00H 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 WD16C 1 00H 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 MD16C 01H 04 24 01 30 03 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 MD16C 1 01H 20 04 24 01 30 03 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 B7AC Object instance 3 04H Section Instance type o oj o ojojioj oj o o o o o oj o o oj o oj o oj o oj oj oj oj o oi o 20 04 24 01 30 03 Information Bit strobed I O Production trigger Cyclic Transport type Server Transport class 2 331 Using Another Company s Master Unit Item Object instance 3 Object instance 3 Attribute Service ID content 1 State Get read Set write Appendix B Value 2 Instance type 01 hexadecimal 3 Transport class trigger 82 hexadecimal 4 Produced connection ID 5 Consumed connection ID 6 Initial comm characteristics 01 hexadecimal 7 Produced connection size See note 8 Consumed co
62. 1 2 C200H I O Link Unit Seven segment Display 312 8 2 Troubleshooting e 313 8 2 1 Slave Unit Troubleshooting 313 8 2 2 Analog Input Unit 315 8 2 3 Temperature Input Terminal Troubleshooting 316 8 2 4 C200H I O Link Unit Troubleshooting 316 8 2 5 RS 232C Unit Troubleshooting 318 8 3 Maintenance i esos ed TE E E 318 8 3 1 Cleaning ise aa ee ee bs 318 8 3 2 Inspections ire ib ie ees Date age ceed ne vig ess 318 8 3 3 Replacing Nodes eee 319 311 Indicators and Error Processing Section 8 1 8 1 Indicators and Error Processing 8 1 1 Errors Occurring in the Slave Unit The following table lists probable causes and remedies for errors that occur in the Slave Unit Display Indicator Network status Probable cause and remedy status NS ON ON Remote I O or message commu Remote I O communications and or message communications green green nications in progress normal are active on the Network status OFF Checking for node address dupli Checking whether the Unit s node address has been set on cation another node Flashing Waiting for connection The Unit is waiting for a connection from the Master Unit green
63. 1 Input 2 24V DC Note Do not touch or remove the Cold Junction Compensator DRT1 TS04P SOURCE Input 0 Input O Input 1 Input 1 Input 2 Input 2 Input 3 Wiring Connect the inputs to the Temperature Input Terminal s terminal block as shown in the following diagram depending on whether thermocouple inputs or resistance temperature sensor inputs are used Internal circuit power supply DRT1 TSO4T DRT1 TS04P Source 24 V DC Thermocouple input Resistance temperature sensor input Internal circuit power supply Temperature Conversion Data that is input is converted to binary data 4 digit hexadecimal and the Data for the DRT1 TS04T Master is notified If the converted data is a negative number it is expressed and DRT1 TS04P as a two s complement 162 Temperature Input Terminals Section 4 9 The four inputs occupy four words at the Master as shown below If the input classification is set for up to one digit below the decimal point a multiple of 10 will be transmitted as binary data 15 14 13 12 1110 9 8 7 6 Bit Input classifi Unit 1 C F R S Kt J1 E 850 0352 4 digits hex cation Note Data Ranges and the Open circuit Detection Function L1 N W B PL 200 gt FF38 4 digits hex Unit 0 1 C F K2 J2 T L2 U x10 Pt100 JPt100 500 0 5000 1388 4 digits hex 20 0 200
64. 101 Master Status Area 1 and check that bit 09 scan list op eration end turns ON 6 Turn OFF bit IR 10001 The following procedure shows how to check the registered slave data DU C o Monitor IR 102 to IR 105 Registered Slave Data Area and check that bits 00 01 02 03 07 and 08 are ON The numbers in the following table indicate the node addresses In the Registered Slave Data Area the bits corresponding to the nodes that are communicating properly are ON 1 2 3 gt 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 o Bit IR 102 151141 131 12 f IR 103 31 30 29 28 IR 105 631621 61i 60 23122i21120 19i 181 171 16 39138137136 351341 331 32 4 4 n 55154153152 511501 49 48 22 Starting Communications 1 2 3 Master Unit C200HX HG HE HS CPU Unit Section 2 4 The following procedure shows how to create and register scan lists COEBC pogga 1 Monitor IR 100 software switches 2 Turn ON bit 00 Scan List Enable Bit 3 Monitor IR 101 Master Status Area 1 and check that bit 09 scan list op eration end turns ON 4 Turn OFF bit IR 10000 The scan list will be created registered and I O communications will start with the scan list enabled Software Switches and Status Area The software switches and Status Area are allo
65. 306 The PLC s cycle time program execution peripheral servicing The minimum response time Ty is the total of the following terms Tm Tin Trag 2X TpLco Trout Tout Note 1 Refer to SECTION 4 General purpose Slaves SECTION 5 Environment resistive and Waterproof Slaves and SECTION 6 Special I O Slave Units Specifications for details on Input and Output Slaves delay times 2 Refer to Refresh Time on page 307 and the PLC s Operation Manual for details on the PLC s peripheral servicing cycle time See under Synchro nous Operation 302 Remote I O Communications Characteristics Section 7 1 Maximum I O Response Time The maximum I O response time occurs with the I O timing shown in the fol lowing diagram Cycle time 4 1 execution execution execution execution S LS Peripheral Peripheral servicing servicing Master Unit processing Output TIN TPLCO TPLCO TRM Tout The Input Slave s ON OFF delay Tour The Output Slave s ON OFF delay Tru Master Unit s communications cycle time See page 305 The PLC s cycle time program execution peripheral servicing The maximum I O response time Tmax is the total of the following terms Tmax Tin 2x Tpico Tour Note 1 Refer to SECTION 4 General purpose Slaves SECTION 5 Environment resistive
66. 4 A the power must not be sup plied from the connector it must be supplied externally instead Dimensions The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1 WD16C and DRT1 WD16C 1 Environment resistive Terminals All dimensions are in mm Four M5 Mounting Holes When screw mounting from the front Four 4 2 dia or M4 28 0 3 205 0 3 When screw mounting 1 from the rear Four 5 4 dia 28 0 3 9 205 0 3 192 Environment resistive Terminals IP66 Section 5 3 5 3 6 Environment resistive Terminal IP66 with 8 Inputs 8 Outputs DRT1 MD16C NPN and DRT1 MD16C 1 PNP Specifications Input Specifications Item Specification Model DRT1 MD16C DRT1 MD16C 1 Internal I O common NPN PNP Input points 8 points Uses one word in Master 15 V DC min between each input terminal and V ON voltage 15 V DC min between each input terminal and G OFF voltage 5 V DC max between each input terminal and V 5 V DC max between each input terminal and G OFF current 1 mA max 6 mA max point at 24 V DC between each input termi nal and V Input current 6 mA max point at 24 V DC between each input termi nal and G ON delay time 1 5 ms max OFF delay time 2 5 ms max Number of circuits 8 points with one common Output Specifications Item Specification M
67. 5V Voltage 812C 300 OV 10V 10 5V 0 to 5 V Inputs The 0 to 5 V range corresponds to the hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to 6000 The most significant bit bit 15 is set to 1 ON for negative values and the AD conversion data is set to the absolute values the rest of the word indicates the absolute value The entire data range is 812C to 189C 300 to 6300 Converted data Hexadecimal decimal 189C 6300 LT 1770 6000 0000 0 2025 rA Voltage 812C 300 OV 5V 5 25 143 Analog I O Terminals 144 Section 4 8 1 to 5 V Inputs The 1 to 5 V range corresponds to the hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to 6000 The most significant bit bit 15 is set to 1 ON for voltages from 0 8 V to 1 V and the AD conversion data is set to the absolute values the rest of the word indicates the absolute value The entire data range is 812C to 189C 300 to 6300 If the input voltage falls below 0 8 V the open circuit detection function is activated and the converted data is set to FFFF Converted data Hexadecimal decimal 189C 6300 1770 6000 FFFF 0000 0 812C 300 Voltage 0 to 20 mA Inputs The 0 to 20 mA range corresponds to the hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to 6000 The most significant bit bit 15 is set to 1 ON for negative values and the AD conversion data is set to the absolute values the rest of the word indicates the abso
68. Areas on the Mas ter and control the PLC Slave to which the C200H I O Link Unit is mount ed By writing data to the C200H Link Unit OUT Area on the Master data can be written to the Slave s Write Area and by reading data from the IN Area data can be read from the Read Area of the Slave Note Once the Read and Write Areas has been set data will be automatically 1 2 3 transferred and received when the Master and Slaves are restarted Using the DeviceNet Configurator The Read Write Area can be set using the OMRON DeviceNet Configurator version 2 L or later When using a version earlier than 2 0 contact your local sales office before use Version information can be confirmed from the Help Menu 1 Connect a DeviceNet Configurator to the DeviceNet Network and go on line 2 Turn ON the power to the PLC to which the C200H I O Link Unit is mount ed and place the PLC into PROGRAM mode 3 Locate the C200H I O Link Unit s icon in the Network Configuration window and double click the icon amp Untitled DeviceNet Configurator Network Edit View Device EDS File Tools Option Help amp Bl KO aeg E43 Hardware Sy Vendor 59 08 OMRON Corporation Sy DeviceType 400 AG Drives CS1W DRM21 El c Communications Adapter 3G8F7 DRM 1 5 O200HW DRM 1 V1 C200HW DRT21 CPM2B S001M DRT 3 CPM2C S100C DRT CPM2C S110C DRT 5 CSTW DRM2
69. C200H I O Link Unit Application Examples 256 6 2 RS 2326 UDS os kde We BANA BN ve ER 260 6 2 1 Communications Cable 260 6 2 2 Node Address and Baud Rate 260 6 2 3 Specifications ser aep a E 262 6 2 4 Components occus eee ied eed pied oe ee ede 263 6 2 5 Word Allocations for Communications Status 265 6 2 6 Using RS 232C 266 6 2 7 Explicit DeviceNet 269 6 2 8 Using Explicit DeviceNet 280 6 2 9 Dimensions 0 0 cee ee 285 6 2 10 Mounting in Control 285 6 2 II WINS sass ER URGERE ER Oe NEM Rech 286 6 2 12 RS 232C Unit Application 1 288 6 2 13 Reading RS 232C Unit Parameters 292 6 2 14 Reading Data Received by RS 232C Unit Ports 294 229 C200H I O Link Units 6 1 6 1 1 Section 6 1 C200H 1 0 Link Units The C200H I O Link Unit is a Special I O Slave Unit that allows data from any area in the CPU Unit of the PLC to be read or written from the Master Unit Using the C200H I O Link Unit a Slave PLC can be controlled by the Master through the DeviceNet Network Memory areas being used by other Spe
70. CMND to Read Data CS series and CV series Note Section 6 2 Word Contents Hex Meaning No of received bytes data length after D 3 2 bytes Slave node address 14 PARAMETER SET response service code 90 Hex Control Words C First Control Word Contents Hex Meaning No of bytes of command data S 15 bytes of command data No of bytes of response data D 8 bytes of response data Destination node network address 2 Master s node address 27 Master s Unit address FE Hex Response returned communications port No 0 No of retries 0 Response monitoring time 10 s The following example shows how to use the CMND instruction to read the RS 232C Unit s port 1 reception data from the Master Unit in a CS series or CV series PLC An OMRON DeviceNet Master can read a maximum of 152 bytes of data at a time If a CS series PLC is being used this example is applicable only when a CS series Master Unit is mounted Use the IOWR instruction when a C200HX HG HE or C200HS Master Unit is mounted In this case refer to the DeviceNet Master Unit Operation Manual for details on using the IOWR instruction Before using the RS 232C RECEIVE DATA READ command be sure that the communications status Received Flag Port 1 bit 3 Port 2 bit 11 allocated in the Master s IN Area is ON For more detailed information on explicit messages refer to the DeviceNet Master Unit Operation Manual
71. D42 Connector plug assembly male XS2G D4 Crimp connector or solder type Sensors that are pre wired with a connector can be connected directly Refer to the Catalog or manual for details on the device s connections before connecting any device XS2W D42L1 181 A Cable XS2H D421 L180 A Cable with with shielded socket on one shielded plug on one end end and plug on the other 8 Sensor with attached connector f P xs2G D400 7 Pre wired Sensor with connector Pre wired Sensor 1 Refer to the OMRON Sensors Catalog X42 E 1 3 for more details on the sensor connections and Round Waterproof Connectors 2 Tighten the connector by hand to a torque of 0 39 to 0 49 N m If the con nector is not tightened sufficiently it will not provide the expected environ 7 Interface Units Section 5 5 mental resistance and may come loose from vibration Do not use pliers or other tools to tighten the connectors because the tools may damage the connectors 3 Always cap unused connectors with an XS2Z 12 Waterproof Cover or XS2Z 15 Dust Cover shown in the following diagram XS2Z 12 Waterproof Cover XS2Z 15 Dust Cover G 2 The connector will meet IP67 Press the Dust Cover onto the standards if a Waterproof Cover is connector firmly The Dust Cover attached Tighten the connector by will protect the connec
72. Data The following example shows how to use the IOWR instruction to change all C200HX HG HE PLCs the parameters of port 1 of the RS 232C Unit at once from the Master Unit C200HX HG HE PLC For more detailed information on explicit messages refer to the Master Units Operation Manual For information on the IOWR instruction refer to the SYSMAC C200HX HG HE PLCs Operation Manual Example Conditions Master node address 27 Master s Unit address 5 Slave node address 14 Example Using IOWR C S DJ Control Words First Control Word Contents Hex Meaning 1B FE Master s node address 27 Master s Unit address FE Hex Source Words S First Source Word Contents Hex Meaning Response storage words DM2000 82 Hex DM Area 07D0 Hex 2000 words For more detail refer to the PLC Operation Manual Response monitoring time 10 s No of bytes of command data 15 bytes No of bytes from S 4 onwards 282 RS 232C Units Using IOWR to Read Data C200HX HG HE PLCs Section 6 2 Word Contents Hex Meaning EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command code 28 01 Hex Slave node address 14 PARAMETER SET response service code 10 Hex Class ID 0094 Hex Instance ID For IR Area 1 0001 Hex ALL PARAMETER SET Attribute ID 64 Hex 8 bits even parity 1 stop bit 06 Hex Header code delimiter code and flow control all enabled 00 Hex 1 200 bps 00 Hex
73. Enables multiple Master Units on a single PLC Enables multiple Master Units in a single network The Net X Server can be used to easily monitor change or log I O data on the DeviceNet Overview of DeviceNet Section 1 1 Slave Features Terminals Provide general purpose inputs outputs or both inputs and outputs via 2 tier terminal blocks M3 Available in 8 point and 16 point models with transistor inputs or outputs or in a 16 point model with 8 inputs and 8 out puts Provide general purpose inputs outputs or both inputs and outputs via 3 tier terminal blocks M3 Available in 16 point models with transistor inputs or outputs or in a 16 point model with 8 inputs and 8 outputs Provide general purpose inputs outputs or both inputs and outputs via a MIL connector Available in 32 point models with transistor inputs or out puts or in a 32 point model with 8 inputs and 8 outputs m Environment resistive Slaves Environment resistant Terminals Improved I O Terminals that conform to IP66 for spatter water and oil resistance Sensors or valves with round water proof connectors can be easily connected with no tools Available in 8 point or 16 point models with transistor inputs or outputs and 16 point models with transistor I O 8 inputs and outputs e DRT1 C 1 IP66 Water proof Terminals Improved I O Terminals that conform to IP67 for water and oil resistance S
74. FF38 4 digits hex 200 0 2000 F830 4 digits hex 1 For more details regarding temperature conversion data with a unit setting of two digits below the decimal point unit 0 01 refer to page 164 2 Ifthere is a sudden temperature change condensation may develop inside of the Terminal and cause incorrect values to be displayed If condensation does develop leave the Terminal for approximately one hour at a stable temperature before using it The following table shows the convertible data ranges according to the num ber set by the rotary switch DRT1 TSO4T Input classification Range C Range F 20 to 1720 20 to 3020 20 to 1720 20 to 3020 220 to 1200 320 to 2320 20 0 to 520 0 20 0 to 920 0 120 to 870 120 to 1520 20 0 to 420 0 20 0 to 770 0 220 0 to 420 0 320 0 to 720 0 20 to 620 20 to 1120 120 to 870 120 to 1520 20 0 to 420 0 20 0 to 770 0 220 0 to 420 0 320 0 to 720 0 220 to 1320 320 to 2320 20 to 2320 20 to 4120 80 to 1820 280 to 3220 PL Il 20 to 1320 20 to 2320 Cannot be set 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 163 Temperature Input Terminals Section 4 9 Temperature Input Terminal s Display Mode for 2 Digits Below the Decimal Point 164 A Caution DRT1 TS04P Number Input classification Range C Range F Pt100 220 0 to 670
75. ID16 1A16 Outputs G7TC OC08 OC16 G7OD SOC16 VSOC16 G70A ZOC16 3 G79 M50 25 D2 50 cm G79 M75 50 D2 75 cm DRT1 MD32ML 1 Inputs G70A ZIM16 5 Outputs G70A ZOC16 4 G70D SOC16 1 Cables with Connector on One End 40 pin on One End Wires on One End 350 Model Description G79 A200C D1 G79 A500C D1 Loose wire gauge 28 AWG Wires are just cut Manufacturer 2 5 G79 Y100C D1 1 G79 Y200C D1 2 5 G79 Y500C D1 Fork terminals are attached to all of the loose wires Fork terminal model number 161071 M2 Connectable Devices and Device Current Consumptions Appendix C Flat Cable Crimp Connector Description Manufacturer XG4M 4030 T For cable with 28 AWG wires OMRON Loose Wire Crimp Connectors Description Manufacturer Socket XG5M 4032 N For cable with 24 AWG wires XG5M 4035 N For cable with 28 to 26 AWG wires Partial Cover XG5S 2001 Two are required for each connector Hood Cover XG5S 2002 Cannot be used together with DeviceNet Connectors for multi drop wiring Current Consumption Summary Internal current consumption Communications current consumption DRT1 IDO8 50 mA max 30 mA max DRT1 IDO08 1 50 mA max 30 mA max DRT1 ID16 50 mA max 30 mA max DRT1 ID16 1 50 mA max 30 mA max DRT1 OD08 50 mA max 30 mA max DRT1 OD08 1 50 mA max 30 mA max DRT1 OD16 50 mA max 30 mA max DRT1 OD16 1 50 mA max 30 mA max DRT1 MD16 50 mA max 25
76. ID32ML 1 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 OD32ML 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 OD32ML 1 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 MD32ML 20 04 24 01_30_03 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 MD32ML 1 330 o ojoj oj o oj oj oj o o oj oj oj oj oj o oj ojoj oj o o o ojo jo 20 04 24 01 30 03 o o oj oj o o ojo ojoj o oj o ojoj oj o o oj oloj oj oJj oj o j o 20 04 24 01 30 03 Consumed connection Using Another Company s Master Unit Appendix B Model DRT1 ID16X Produced connection size 02H Consumed connection size Produced connection path length o Produced connection path 20 04 24 01 30 03 Consumed connection path length Consumed connection path DRT1 ID16X 1 02H 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 OD16X 00H 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 OD16X 1 00H 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 HD16S 02H 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 ND16S 01H 20 04 24 01 30 03 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 TSO4T 08H 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 TS04P 08H 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 AD04 04H or 08H 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 ADO4H 08H 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 DA02 00H 20 04 24 01 30 03 CQM1 DRT21 02H 20 04 24 01_30_03 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 IDO4CL 01H 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 IDO4CL 1 01H 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 IDO8CL 01H 20 04 24 01_30_03 DRT1 IDO8CL 1 01H 20_04_24 01_30_03 DRT1 IDO8C 01H 20 04 24
77. IR 58 Not used IR 358 DRT1 232C2 IR 59 Not used ae IR 359 Not used L Operation can be checked by displaying the temperature data input into the Temperature Input Terminal on the 7 segment display static negative logic model connected to the Output Unit IR 110 of the Master s PLC The temperature data can be converted to BCD data by using the BCD 024 instruction when the temperature data is negative it can be converted to pos itive data using the NEG 160 instruction For details on using instructions 25 Checking Operations Section 2 5 refer to the C200HX C200HG C200HE Programmable Controllers Operation Manual W322 35315 Rightmost bit of temperature data 35315 25315 Normally ON Use the MVN 022 instruction to reverse data for displays that require positive logic Use the 7SEG 214 instruction in the I O Unit instructions for dynamic dis plays Checking I O Links for Read Write Areas in the C200H I O Link Unit are allocated by default to the C200H Link Units words in the PLC that it is mounted to as follows Read Area IR 50 1 word Write Area IR 350 1 word The C200H I O Link Units Read Write Areas are normally linked to the Input Output Areas of the Master the Input Output Areas occupied by the C200H 1 O Link Unit in the Master Unit as shown in the following diagram Input Area Output area Master Unit IR 057 IR 357
78. NWARNING Failure to abide by the following precautions could lead to serious or possibly fatal injury Always heed these precautions Always ground the system to 100 Q or less when installing the system to protect against electrical shock Always turn OFF the power supply to the PLC System before attempting any of the following Performing any of the following with the power supply turned on may lead to electrical shock e Mounting or removing any Units e g Power Supply Units I O Units CPU Unit etc or memory cassettes Assembling any devices or racks Connecting or disconnecting any cables or wiring Caution Failure to abide by the following precautions could lead to faulty operation of the PLC System or could damage the PLC or PLC Units Always heed these precautions Use the Units only with the power supplies and voltages specified in the operation manuals Other power supplies and voltages may damage the Units Take measures to stabilize the power supply to conform to the rated sup ply if it is not stable Provide circuit breakers and other safety measures to provide protection against shorts in external wiring Do not apply voltages exceeding the rated input voltage to Input Units The Input Units may be destroyed Do not apply voltages exceeding the maximum switching capacity to Out put Units The Output Units may be destroyed Always disconnect the LG terminal when performing withstand voltage
79. OMRON DRT1 OD16T 1 Remote O Terminal 16 Transistor outputs PNP 3 tier I O Terminal Block OMRON DRT1 MD16T Remote Terminal 8 Transistor inputs 8 transistor outputs NPN 3 tier Terminal Block OMRON DRT1 MD16T 1 Remote O Terminal 8 Transistor inputs 8 transistor outputs PNP 3 tier Terminal Block OMRON DRT1 ID16TA Remote O Terminal 16 Transistor inputs NPN 3 tier Terminal Block internal power sup ply not required OMRON DRT1 ID16TA 1 Remote O Terminal 16 Transistor inputs PNP 3 tier I O Terminal Block internal power sup ply not required OMRON 343 Connectable Devices and Device Current Consumptions Appendix C Model Specifications Manufacturer DRT1 OD16TA Remote I O Terminal 16 Transistor outputs NPN 3 tier I O Terminal Block internal power sup ply not required DRT1 OD16TA 1 Remote I O Terminal 16 Transistor outputs PNP 3 tier I O Terminal Block internal power sup ply not required DRT1 MD16TA Remote I O Terminal 8 Transistor inputs 8 transistor outputs NPN 3 tier I O Terminal Block internal power sup ply not required DRT1 MD16TA 1 Remote I O Terminal 8 Transistor inputs 8 transistor outputs PNP 3 tier I O Terminal Block internal power sup ply not required DRT1 ID32ML Remote I O Terminal 32 Transistor inputs NPN with Connectors DRT1 ID32ML 1 Remote I O Terminal 32 Transistor inputs PNP with Co
80. ONT TIM CNT 000 to 1D Block String N Read Logical Area Address Length 1E Block String Write Logical Area Address 1F Block String N Write Logical Area Address Object instance 8 Service 1C Block String Read Logical Area Address Length EM Area Depends on the model 1D Block String N Read Logical Area Address Length See note 1E Block String Write Logical Area Address 1F Block String N Write Logical Area Address Note The data areas shown in the table are for C200HX HG HE ZE PLCs Refer to the following table for the equivalent data areas in CS1H G PLCs C200HX HG HE ZE CS1H G CIO Area 1 IR 000 to IR 235 CIO Area 1 CIO 000 to CIO 235 CIO Area 2 IR 300 to IR 511 CIO Area 2 CIO 300 to CIO 511 DM Area DM 0000 to DM 6143 Data Memory Area D0000 to D6143 LR Area LR 00 to LR 63 No equivalent HR Area HR 00 to HR 99 Holding Area H000 to H099 AR Area AR 00 to AR 27 Holding Area H100 to H127 H101 is not allowed TC Area TC 00 to TC 511 Timer PV Area T000 to T511 EM Area Depends on the model being used E Area Depends on the model being used Refresh Object 0x92 Object class Attribute Not supported Service Not supported ID and contents Get Set read write Object instance 1 Attribute 64 Output refresh bytes current value 65 Output refresh area type 66 Output refresh address 67 Input refresh bytes 68 Input r
81. Remote I O Terminals with 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks Section 4 4 Mounting Direction Unless specific restrictions are given for the Slave it can be mounted in any direction Any of the following directions are okay Vertical JUL LU LU 4 4 9 Wiring Internal Power Supplies I O Power Supplies and I O Lines The internal circuit power supplies I O power supplies and I O lines are all wired to M3 screw terminals Connect M3 crimp terminals and then connect them to the terminal block Tighten the screws fixing the crimp terminals to a torque of 0 3 to 0 5 N m 6 0 mm max 6 0 mm max CO Wiring the Internal Power Refer to the wiring details for each Slave for information on the terminal Supply arrangement at the terminal block The following example shows the internal power supply fora DRT1 ID16T Remote Input Terminal Wiring the I O Power Refer to the wiring details for each Slave for information on the terminal Supply arrangement at the terminal block The following example shows the I O power supply fora DRT1 ID16T Remote Input Terminal 86 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with Connectors Section 4 5 Wiring I O Refer to the wiring details for each Slave for information on the ter
82. Remote I O Terminals with Connectors Section 4 5 Dimensions The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1 OD32ML and DRT1 OD32ML 1 Remote Output Terminals All dimensions are in mm 83 Values in parentheses are reference values 4 5 4 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with 16 Inputs and 16 Outputs and Connectors DRT1 MD32ML NPN and DRT1 MD32ML 1 PNP Input Specifications Item Specification Model DRT1 MD32ML DRT1 MD32ML 1 Internal common NPN PNP Input points 16 points ON voltage 15 V DC min between 15 V DC min between each input terminal and V each input terminal and G OFF voltage 5 V DC max between 5 V DC max between each input terminal and V each input terminal and OFF current 1 0 mA max Input current 6 0 mA max point at 24 V DC 3 0 mA min point at 17 V DC Input impedance 4 4 KQ ON delay time 1 5 ms max OFF delay time 1 5 ms max Max No of ON inputs 16 points Number of circuits 16 points with one common 98 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with Connectors Section 4 5 Output Specifications Item Specification Model DRT1 MD32ML DRT1 MD32ML 1 Internal common NPN PNP Output points 16 points Rated output current 0 3 A point 2 A common see note Residual voltage 1 2 V max at 0 3 A 1 2 V max at 0 3 A between each output termi
83. Sensor Terminal with M4 screws The appropriate tightening torque is 0 6 to 0 98 N m Using DIN Track Mount the back of the Remote Adapter to a 35 mm DIN Track To mount the Adapter pull down on the mounting hook on the back of the Terminal with a screwdriver insert the DIN Track on the back of the Terminal and then secure the Terminal to the DIN Track When finished secure all Slaves on both ends of the DIN Track with End Plates 132 Sensor Terminals Section 4 7 Connecting End Plates Hook the bottom of the End Plate onto the DIN Track as shown at 1 in the following diagram then hook the top of the End Plate as shown at 2 End Plate Note Always attach End Plate to both ends of Slaves connected to DIN Track Mounting Direction Unless specific restrictions are given for the Slave it can be mounted in any direction Any of the following directions are okay Vertical S ULL 4 7 5 Wiring Internal Power Supplies I O Power Supplies and I O Lines Wiring the I O Power The internal circuit power supplies I O power supplies and I O lines are all Supply wired to M3 screw terminals Connect M3 crimp terminals and then connect them to the terminal block Tighten the screws fixing the crimp terminals to a torque of 0 3 to 0 5 N m 133 Sensor Terminals Wiring the I O Power Supply and I O Terminals 134 Section 4 7 Refer to the wir
84. Shaded area trashed data The above explanation is very brief but if the number of bytes received after the delimiter code is set data after the delimiter code can also be read Command Block OE 00 94 00 xx 64 Class ID Instance ID Service Code Attribute Destination ID node address 277 RS 232C Units PORT RESET 278 Note Section 6 2 Response Block 8E 024 bytes nay ram 7 No of received Service Receive data bytes code Source node address Parameters Instance ID Command Specifies the port that reads the reception buffer data in hexadecimal as fol lows 02 Hex Port 1 03 Hex Port 2 Receive Data Response Stores the data read from the specified port s reception buffer The data is stored in words from the leftmost byte to the rightmost byte as shown in the following diagram Bit15 8 7 0 First word 1 First word 1 4 First word 2 5 6 1 RS 232C ports 1 and 2 of the RS 232C Unit each have a reception buffer of 1 024 bytes and up to a maximum of 1 024 bytes of data can be read from the Master at any given time From an OMRON DeviceNet Master however the maximum amount of data that can be read at one time is 152 bytes Be sure to configure the data so that the 152 byte read data limit is not exceeded 2 When data is read from an OMRON DeviceNet Master the number of read bytes is stored as a CMND
85. Ter Wiring minal NPN CAN H CANL 4 5 1 3 DRAIN m N 2 4 Input 4 Om power supply 2 wire sensor NPN output 3 wire sensor limit switch photoelectric or proximity sensor The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 IDO8CL 1 Waterproof Terminal PNP CAN H CANL 4 DRAIN ev 2 V 4 Input 1 O power supply 8 2 E 2 wire sensor PNP output 3 wire sensor limit switch photoelectric or proximity sensor Note 1 External power supply line OV and input line G are connected internally as are external power supply line 24V and input line V When input power is supplied to external power supply connectors power can be supplied to sensors from input lines G and V provided that the total current does not exceed 1 0 A If the total current exceeds 1 0 A the power must not be supplied from the connector it must be supplied externally instead 2 Wire colors in parentheses are the previous JIS colors for photoelectric and proximity sensors 206 Waterproof Terminals IP67 Section 5 4 Dimensions The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1 IDO8CL and DRT1 IDO8CL 1 Waterproof Terminals All dimensions are in mm 160 Qo ON Os Qe Q Qw Ow Ov Mounting holes Three 4 0 dia or M5 s 150 0 2 5 4 4 Waterproof Terminal IP67 with 4 Transistor Outputs DRT1 ODOACL NPN and DRT1 ODOACL 1 PNP Output Specificati
86. Terminal 1 4 5 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with 4 6 Remote Adapters oil cece Ree RR Te 4 7 Sensot TerminalSz 5 weston p c eM hy Ht ale MAA CU RA EA 4 8 Analog I O Terminals I 4 9 Temperature Input Terminals 0 0 0 ee III 4 10 COMI W O Link Unt PAA ae deh ows ee ee OE ee 1 xii xii xii xii xiii xiv XV 13 14 15 16 20 24 27 28 31 33 34 40 62 87 111 124 136 157 171 vii viii TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 5 Environment resistive and Waterproof Slaves 175 5 1 Environment resistive Slave 176 5 2 Connecting Communications Cables to Environment resistive Slaves 177 5 3 Environment resistive Terminals 1 179 5 4 Waterproof Terminals 1 67 e mm 200 2 5 BAG Interface Units tse Soho Ee PR pt bb ee E DEP been ba EPA 215 SECTION 6 Special I O Slave Units Specifications 229 6 1 C200HI 0LlinkUnits eeeeeeeeeee mh n 230 6 2 1RS 232C Units E Ra REIS PAN AERE EIU ed 260 SECTION 7 Communications Timing 299 7 1 Remote I O Communications 300 7 2
87. V DC between each input termi nal and V 6 mA max point at 24 V DC 3 mA max point at 17 V DC between each input termi nal and G ON delay time 1 5 ms max OFF delay time 1 5 ms max Number of circuits 204 8 points with one common Waterproof Terminals IP67 Section 5 4 Components of the DRT1 IDO8CL DRT1 IDO8CL 1 DeviceNet indicators DeviceNet communications Input indicators Refer to page 312 connector Indicate the input status of each contact Lit when the input is ON 76 o o o Oo A FUR E LC Rotary Switches 1 and 2 Node address setting Refer to page 200 DIP switch Pins 1 and 2 Baud rate setting Pins 3 and 4 Reserved Always OFF Refer to page 200 External power Input connector supply connector Internal Circuits The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 IDO8CL Water proof Terminal NPN G wv V CANH S yal INO CAN L 8 Co o 2 Ic m n 5 JOYA IN1 DRAN Glo qv o The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 IDO8CL 1 Waterproof Terminal PNP Internal circuitry 205 Waterproof Terminals IP67 Section 5 4 The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 IDO8CL Waterproof
88. and wire the hardware Mounting and Setting the Master Unit Settings 16 Front panel DRM21 V1 MACHINE d No Rotary switch This switch sets the Master s single digit hexadecimal unit number Here set this switch to 0 These pins have the following functions The components functions and switch settings for the C200HW DRMe 1 V1 Master Unit mounted to a C200HX PLC are shown as an example in the fol lowing diagram For information on switch settings and other Master Units refer to the operation manual for the Master Unit Rear panel Rear panel DIP switch These pins have the following functions Pins 1 to 6 Node address Pins 7 and 8 Reserved Always OFF Here all pins are set to OFF to set the node adaress to 01 Indicators Front panel DIP switch Pins 1 and 2 Baud rate Pin 3 Continue stop communications for error Pin 4 Reserved Always OFF Here all pins are turned OFF to set the baud rate to 125 Kbps and to continue communications for errors Communications connector Setting and Wiring Hardware Section 2 3 Mounting The Master Unit is mounted to the Backplane of the PLC in the same way as other Units are normally mounted For details on mounting Master Units to PLCs and mounting control panels to PLCs refer to the applicable CPU Unit Operation Manual 2 3 2 Mounting and Setting Slaves Settings The following
89. below 3 2 mA The converted data is set to FFFF when the open circuit detection function is activated Check the Analog input s cables for broken wires or incorrect wiring When the input signal rises above 0 8 V or 3 2 mA the converted data will automatically return to its normal range 315 Troubleshooting Section 8 2 DRT1 AD04H Error Probable cause The AD converted data is 7FFF when the The Analog Input Terminal s open circuit detection function is activated disconnection indicator is lit when the input range is set to 1 to 5 V and the voltage drops below 0 8 V or the input range is set to 4 to 20 mA and the current drops below 3 2 mA The converted data is set to FFFF when the open circuit detection function is activated The disconnection indicator will be lit at the same time Check the Analog input s cables for broken wires or incorrect wiring When the input signal rises above 0 8 V or 3 2 mA the converted data will automatically return to its normal range The disconnection indicator will go out at the same time 8 2 3 Temperature Input Terminal Troubleshooting Use the following table to troubleshoot problems in the Temperature Input Ter minal er Probable cause The temperature data is 7FFF when the dis Check the temperature sensor cables for broken wires or incorrect wiring connection indicator is lit Check that input cables are wired properly Check that the cold junction compensator i
90. cannot be connected to a B7AC Link Terminal Unit to supplement the power from the B7AC Interface Unit s internal pow er supply 3 Limit Switches Proximity Switches Photoelectric Switches etc Sensors with attached connectors Pre wired Sensors with connectors and regular Pre wired Sensors can be used 4 Tighten the connector by hand to a torque of 0 39 to 0 49 N m If the con nector is not tightened sufficiently it will not provide the expected environ mental resistance and may come loose from vibration Do not use pliers or other tools to tighten the connectors because the tools may damage the connectors 5 Always cap unused connectors with an XS2Z 12 Waterproof Cover or XS2Z 15 Dust Cover shown in the following diagram XS2Z 12 Waterproof Cover XS2Z 15 Dust Cover g The connector will meet IP66 standards if a Waterproof Cover is attached Tighten the connector by hand to a torque of 0 39 to 0 49 N m Press the Dust Cover onto the connector firmly The Dust Cover will protect the connector from dust but does not meet IP66 standards Maintaining Environmental Resistance The IP66 environmental resistance level will be lost if the surfaces where the contact block and cover meet are subjected to excessive force Pro tect the contact block and cover from excessive force or shock The IP66 standard is lower than waterproof standards Do not submerge the system components The body of
91. command or by restarting the RS 232C Unit The previous settings will be in effect until the new settings are enabled b The communications settings are held internally by the RS 232C Unit so once they have been set they will not change when the Unit is turned OFF or reset and once set it is not necessary to set the parameters again unless there are changes to be made 3 Register the RS 232C Unit in the Master s scan list There are two meth ods of registering on the scan list Turn ON the Enable Scan List software switch on the Master Unit Create a scan list and registering the Unit using a DeviceNet Configu rator For further details on Master Unit operations refer to the DeviceNet Master Unit Operation Manual or the DeviceNet Configurator Operation Manual 4 When necessary explicit messages can be sent from the Master to control the flow of data through the RS 232C ports 1 and 2 on the RS 232C Unit Note a When sending or receiving data through ports 1 and 2 itis neces sary to check the status word allocated to the RS 232C Unit for communications status in the Master s IN Area b Ports 1 and 2 can send and receive data independently but be cause the RS 232C Unit itself can only process one explicit mes sage at a time even if the SEND RECV commands to be sent are for another port always make sure that the previous explicit mes sage has been processed before sending the next message The communications sett
92. each contact Lit when the input is ON DeviceNet Indicators Refer to page 312 Terminal block DIN track mounting hooks Communications connector DIP switch Refer to page 40 Pins 1 to 6 Node address setting Pins 7 and 8 Baud rate setting Pins 9 and 10 Reserved Always OFF Internal Circuits The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 ID16 Remote Input Terminal Photo coupler Photocoupler AN converter SOURCE Isolated 24 V DC coupler SE EN CAN L 28 Photocoupler N ES v I v F 1 I Fg SOURCE bg 24 V DC DC DC N G 46 Transistor Remote I O Terminals Section 4 3 The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 ID16 1 Remote Input Terminal V Photo coupler V 24VDC Photocoupler V RM 0 f 1 CAN H O DRAIN CANL coupler c 29 Photocoupler I V zo E l E SOURCE 24V DC DC DC G converter SOURCE Isolated i 24V DC Wirin The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 ID16 Remote Input Ter g g g g p minal SOURCE 24VDC 24VDC 12 13 14 Internal circuits power supply S 2 x 8S x x x IO power supply 2 8 8 E 2 Er 2 ay 8 8 5 8 5 8 8 a en a a a a a a NPN output 3 wire 2 wire sensor NPN
93. for cables connec tors and other connection devices as well as information on the com munications power supply DeviceNet Masters Describes the models specifications functions and application meth W379 Operation Manual ods of C200HX HG HE CVM1 and CV series DeviceNet Master Units CS1 Series DeviceNet Unit Describes the models specifications functions and application meth W380 Operation Manual ods of the CS1 series DeviceNet Unit DeviceNet Slaves Operation Describes the models specifications functions and application meth W347 Manual this manual ods of DeviceNet Slaves DeviceNet Configurator Describes the operation of the DeviceNet Configurator to allocate W382 Operation Manual Ver 2 remote I O areas according to application needs as well as procedures to set up a DeviceNet network with more than one master DeviceNet MULTIPLE I O Describes the models specifications functions and application meth W348 TERMINAL Operation Manual ods of the DeviceNet MULTIPLE I O TERMINALs Precautions provides precautions for the correct and safe application of the products Section 1 provides an overview of the DeviceNet Network including features specifications and the system configurations Section 2 provides information on hardware aspects of Masters and Slaves connected to a DeviceNet Network to ensure the proper operation of the system Included are system configuration examples basic procedures for wiring mounting
94. in the following illustration Do not strip the core wires 20 mm min 48 Inserting Core Wires in the Cable Connector When connecting the sensor align the senor wires by color with the terminal numbers printed on the cover according to the following tables DRT1 HD16S Terminal number 3 wire sensor without self 2 wire sensor without self 3 wire sensor without self diagnosis output Black white diagnosis output Brown white diagnosis output Black white Orange orange Brown red Brown red Blue black Blue black Blue black Terminal number Sensor with teaching function or with self diagnosis output Black white Pink gray Brown red Blue black Sensor with bank switching function Note Wire colors in parentheses are the previous JIS colors for photoelectric and 1 2 3 proximity sensors Insert the core wires completely to the back of the cover holes Assembling the Cable Connectors 1 Confirm that the core wires and terminal number are aligned properly us ing the wire colors Also be sure that the wires are inserted completely to the back of the cover The Cover is transparent so that the wires can be easily seen 2 As shown in the following diagram press the covers with the cable wires inserted into it into the plug connector using your hands to temporarily at tach it 3 As
95. in the location and orientation of the DIP switches but the node address is always set in binary 0 OFF 1 ON DIP switch setting Node Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin5 address DIP switch setting Node Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin5 address BR PM oO 2 oiloi iloioi i i ioloil i ioo i i oioi oioi ioio jio o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 OO At OO AHA Of et oly AH oy et os Ay Oy tf oy Ast Oy typ oy Ast Oy typ oy AH Oy ty oy AH Oo 3 o o ao0 ol olo Aa A olo Aa A olo Aa olo A olo 2a 2 BllB 2 loilooi io i 2 23 23j 2loiloilolo 3 23j 2 aijiloioiloio 23 23 2 2ilo o o o 3 4 a olololololo l lolo Oj ojoojojoj oojojoj olojojoj oojojoj o oj ojoj oojojo o oj ojoj o o 2a 2 BllB 2 loilooi io i 2 23 2 2loiloilolo 3 2j 2 aijiloioiloio 23 23 23 2ilo o o o a2 2 BllB lB 2 l2Bl ailoiloioio oloilolo 23 2j2 a2 jal2 2 a23 a2j lololoilolo oi oi jo 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 321 Appendix Using Another Company s Master Unit This appendix explains how to operate an OMRON Slave whe
96. installed DCN2 1 shielded T branch connector Communications power supply Note Tighten the connector by hand to a torque of 0 39 to 0 49 N m If the connec tor is not tightened sufficiently it will not provide the expected environmental resistance and may come loose from vibration Do not use pliers or other tools to tighten the connectors because the tools may damage the connectors 5 8 Environment resistive Terminals IP66 5 3 1 Node Address and Baud Rate Settings This section describes the node address settings and baud rate settings that are common to all of the Environment resistive Terminals These settings are made on separate switches as shown in the following diagrams 179 Environment resistive Terminals IP66 Section 5 3 Node address setting Rotary switches Baud rate setting DIP switch pins 1 and 2 Baud rate setting Node address setting Note The DRT1 LIDLILIC 1 Terminals do not have an output hold clear setting for communications errors When a communications error occurs with a Ter minal that has outputs the corresponding output data from the Master is cleared to 0 OFF Node Address Settings Each Environment resistive Terminal s node address is set in two digit deci mal with the rotary switches The 10 s digit is set on the left rotary switch and the 1 s digit is set on right rotary switch Any node address within the allowed setting range can be used as long a
97. instruction CV series PLCs or IOWR instruc tion C200HX HG HE PLCs parameter so it will be requested 3 When an odd number of bytes of data are sent the last data will be set in the leftmost bits of the last word 4 Before using this command be sure that the communications status Re ceived Flag Port 1 bit 3 Port 2 bit 11 allocated in the Master s IN Area is ON data in the reception buffer If the command is executed while the Flag is OFF no data in the reception buffer and error will occur error code 1800 Hex Resets the RS 232C Unit s specified port To change the parameter settings using the PARAMETER SET command either reset the port using the PORT RESET command or restart the RS 232C Unit Command Block 05 00 94 00 Class ID Instance ID Service Code Destination node address RS 232C Units Error Response Note Section 6 2 Response Block No of received Service code bytes Source node address Parameters Instance ID Command Specifies the port to be reset in hexadecimal as follows 02 Hex Port 1 03 Hex Port 2 1 When the port is reset the transmission buffer and the reception buffers are cleared and the port s status is initialized The parameter settings however are maintained 2 When an error occurs at a port find the cause of the error and then use this command to reset the port If there is an error in the exp
98. is a constant red Use the following table to troubleshoot problems in a Slave that has a red indi cator that is ON or flashing Probable cause The Slave Unit is faulty Replace the Unit The MS indicator is flashing red Check that the Slave s baud rate setting is correct The setting must be 125 kbps 250 kbps or 500 kbps Restart the Unit after changing the baud rate Replace the Unit if the MS indicator continues to flash red even though the baud rate setting is correct 313 Troubleshooting Section 8 2 Error After the MS indicator turns green the NS indi cator does not flash green it turns red immedi ately Probable cause Restart the faulty Slave Unit after checking the following points Make sure that the Master and Slaves baud rate settings all match If they do not match set all of the baud rates to the same value Check for a node address duplication If necessary change the node address settings so that each node has a unique number See the troubleshooting steps below under the error heading The NS indicator lights green but turns red after a short time Check whether all of the Slaves settings are correct If a particular Slave s NS indicator is always red replace that Slave The NS indicator lights green but turns red after a short time or The NS indicator lights green but starts flashing red after a short time Restart the faulty Slave Unit after checking
99. lines are all wired to M3 screw terminals Connect M3 crimp terminals and then connect them to the terminal block Tighten the screws fixing the crimp terminals to a torque of 0 3 to 0 5 N m 6 0 mm max 6 0 mm max O 60 Transistor Remote I O Terminals Section 4 3 Wiring the Internal Power Supply Wiring the I O Power Supply Wiring I O Refer to the wiring details for each Slave for information on the terminal arrangement at the terminal block The following example shows the internal power supply for a DRT1 ID16 Remote Input Terminal lO OMRON DRT1 ID16 REMOTE TERMINAL 24VDC mz EN LE EA EE EIL EEL 15 o 2 1 5 m DEI r3 L3 cl Refer to the wiring details for each Slave for information on the terminal arrangement at the terminal block The following example shows the I O power supply for a DRT1 ID16 Remote Input Terminal ol OMRON DRT1 ID16 REMOTE TERMINAL 24VDC 1 5 EA EE HEP 1 I 0 2 1 5 II L2 r3 Refer to the wiring details for each Slave for information on the terminal arrangement at the terminal block and external I O wiring The following example shows the wiring to input 0 on a DRT1 ID16 Remote Input Terminal ol OMRON DRT1 ID16 REMOTE TERMINAL 24VDC 1 5 7 mo mi IT 15 0 2 1 5
100. mounted to the PLC Turn ON the PLC to which the Master Unit and C200H I O Link Unit are mounted connect the Peripheral Devices to the PLC and create the I O tables Once the I O tables have been created turn OFF the power to the PLC The following example shows the procedure for creating I O tables using a Programming Console For details on creating I O tables refer to the Oper ation Manual for the Peripheral Device being used 1 2 3 1 Turn ON power to Master Unit 2 Switch the operating mode switch to PROGRAM mode 3 Input the following key sequence CLR MONTR CLR G SHIFT CHG Precautions Do not turn ON multiple Master Units in a DeviceNet Network until scan lists for all Masters have been registered Finish creating I O tables for one Master Unit before creating tables for another Master Unit Do not turn ON the power supply to other nodes or the communications power supply when creating I O tables 2 4 2 Starting the System Turn ON the communications power supply and the power to other nodes in the following order 1 2 3 1 Turn ON the communications power supply 20 Starting Communications Section 2 4 2 Turn ON the power to each Slave 3 Turn ON the power to the Master Unit The power supplies listed above can all be turned ON simultaneously The external I O power supply can be turned ON at any time 2
101. number is expressed as a two s complement Converted data Hexadecimal decimal 7B0C 81500 ERR 0000 0 ze Voltage FA24 1500 5 25 1to5V The 1 to 5 V range corresponds to the hexadecimal values 0000 to 7530 0 to 30 000 The convertible data range is FA24 to 7BOC 1 500 to 31 500 The 0 8 to 1 V range corresponds to the hexadecimal values FA24 to 7BOC 71 500 to 0 If the voltage drops below the input range i e if the input volt age drops below 0 8 V the open circuit detection function is activated and the data is set to 7FFF Converted data Hexadecimal decimal 7BOC 31500 7530 30000 7FFF 0000 0 FA24 1500 5V5 2V 145 Analog I O Terminals Section 4 8 0 to 20 mA The 0 to 20 mA range corresponds to the hexadecimal values 0000 to 7530 0 to 30 000 The convertible data range is FA24 to 7BOC 1 500 to 31 500 When the current is negative the negative number is expressed as a two s complement Converted data Hexadecimal decimal TOC 1500 cn onec oR re LIS DI D LEM 7890430000 0000 0 1 mA Current FA24 1500 OmA 20 mA 21 mA 4to 20 mA The 4 to 20 mA range corresponds to the hexadecimal values 0000 to 7530 0 to 30 000 The convertible data range is FA24 to 7 1 500 to 31 500 The 3 2 to 4 mA range corresponds to the hexadecimal values FA24 to 0000 1 500 to 0 If the
102. onwards In the following pro gram example however the data received is no more than 50 words 100 bytes 294 RS 232C Units Section 6 2 Ladder Program 25315 BSET 71 Clears all DM Area words being used when the program starts 0000 rid Setting data for executing the RECEIVE DATA READ command for port 1 8201 Response storage word DM 0300 82 Hex DM 012C Hex word 300 00 Hex Word data MOV 21 MOV 21 DM0201 MOV 21 Response monitoring time 10 s MOV 21 lt 5 5 5 m o mio m o Q Dv olo o olo e o u me gt ojm o Number of command data bytes 9 bytes MOV 1 EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command code FINS 42801 2801 Hex Slave node address 08 MOV 1 RECEIVE DATA READ command service code OE Hex MOV 1 Class ID 94 Hex MOVI Port 1 RECEIVE DATA READ Instance ID 02 Hex MOV 21 Attribute ID 64 Hex lt O 295 RS 232C Units Section 6 2 25315 35802 35803 03200 10112 I 35810 35811 296 MOV 21 8201 lt o M o MOV 21 DM0251 MOV 21 5 amp a alo 21 21 2801 lt lt N m o a als AB lo MOV 21 MOV 21 080 DM0255
103. output 3 wire sensor limit switch sensor photoelectric photoelectric or proximity sensor proximity sensor 47 Transistor Remote I O Terminals Section 4 3 48 Internal circuits power supply The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 ID16 1 Remote Input Terminal SOURCE 24V DC 24V DC 12 13 O0 0009 11 a 2 8 zm O power supply 5 5 8 a 52 2 lt 2 c oS g S B 388 oma a en m PNP output 3 wire 2 wire sensor PNP output 3 wire sensor limit switch sensor photoelectric or photoelectric or proximity sensor proximity sensor Note 1 Wire colors in parentheses are the previous JIS colors for photoelectric and proximity sensors 2 The V terminals terminal numbers 13 and 22 are connected internally as are the G terminals terminal numbers 2 and 11 When I O power is sup plied to terminals 13 and 2 power can be supplied to sensors from termi nals 22 and 11 When the power supply exceeds 1 2 A the power supply should not be in put through the terminals an external power supply must be used instead Transistor Remote I O Terminals Section 4 3 Dimensions The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1 ID16 and DRT1 ID16 1 Remote Input Terminals All dimensions are in mm Approx 73 With connector attached k Nd 150 max 40 max Mounting holes Two 4 2 dia or M4 50 max
104. right angle terminals 123 Sensor Terminals Section 4 7 4 7 Sensor Terminals 4 7 1 Node Address Baud Rate and Output Hold Clear Settings This section describes the Slaves node address setting baud rate settings and hold clear outputs for communications error setting These settings are made using the following pins on the DIP switch Node address setting Pins 1 through 6 Baud rate setting Pins 7 and 8 Output hold clear setting Pin 10 on DIP switch on bottom panel affects only outputs 12345678910 Output hold clear setting for communications errors for outputs Node address setting Reserved Always OFF Baud rate setting Node Address Settings Each Slave s node address is set with pins 1 through 6 of the Slave s DIP switch Any node address within the setting range can be used as long as it isn t already set on another node DIP switch setting Node address Pin 5 Pin4 Pin3 Pin2 0 OFF 1 ON Note 1 Refer to Appendix A Node Address Settings Table for a complete table of DIP switch settings 2 The Slave won t be able to participate in communications if the same node address is used for the Master or another Slave node node address dupli cation error Baud Rate Setting Pins 7 and 8 are used to set the baud rate as shown in the following table These pins are factory set to OFF Baud rate
105. section in its entirety and be sure you understand the information provided in the section and related sections before attempting any of the procedures or operations given ix PRECAUTIONS This section provides general precautions for using the Programmable Controller PLC Systems and related devices The information contained in this section is important for the safe and reliable application of PLC Systems You must read this section and understand the information contained before attempting to set up or operate a PLC System 1 Intended Audience xii 2 General Precautions uos x PV ORAS SE PR CR RE AAT xii 3 Safety Precautions can eose oe E E E EE n xii 4 Operating Environment xii 5 Application Precautions 8 xiii 6 EC Directives ed ee Oe aS xiv 7 DeyiceNet Manuals nnno EAR IAE UE dae IA E R xi Intended Audience 1 2 3 4 xii Intended Audience This manual is intended for the following personnel who must also have knowledge of electrical systems an electrical engineer or the equivalent Personnel in charge of installing FA systems Personnel in charge of designing FA systems Personnel in charge of managing FA systems and facilities General Precautions NWARNING The user must operate the product according to the performance specifica tions
106. shown in the following diagram use pliers or a similar tool to press the cover completely into the plug connector Press on the center of the cover 135 Analog I O Terminals Section 4 8 so that you do not distort it Press the cover in until there is no gap between the cover and connector plug Connecting and Disconnecting the Cable Connector Connecting With terminal number 1 toward the front insert the Cable Connector into the 1 O connector on the Slave until it clicks into place Disconnecting Lift up on the lock lever as shown in the following diagram and remove the Cable Connector to disconnect it Lock lever Note Cable Connectors XS8A 0441 0442 are not provided with the Sensor Termi nals and must be purchased separately 4 8 Analog I O Terminals 4 8 1 Node Address and Baud Rate Setting This section describes the Slaves node address setting baud rate settings and hold clear outputs for communications error setting These settings are made using the following pins on the DIP switch Node address setting Pins 1 through 6 Baud rate setting Pins 7 and 8 Slave specific setting Pins 9 and 10 Refer to the descriptions of individual Slaves 12345678910 Slave specific setting Node address setting Refer to the descriptior Baud rate setting of individual Slaves 136 Analog 1 Terminals Section 4 8 Node Address Settings Each Slave s nod
107. status bit 09 or bit 10 is ON The sizes of the Read and Write Areas and the first words in the Read and Write Areas that have been set in the Read Write Setting Area will be stored in the Master Unit s non volatile memory when bit 00 changes from OFF to ON 1 The Read Write Area user settings software switch is effective only when the PLC is in PROGRAM mode If used in other operating modes an error will occur error code CO Hex When a CO error occurs switch the PLC to PROGRAM mode and try the operation again 2 Read Write Area settings will not become effective by manipulating the software switch alone After changing the settings either reset the Unit or restart the PLC to enable the new settings 3 The Read Write Area user settings are stored in the C200H I O Link Unit s EEPROM memory Once they have been set they will not change when the Unit is turned OFF or reset and data from the set areas can be sent and received from the next time the Unit is started 4 There is a limit to the number of times data can be written to EEPROM Do not exceed the EEPROM write life 1 million writes Bit 01 Read Write Area Default Settings To return the Read and Write Areas to the default settings turn software switch bit 01 ON 1 The Read Write Area default settings software switch is effective only when the PLC is in PROGRAM mode If used in other operating modes an error will occur error code CO Hex When a CO error occurs sw
108. supply G2 SOURCE X Q ve 24V DC 2 converter EE 6 SOURCE Isolated x Output 8 to 15 24V Dc ND S ae2 E TR E Photocoupler 71 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks Section 4 4 Wiring The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 OD16T Remote Output Terminal Gx 9 Q 3 pem Tt power supply Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid valve etc valve etc valve etc valve etc The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 OD16T 1 Remote Output 6 O Internal circuits power supply Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid valve etc valve etc valve etc valve etc Note 1 V1 is not connected internally to V2 and G1 is not connected internally to G2 Connect them carefully 2 When using inductive loads such as solenoids or valves use a load with a built in diode to absorb reverse power or attach a diode externally 72 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks Dimensions Section 4 4 The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1 OD16T and DRT1 OD16T 1 Remote Output Terminals All dimensions are in mm LI LI ee Lll Mounting holes Two 4 2 dia or M4 4040 2 170 0 2 gt Values in parentheses are reference values Note The c
109. table shows the system startup times for two cases In the first case the Master Unit starts up just after all of the Slaves power supplies are turned ON In the second case the Master Unit is restarted while communica tions are in progress Slave s indicator status System startup time The Master is started just The NS indicator is OFF or 6 seconds after Slave startup flashing green 308 Message Communications Time Section 7 2 Program Example Note Slave s indicator status System startup time The Master only is The NS indicator flashes 8 seconds restarted red while the Master is OFF The Slaves only are 10 seconds restarted As shown in the preceding table it takes time for DeviceNet communications to start up This programming uses flags in the Master Status Area to prevent the Slaves I O processing from being performed until remote I O communica tions start up Refer to the Master Unit s Operation Manual for details on the Master Status Area 1 This programming is for a CV series PLC and a Master Unit with a unit num ber of 00 Error Communications Stopped Flag 1501 1501 15 14 004 H JMP 0001 Remote I O Communications Slaves I O pro Flag cessing 005 JME 0001 7 2 Message Communications Time Note The message communications time is the time required from the time a Mas ter Unit starts to send a message over the Network to another node until the Ma
110. the Master s IN Area is ON transmission enabled If the command is execut ed while the Flag is OFF transmitting data and error will occur error code 02FF Hex Receives data from the specified RS 232C Unit port and reads the data stored in the reception buffer Depending on whether or not the header code and delimiter code are enabled or disabled the data read is treated as shown in the following table When the delimiter header is disabled the number of bytes set in No of bytes per frame is read Delimiter code Disabled Data read The No of bytes per frame is read from the RS 232C Unit s reception buffer starting with the first word Fit Second Third N bytes N bytes N bytes Enabled Data from the RS 232C Unit s reception buffer is read from the first word to the delimiter code There is no limit to the amount of data read First Second Third 01 Disabled Data from the RS 232C Unit s reception buffer is read from the header code to the No of bytes per frame In this case the data before the header code is discarded First Second Third in N 1 bytes 8 N 1 bytes Enabled Data from the RS 232C Unit s reception buffer is read from the header code to the delimiter code There is no limit to the amount of data read In this case the data before the header code is discarded First Second Third H Header code D Delimiter code N No of bytes per frame
111. the following points Make sure that there are 121 Q Terminating Resistors connected at both ends of the trunk line Connect 121 Q Terminating Resistors if the wrong resistance is being used Check whether all of the Slaves settings are correct Check whether the communications cables are connected properly Check whether the power supply is set correctly Check all the nodes for broken wires in the communications and power supply cables attached to the connectors Check whether power is correctly supplied to the network If there is nearby equipment that generates electrical noise take steps to shield the Master Slaves and communications cables from the noise If an error has occurred with an OMRON Master Unit refer to the Master Unit s Operation Manual If an error has occurred in a Master Unit supplied by another maker refer to the relevant operation man ual If a particular Slave s NS indicator is always red replace that Slave Trouble Adding a Slave to Use the following table to troubleshoot problems in adding a Slave to the net the Network work Error Probable cause The NS indicator remains OFF 314 Check if the baud rate of the Master Unit coincides with that of the Slave Unit If the baud rates are different correct the baud rate of the Slave Unit Check that the Slave s connector is connected correctly Check whether the communications power supply is supplying 24 V DC Make sure that the Maste
112. to memory in the C200H I O Link Unit but they are not yet effective Operation will continue using the previous Read Write Area settings The contents of the Read Write Reference Area will also remain at the previous settings 5 Reset the C200H I O Link Unit or restart the PLC to which the C200H I O Link Unit is mounted Note a When the C200H I O Link Unit is mounted in a C200HX HG HE PLC it can be reset by turning ON the corresponding Special Unit Restart Bit in AR 01 or SR 281 When the Unit is mounted in a CS1H G PLC it can be reset by turning ON the corresponding Special I O Unit Restart Bit in A502 to A507 b When the Unit is restarted the Read Write settings will become effective and the number of IN OUT words for the C200H I O Link Unit will be set 6 Correct the C200H I O Link Unit s scan list registration in the Master s scan list There are two methods of registering the scan list Turn ON the Enable Scan List software switch on the Master Unit 239 C200H I O Link Units 240 Section 6 1 Create a scan list and register the Unit using a DeviceNet Configura tor If the scan list is registered correctly data will automatically be transferred and received between the Master Unit and the C200H I O Link Unit For further details on Master Unit operations refer to the Master Unit s Opera tion Manual or the DeviceNet Configurator Operation Manual 7 When necessary itis possible to read and write IN OUT
113. turned ON and 9D Hex is returned Class ID Command Always 2F Hex Instance ID Command Specifies the data area to be read in hexadecimal as shown in the following table Setting Word range IR Area 1 CIO Write Area IR 000 to IR 235 Read Area IR 000 to IR 235 IR 300 to IR 511 DM 0000 to DM 4095 C200HE CPU11 E only DM 0000 to DM 5999 All except C200HE CPU11 E LR Area LR 00 to LR 63 HR Area HR or H HR 00 to HR 99 C200HX HG HE AR Area AR 00 to AR 27 Z Can be set for Read Area only CS1H G Holding Area H100 or H102 to H127 Specify the starting word with 00 Hex or 02 to 1B Hex IR Area 2 CIO Data Memory Area DM or D 247 200 I O Link Units WORD DATA WRITE 248 Section 6 1 Setting Area Word range C200HX HG HE Timer Counter TIM CNT 000 to TIM CNT 511 Z Area TIM CNT CS1H G Timer Area T T 000 to T 511 EM Area bank 0 only EM 0000 to EM 6143 Address L Address H Command The address in hexadecimal of the first word of data to be read Address L Rightmost 2 digits of the address in 4 digit hexadecimal Address H Leftmost 2 digits of the address in 4 digit hexadecimal When specifying a Holding Area word H100 or H102 to H127 in a CS1H G PLC specify the first word in hexadecimal with 0000 Hex for H100 or 0002 to 001B Hex for H102 to H127 No of read words Command The number of words of read data in sin
114. 0 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 OD32ML 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 OD32ML 1 332 D O DD DD DMD DMD OD CO MD DN DM DN OO OO MD MD ND O O O 20 04 24 01 30 03 Using Another Company s Master Unit Appendix B Model Produced Produced Produced connection Consumed Consumed connection connection connection path connection path size path length path length DRT1 MD32ML 02H 6 20 04 24 01 30 03 0 DRT1 MD32ML 1 02H 6 20 04 24 01 30 03 0 DRT1 ID16X 02H 6 20 04 24 01 30 03 0 DRT1 ID16X 1 02H 6 20 04 24 01 30 03 0 DRT1 OD16X 00H 0 6 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 OD16X 1 00H 0 6 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 HD16S 02H 6 20 04 24 01 30 03 0 DRT1 ND16S 01H 6 20 04 24 01 30 03 0 DRT1 TS04T 08H 6 20 04 24 01 30 03 0 DRT1 TSO4P 08H 6 20 04 24 01 30 03 0 DRT1 AD04 04H or 08H 6 20 04 24 01 30 03 0 DRT1 AD04H 08H 6 20_04 24 01_30_03 0 DRT1 DA02 00H 0 6 20 04 24 01 30 03 CQM1 DRT21 02H 6 20 04 24 01 30 03 0 DRT1 IDO4CL 01H 6 20 04 24 01 30 03 0 DRT1 IDO4CL 1 01H 6 20 04 24 01 30 03 0 DRT1 IDO8CL 01H 6 20 04 24 01 30 03 0 DRT1 IDO8CL 1 01H 6 20 04 24 01 30 03 0 DRT1 ID08C 01H 6 20 04 24 01 30 03 0 DRT1 HD16C 02H 6 20 04 24 01 30 03 0 DRT1 HD16C 1 02H 6 20 04 24 01 30 03 0 DRT
115. 0 power supply r 92 X P t v2 DC DC i gt iN converter N So Une Isolated m AW Input 8 to 15 24V Photocoupler G2 64 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks Section 4 4 The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 ID16T 1 Remote Input Terminal Photo coupler Photo coupler converter SOURCE Isolated 24V Wiring minal Internal circuits power supply 1 24 V DC G1 I O power supply O V1 Input 0 to 7 G1 V2 24 V DC G2 power supply V2 Input 8 to 15 Photocoupler Brown white Blue black Blue black Brown red Black white 2 wire sensor e g limit switch 3 wire sensor with NPN output photoelectric or proximity sensor G2 The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 ID16T Remote Input Ter Brown white Blue black Brown red Black white 2 wire sensor e g limit switch 3 wire sensor with NPN output photoelectric or proximity sensor 65 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks Section 4 4 The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 ID16T 1 Remote Input Terminal Qoo Internal circuits power supply Blue black Blue black B
116. 04 DRT1 AD04H Voltage inputs Current inputs Voltage inputs Current inputs Input points Either 4 points or 2 points 4 points Set with the DIP switch Master Unit uses 4 Four input words occupied at Master Unit input words or 2 input words respectively Communications power 11 to 25 V DC supplied from the communications connector supply voltage Internal power supply 20 4 to 26 4 V DC 24 V DC 1596 to 10 voltage 137 Analog I O Terminals Section 4 8 Item Current consumption Specification DRT1 AD04 DRT1 AD04H Voltage inputs Current inputs Communications 30 mA max Internal circuit 80 mA max Voltage inputs Current inputs Communications 30 mA max Internal circuit 130 mA max Noise immunity 1 5 pulse width 0 1 to 1 us pulse rise time 1 ns via noise simulator Vibration resistance 10 to 55 Hz 1 0 mm double amplitude Shock resistance 200 m s Dielectric strength 500 V AC for 1 min between insulated circuits 500 V AC between insulated circuits Insulation resistance 20 min at 250 V DC between insulated circuits Ambient operating tem perature 0 to 55 Ambient operating humidity 35 to 85 with no condensation Ambient operating envi ronment No corrosive gases Ambient storage tem perature 25 to 65 Mounting method M4 screw mounting or 35 mm DIN trac
117. 1 3 CVM1 DRM21 1 DRTI COM WD30 M E c Generic Device 8 CPM1 A DRT 1 01 C200HW DRT21 te 00 The Device Parameters Editing Screen Read Write Area parameter set ting screen will be displayed C200H I O Link Units Section 6 1 4 Either double click on the Read Write parameter that you want to change or select the desired parameter and press the Enter Key Edit Device Parameters Parameter Group All parameters 0001 size 0002 Write OUT Area 300 511 0003 Write OUT Address 350 ch 0004 Read N Size 2 byte 0005 Read N Area OIO 0 235 0006 Read N Address 50 ch Help Set the Write size byte al Default 2 byte Min 0 byte Max 64 byte Upload Download Gompare Reset Default Setup It will become possible to change the parameter 5 Set or change parameters a Size Setting Screen Input the new value and press the Enter Key or click another location in the window 0001 Write OUT size 3 0002 Write OUT Area CIO 300 511 0003 Write OUT Address 350 ch 0004 Read lN Size 2 byte 0005 Read IN Area CIO 0 235 0006 Read lN Address 50 ch 241 C200H I O Link Units Section 6 1 b Area Setting Screen Select a data area from the pull down menu and press the Enter Key or click another location in the window When using a CS1H G words AR 00 to AR 27 correspond to H100 to H12
118. 1 TS040 D08 1 DRT1 D16S Appendix C Manufacturer Phoenix Contact GmbH amp Co XWAB 05C1 H1 D DRT1 DCN1 D32ML 1 CVM1 For T branch Tap and node connection With connector set screws Included with the DRT1 D16T 1 DRM21 V1 C200HW DRM21 V1 CQM1 DRT21 and XW4B 05C4 T D For node connection Multi drop wiring Without connector set screws XW4B 05C4 TF D Crimp Terminals for Communications Cables TC series TME TC 0 5 for thin cable TME TC 2 11 power supply wire for thick cable TME TC 1 25 11 communi cations wire for thick cable Crimper For node connection Multi drop wiring With connector set screws Remarks For single wire insertion Manufacturer Nichifu Co Ltd See note Al series Al 0 5 8WH B product num ber 3201369 For single wire insertion Al series AI TWIN2x0 5 8WH product number 3200933 UD6 product number 1204436 For two wire insertion Multi drop use Phoenix Contact GmbH amp Co Note The solderless crimp terminals made by Nichifu Co Ltd are sold through the OMRON 24 Service Co Ltd Contact the Nichifu Co Ltd directly for details on their products Specialty Screwdrivers for Connectors Specifications OMRON OMRON Tsufo Service Special screwdriver for DeviceNet connectors Special screwdriver for DeviceNet connect
119. 1 61 1 1 1 1 1 0 62 1 1 1 1 1 1 63 0 OFF 1 ON 1 Refer to Appendix A Node Address Settings Table for a complete table of DIP switch settings 2 The Slave won t be able to participate in communications if the same node address is used for the Master or another Slave node node address dupli cation error Pins 7 and 8 are used to set the baud rate as shown in the following table These pins are factory set to OFF Baud rate 125 kbps default 250 kbps 500 kbps Not allowed 1 Always turn OFF the Slave s power supply including the communications power supply before changing the baud rate setting 2 Setthe same baud rate on all of the nodes Master and Slaves in the Net work Any Slaves with baud rates different from the Master s rate won t be able to participate in communications Furthermore a node with an incor rect baud rate may cause communications errors between nodes with cor rect baud rate settings The functions of pins 9 and 10 differ for inputs and outputs as shown in the BA 910 Input Not used Always OFF Output Hold Clear outputs for communications error following diagram Reserved Always OFF Pin 9 Reserved Always OFF Pin 10 As follows Inputs No function Always OFF Outputs Hold Clear outputs for communications error OFF Clear All output data from the Master will be cleared to 0 when a communications error occurs ON Hold All output data from the Mast
120. 1 ID32ML NPN and DRT1 ID32ML 1 PNP Input Specifications Item Specification Model DRT1 ID32ML DRT1 ID32ML 1 Internal common NPN PNP Input points 32 points ON voltage 15 V DC min between 15 V DC min between each input terminal and V each input terminal and G OFF voltage 5 V DC max between 5 V DC max between each input terminal and V each input terminal and G OFF current 1 0 Input current 6 0 mA max point at 24 V DC 3 0 mA min point at 17 V DC Input impedance 4 4 KQ ON delay time 1 5 ms max OFF delay time 1 5 ms max 88 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with Connectors Section 4 5 Specification Max simultaneously ON 32 points See note input points Number of circuits 32 points with one common Note All 32 inputs can be ON simultaneously if the Remote I O Terminal is mounted facing up but sufficient space will need to be allowed between Units depend ing on the ambient temperature Refer to the Dimensions diagram on page page 93 for details Components of the DRT1 ID32ML and DRT1 ID32ML 1 DeviceNet indicators Refer to page 312 Indicate the status of the Slave communications and inputs lit when input is ON Top panel Front panel Bottom panel Rotary switches Refer to page 87 Set the node address DIN track DIP switch Refer to page 87 mounting hooks Pins 1 and 2 Baud rate setting Pins 3 and 4 Reserved
121. 1 OD04CL 00H 0 6 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 ODO04CL 1 00H 0 6 20 04 24 01_30_03 DRT1 ODO8CL 00H 0 6 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 ODO08CL 1 00H 0 6 20 04 24 01_30_03 DRT1 OD08C 00H 0 6 20 04 24 01_30_03 DRT1 WD16C 00H 0 0 DRT1 WD16C 1 00H 0 0 as DRT1 MD16C 01H 6 20 04 24 01 30 03 0 DRT1 MD16C 1 01H 6 20 04 24 01_30_03 0 DRT1 B7AC 04H 6 20 04 24 01 30 03 0 Device Profile for the C200H I O Link Unit Volume Release 1 3 Volume 11 Release 1 3 OMRON Corporation Slaves Communication adapter W347 1 0 General data Compatible DeviceNet Specifications Header ID 47 Device type number 12 Header name Device type name Manufacturer catalog number Manufacturer revision 333 Using Another Company s Master Unit Physical conform Network current consumption Appendix B 24 V DC at 45 mA max ance data Connector type Open plug Physical insulation Yes Supported indicators Module Network MAC ID setting DIP switch Default MAC ID 0 Baud rate setting DIP switch Supported baud rates 125 kbps 250 kbps and 500 kbps Communications Predefined Master Slave connection set Group 2 only server data Dynamic connection support UCMM No Explicit message fragmentation support Object Mounting Yes Identity Object 0x01 Object class Attribute Not supported
122. 1 State 2 Instance type 0100 hexadecimal 3 Transport class trigger 82 hexadecimal 4 Produced connection ID 5 Consumed connection ID 6 Initial comm characteristics 01 hexadecimal 7 Produced connection size See note 8 Consumed connection size See note 9 Expected packet rate 12 Watchdog time out action 0000 hexadecimal 13 Produced connection path length 0000 hexadecimal 14 Produced connection path No 15 Consumed connection path length 0000 hexadecimal 16 Consumed connection path No 17 Production inhibit time DeviceNet service 05Reset 0000 hexadecimal Parameter option OEGet Attribute Single 10Set Attribute Single Note The number of bytes in the specified Read Area Input Area and Write Area Output Area is as follows Produced connection size Consumed connection size Object instance 3 Section Instance type Information Bit strobed I O Read Area bytes default 0200 hexadecimal Write Area bytes default 0200 hexadecimal Max number of instances Production trigger Cyclic Transport type Server 336 Transport class 2 Using Another Company s Master Unit Appendix B Item Attribute Object instance 3 Object instance 3 Service ID content 1 State Get read Set write Value 2 Instance type 0100 hexa
123. 16 1 Remote Output Terminal SOURCE 24VDC 24VDC l 12 13 21 22 09 11 il Solenoid Valve Solenoid Note The G terminals terminal numbers 2 11 and 22 are connected internally When I O power is supplied to terminal 2 power can be supplied to output devices from terminals 22 and 11 When the power supply exceeds 1 2 A the power supply should not be input through the terminals an external power supply must be used instead 55 Transistor Remote I O Terminals Section 4 3 Dimensions The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1 OD16 and DRT1 OD16 1 Remote Output Terminals All dimensions are in mm With connector attached 50 max 12 150 max Mounting holes Two 4 2 dia or M4 3 40 0 140 0 3 73 4 3 6 Transistor Remote I O Terminal with 8 Inputs and 8 Outputs DRT1 MD16 NPN Input Specifications Model Specification DRT1 MD16 Internal common NPN Input points 8 points ON voltage 15 V DC min between each input terminal and IN V OFF voltage 5 V DC max between each input terminal and IN V OFF current 1 mA max Input current 10 mA max point ON delay time 1 5 ms max OFF delay time 1 5 ms max Number of circuits 56 8 points with one common Transistor Remote I O Terminals Section 4 3 Output Specifications
124. 1D Block String N Read Logical Area Address Length 1E Block String Write Logical Area Address 1F Block String N Write Logical Area Address Object instance 3 DM Area DM 0 to DM 6143 See note Service 1C Block String Read Logical Area Address Length 1D Block String N Read Logical Area Address Length 1E Block String Write Logical Area Address 1F Block String N Write Logical Area Address Object instance 4 LR Area LR 00 to LR 63 See note Service 1C Block String Read Logical Area Address Length 1D Block String N Read Logical Area Address Length 1E Block String Write Logical Area Address 1F Block String N Write Logical Area Address Object instance 5 HR Area HR 00 to HR 99 See note Service 1C Block String Read Logical Area Address Length 1D Block String N Read Logical Area Address Length 1E Block String Write Logical Area Address 1F Block String N Write Logical Area Address 337 Using Another Company s Master Unit Appendix B Item DeviceNet service Parameter option Object instance 6 Service 1C Block String Read Logical Area Address Length AR Arean AR QOTO AR 27 1D Block String N Read Logical Area Address Length See note 1E Block String Write Logical Area Address 1F Block String N Write Logical Area Address Object instance 7 Service 1C Block String Read Logical Area Address Length
125. 2400 Help Set the character format al Default Data Parity Even Stop 2 Upload Download Gompare Reset Default Setup 7 Click the Reset Button to enable the edited parameters A reset confirmation message will be displayed Click the Yes button to confirm Note 1 When exchanging data through ports 1 and 2 itis necessary to confirm the status of the data transfer communications status in the words allocated to the RS 232C Unit in the Master Unit s Input Area 2 ltis possible to operate ports 1 and 2 independently but the RS 232C Unit can process only one explicit message at a time Even if you are going ex ecute a send command or receive command for the other port confirm that the previous explicit message processing has been completed before ex ecuting the next explicit message 6 2 7 Explicit DeviceNet Messages Explicit DeviceNet messages sent from the Master Unit can be used to control the parameters of the RS 232C Unit s ports 1 and 2 and to control the flow of data The RS 232C Unit processes the commands received from the Master Unit and returns responses Master Response RS 232C Unit 269 RS 232C Units Section 6 2 RS 232C Unit Explicit The explicit messages that can be processed by the RS 232C Unit are as Message List listed in the following table For the RS 232C Unit the service code and the Instance ID determine the processing content and object The Class ID i
126. 2W D42L HL J81 Cable with connector on one end female socket XS2F D42L 180 Connector socket assembly female XS2C D4 Crimp connector or solder type T joint CS2R D427 5 DRT1 IDO4CL DRT1 OD04CL Y power supply power supply XS2W D42L1 Cables with shielded Socket on one end and plug on the other XS2R D427 5 XS2R D427 5 Tjoint T joint XS2F D42L L 80 U Cable with XS2W D42L L181 C Cable shielded socket on one end with shielded socket on one end and plug on the other 81 0 1 Tighten the connector by hand to a torque of 0 39 0 49 N m If the con nector is not tightened sufficiently it will not provide the expected environ mental resistance and may come loose from vibration Do not use pliers or other tools to tighten the connectors because the tools may damage the connectors 2 The same I O power supply can be used for both input and output devices but the noise from the output devices may cause the input devices to mal function Use separate power supplies if possible Connect the I O Wiring to the Environment resistive Terminal with the XS2 series Round Waterproof Connectors listed in the following table Compatible Connectors Connector Model number Cable with connector on one end male plug XS2H D421 Cable with connectors on both ends socket and plug XS2W
127. 32C Unit and read is stored in order from the leftmost byte to the rightmost byte Contents Hex Meaning EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command code is 28 01 Hex DM 0351 Response code is 0000 Hex normal completion DM 0352 Number of bytes received data length from word DM 0353 onwards DM 0353 Slave node address is 08 RECEIVE DATA READ response service code is 8E Hex DM 0354 on Data received from port 2 of the RS 232C Unit and read is stored in order from the leftmost byte to the rightmost byte 297 SECTION 7 Communications Timing This section describes the time required for a complete communications cycle for an output response to be made to an input to start the system and to send a message 7 1 Remote I O Communications 300 7 1 1 10 Response 300 7 1 2 Communications Cycle Time and Refresh Time 305 7 1 3 than One Master in 307 7 1 4 System Startup 308 7 2 Message Communications 309 299 Remote I O Communications Characteristics Section 7 1 7 1 Remote I O Communications Characteristics 1 2 3 Note This section describes the characteristics of DeviceNet communications when OMRON Master and Slave Units are being used Us
128. 4 3 Creating and Registering Scan Lists Note Note Creating and Registering Fixed Allocation Scan Lists Scan lists are lists that register the information that is transferred between Master Units and Slaves The Master Unit compares the scan list with the sta tus of the Slave currently being communicated with so communications with the Slave are always being checked For details on scan lists and remote I O communications refer to the opera tion manual for the Master Unit When the scan list is disabled communications are possible with all Slaves on the DeviceNet Network with fixed allocations Without scan lists however the Master Unit cannot check if there is an error in a Slave For normal opera tions always enable the scan lists Precautions User I O Allocations The user can allocated desired words for Slave I O in the DeviceNet I O Areas Input Area Output Area in the Master Unit When user allocations are used scan lists must be created with a DeviceNet Configurator and registered in the Master Unit The scan list is enabled as soon as it is reg istered and I O communications start according to the scan list For details refer to the DeviceNet Operation Manual W267 and the DeviceNet Configurator Operation Manual W328 Fixed I O Allocations Slave I O is allocated in the DeviceNet I O area Input Area Output Area in the Master Unit in the same order as the Slave node addresses When fixed allocations ar
129. 4_24_01_30_03 15 Consumed connection path length 00 hexadecimal 16 Consumed connection path 17 Production inhibit time 00 hexadecimal Item DeviceNet service Parameter option Object instance 3 342 Service OEGet Attribute Single No 10Set Attribute Single No Slave Units Appendix C Connectable Devices and Device Current Consumptions Basic I O Slave Units Manufacturer DRT1 ID08 Specifications Remote I O Terminal 8 Transistor inputs NPN OMRON DRT1 ID08 1 Remote Terminal 8 Transistor inputs PNP OMRON DRT1 ID16 Remote I O Terminal 16 Transistor inputs NPN OMRON DRT1 ID16 1 Remote Terminal 16 Transistor inputs PNP OMRON DRT1 OD08 Remote Terminal 8 Transistor outputs NPN OMRON DRT1 OD08 1 Remote Terminal 8 Transistor outputs PNP OMRON DRT1 OD16 Remote I O Terminal 16 Transistor outputs NPN OMRON DRT1 OD16 1 Remote Terminal 16 Transistor outputs PNP OMRON DRT1 MD16 Remote Terminal 8 Transistor inputs 8 transistor outputs NPN OMRON DRT1 ID16T Remote I O Terminal 16 Transistor inputs NPN 3 tier Terminal Block OMRON DRT1 ID16T 1 Remote Terminal 16 Transistor inputs PNP 3 tier I O Terminal Block OMRON DRT1 OD16T Remote Terminal 16 Transistor outputs NPN 3 tier I O Terminal Block
130. 5 kbps default 250 kbps 500 kbps Not allowed 1 Always turn OFF the Slave s power supply including the communications power supply before changing the baud rate setting 2 Setthe same baud rate on all of the nodes Master and Slaves in the Net work Any Slaves with baud rates different from the Master s rate won t be able to participate in communications Furthermore a node with an incor rect baud rate may cause communications errors between nodes with cor rect baud rate settings Transistor Remote I O Terminals with 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks Setting Pins 3 and 4 Section 4 4 The functions of pins 3 and 4 differ for inputs and outputs as shown in the fol lowing diagram AA T z o 34 E Input Not used Always OFF Output Hold Clear outputs for communications error Reserved Always OFF Pin 3 Reserved Always OFF Pin 4 Asfollows Inputs No function Always OFF Outputs Hold Clear outputs for communications error OFF Clear All output data from the Master will be cleared to 0 when a communications error occurs All output data from the Master will be retained when a communications error occurs Pins 3 and 4 are factory set to OFF ON Hold 4 4 2 Transistor Remote Input Terminals with 16 Points and 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks DRT1 ID16T NPN and DRT1 ID16T 1 PNP Input Specifications Item Specification Model DRT1 ID16T DRT1 ID16T 1 Internal common NPN PNP
131. 5 ms max OFF delay time 1 5 ms max Number of circuits 16 points with one common 189 Environment resistive Terminals IP66 Section 5 3 Components of the DRT1 WD16C and DRT1 WD16C 1 DeviceNet indicators DIP switch pins 1 and 2 Output indicators Refer to page 312 Baud rate Refer 179 Lit when the output is ON Indicates the output status of each output DeviceNet communications Rotary switches 1 and 2 Output connector connector Node address Refer to page 179 External power supply connector Internal Circuits The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 WD16C Envi ronment resistive Terminal NPN DC DC isolated 0 V for internal circuits 0v 24V for outputs CN2 for outputs External power supply Photo 24V connector coupler for internal circuits 4 Output 0 Photo CAN H coupler _ CN3 SE DRAIN m Sa 2 ouput ES CN1 En Communications connector DC DC converter Not isolated 190 Environment resistive Terminals IP66 Section 5 3 The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 WD16C 1 Environment resistive Terminal PNP DC DC converter Isolated 0 V for internal circuits 0v 24N CN2 for outputs for ou
132. 5810 Port 2 RS 232C Receiving Flag is OFF and SR 35811 Port 2 RS 232C Received Flag is ON the sequential processing control bit IR 03300 will be turned ON When IR 03300 turns ON the Unit will check that IR 10112 unit no 0 Master s Message Communications Enabled Flag is ON and message transmission starts OOFE Master s node address 00 Master s unit address FE Hex DM 0250 Command data storage words 0009 Hex Master s unit number 00 9 command data words BCD If the Equals Flag is OFF error in writing to the Master IR 03300 will be turned ON and the data will be transmitted again If the Equals Flag is ON writing to the Master has been completed normally IR 03300 will be cleared message transmission completed Note When transmitting explicit messages from an OMRON Master Unit specify 2 bytes each for the Class ID and the Instance ID Set 1 byte as the Attribute ID for the RECEIVE DATA READ command Responses The following responses will be stored if the data is read properly Port 1 Response DM 0300 Contents Hex Meaning EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command code is 28 01 Hex DM 0301 Response code is 0000 Hex normal completion DM 0302 Number of bytes received data length from word DM 0203 onwards DM 0303 Slave node address is 08 RECEIVE DATA READ response service code is 8E Hex DM 0304 on Port 2 Response DM 0350 Data received from port 1 of the RS 2
133. 6 2 6 2 9 Dimensions Mounting holes Two 4 2 dia or M4 55 Unit mm 6 2 10 Mounting in Control Panels Either of the following methods can be used to mount an RS 232C Unit in a control panel Using Screws Drill mounting holes in the control panel according to the dimensions provided for mounting holes in the dimensions diagrams and then secure the RS 232C Unit with M4 screws The appropriate tightening torque is 0 6 to 0 98 N m Using DIN Track Mount the back of the RS 232C Unit to a 35 mm DIN Track To mount the Unit pull down on the mounting hook on the back of the Unit with a screw driver insert the DIN Track on the back of the Unit and then secure the Unit to the DIN Track When finished secure all Slaves on both ends of the DIN Track with End Plates 285 RS 232C Units Section 6 2 Connecting End Plates Hook the bottom of the End Plate onto the DIN Track as shown at 1 in the following diagram then hook the top of the End Plate as shown at 2 End Plate Note Always attach End Plate to both ends of Slaves connected to DIN Track Mounting Direction Unless specific restrictions are given for the Slave it can be mounted in any direction Any of the following directions are okay Vertical 9 ow ly bard q t 6 2 11 Wiring Internal Power Supply The recomm
134. 7 0001 Write OUT size 2 byte 0002 Write OUT Area 300 511 0003 Write OUT Address 0004 Read IN Size DM 0 5999 0005 Read IN Area LR 0 63 0006 Read N Address HR 0 99 AR 0 2 read only 0 511 EM 0 614320 bank onl c First Word Address Setting Screen Input the new value and press the Enter Key or click another location in the window 0001 Write OUT size 2 byte 0002 Write OUT Area CIO 300 511 0003 Write OUT Address 0004 Read IN Size 2 byte 0005 Read IN Area CIO 0 235 0006 Read IN Address 50 ch 6 When the desired parameter changes and settings have been completed click the Download Button The edited parameters will be written to the C200H 1 0 Link Unit Edit Device Parameters Parameter Group fall parameters 0001 WritetOUT size 0002 Write OLT Area CIO 300 511 0003 Write OUT Address 350 ch 0004 Read N Size 2 byte 0005 Area OIO 0 235 0006 Read N Address 50 ch Help Set the Write size byte 2 Default 2 byte Min 0 byte Max 64 byte Upload Bownload Gompare Reset Default Setup 242 200 1 0 Link Units Section 6 1 7 Click the Reset button to enable the edited parameters A reset confirmation message will be displayed Click the Yes button to confirm When the C200H I O Link Unit is reset the corresponding Special I O Unit Restart Bit in AR 01 of the PLC will be turned ON If the Read Write
135. 9 CIO 2050 to CIO 2059 IR 160 to IR 169 CIO 2060 to CIO 2069 IR 170 to IR 179 CIO 2070 to CIO 2079 IR 180 to IR 189 CIO 2080 to CIO 2089 IR 190 to IR 199 CIO 2090 to CIO 2099 IR 400 to IR 409 CIO 2100 to CIO 2109 IR 410 to IR 419 CIO 2110 to CIO 2119 IR 420 to IR 429 CIO 2120 to CIO 2129 IR 430 to IR 439 CIO 2130 to CIO 2139 gt oy AJ wy N oO IR 440 to IR 449 CIO 2140 to CIO 2149 T IR 450 to IR 459 CIO 2150 to CIO 2159 In the C200H I O Link Unit the Special I O Area is used as illustrated below Bit 0 0 words 1 to 4 words 5 words 6 to 9 words Bit 15 Software switches Read Write Setting Area Read Write Reference Area 235 200 I O Link Units 236 Note Note Section 6 1 Software Switches The functions of the software switches are illustrated in the following diagram 15 14 13 12 1110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit Not used Read Write Area user settings Read Write Area default settings Bit 00 Read Write Area User Settings To enable user settings for the Read and Write Areas turn ON software switch bit 00 The result of the operation normal completion or error comple tion will be indicated in status bit 09 or bit 10 first word 5 words Before turning OFF software switch bit 00 check whether
136. 9C Hex is returned Class ID Command Always 2F Hex Instance ID Command Specifies the data area to be read in hexadecimal as shown in the following table Setting IR Area 1 CIO Word range Write Area IR 000 to IR 235 Read Area IR 000 to IR 235 IR Area 2 CIO IR 300 to IR 511 Data Memory Area DM or D DM 0000 to DM 4095 C200HE CPU11 E only DM 0000 to DM 5999 All except C200HE CPU11 E LR Area LR 00 to LR 63 HR Area HR or H HR 00 to HR 99 C200HX HG HE CZ AR Area AR 00 to AR 27 Can be set for Read Area only CS1H G Holding Area H H100 or H102 to H127 Specify the starting word with 00 Hex or 02 to 1B Hex C200HX HG HE CZ Timer Counter Area TIM CNT TIM CNT 000 to TIM CNT 511 CS1H G Timer Area T T 000 to T 511 EM Area bank 0 only EM 0000 to EM 6143 200 1 0 Link Units BYTE DATA WRITE Section 6 1 Address L Address H Command The address in hexadecimal of the first word of data to be read Address L Rightmost 2 digits of the address in 4 digit hexadecimal Address H Leftmost 2 digits of the address in 4 digit hexadecimal When specifying a Holding Area word H100 or H102 to H127 in a CS1H G PLC specify the first word in hexadecimal with 0000 Hex for H100 or 0002 to 001B Hex for H102 to H127 No of Read Bytes Command The number of bytes of read data in single byte 2 digit hexade
137. A max Input current 10 mA max point ON delay time 1 0 ms max OFF delay time Output Specifications 1 5 ms max Item Specification Output points 8 NPN points Rated output current 20 mA max Residual voltage 1 V max Leakage current 0 1 mA max 129 Sensor Terminals Section 4 7 Components DeviceNet Indicators Refer to page 312 Power supply terminals I O indicators Indicate the status of each contact Lit when the input or output is ON KM NEN EM 0 5 6 f f f f rT m RN Word address Indicates the word which the sensor uses connectors Connect the special connectors from the sensors here The special connectors are attached to the sensor s cable DIN track mounting hooks Communications connector DIP switch Refer to page 40 Pins 1 to 6 Node address setting Pins 7 and 8 Baud rate setting Pin 9 Reserved Always OFF Pin 10 Hold clear outputs for communications error Internal Circuits The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 ND16S Sensor Terminal CANL Non isolated v power supply a IN 5 SE OUT Terminals for go V one sensor o SOURCE 24 V DC Isolated power SOURCE supply 24V DC 130 Sensor Terminals Sectio
138. AGE SEND only an FINS error response is returned No of Received Bytes The number of bytes received from the source node address is returned in hexadecimal When an error response is returned for an explicit message the number of bytes is 0004 Hex Source Node Address The node address of the node from which the command was sent is returned in hexadecimal Service Code For normal completion the value when leftmost bit of the service code speci fied by the command is ON is stored as shown in the table below Command service code Response service code When an error response is returned for an explicit message the value is 94 Hex 271 RS 232C Units PARAMETER SET 272 Section 6 2 Data Data read when the PARAMETER EAD or RS 232C RECEIVE DATA READ commands are used The maximum number of bytes is 1 024 Only a maxi mum of 152 bytes can be read using an OMRON DeviceNet Master Be sure not to exceed the maximum of 152 bytes Error Code The explicit message error code For details see Error Response on page 279 Sets the parameters for the specified RS 232C port Command Block 10 00 94 00 01 6 bytes max Class ID Instance ID Set values Service Code Attribute Destination node address Response Block No of received Service code bytes Source node address RS 232C Units Port Parameters Parameters Aitribute ID Set Values Comm
139. Always OFF Communications connector Input connector MIL Connects the 32 inputs via a MIL con nector The MIL cable is sold separately Input Indicators 10 to 115 Indicate the status of bits contacts O to 15 in word m Lit when input is ON not lit when input is OFF to 1115 Indicate the status of bits contacts 0 to 15 word 1 Lit when input is ON not lit when input is OFF Note is the first word allocated to the Remote Input Terminal 89 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with Connectors Section 4 5 Internal Circuits The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 ID32ML Remote Input Terminal CANL t RAN DRAIN T nul r OV CAN H ie DEAN i oo f_ L V 5 Input E Photocoupler oG 9 Input Photocoupler The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 ID32ML 1 Remote Input Terminal i CANL DRAIN 1 4 gt Go V4 mto Input ES Photocoupler ev I NR Input Photocoupler 90 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with Connectors Section 4 5 Wiring The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 ID32ML Remote Input Terminal 91 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with Connectors Section 4 5 The following diagram shows
140. Area sizes have been changed you must correct the Master s I O allocation settings Note Once the Read Write Area has been set data will be automatically transferred and received when the Master and Slaves are restarted 6 1 8 Explicit DeviceNet Messages Explicit DeviceNet messages commands can be sent from the Master to write data to any area of the CPU Unit of the PLC to which the C200H I O Link Unit is mounted This section the explicit messages supported by the C200H Link Unit and provides usage examples For further details on using explicit messages on the Master Unit refer to the Master Unit s Operation Manual C200H I O Link Unit Explicit Message List Explicit message Function BYTE DATA READ Reads the specified node s data in bytes Word data is read from the leftmost bit to the rightmost bit The maximum data size for read data is 200 bytes BYTE DATA WRITE Writes the specified node s data in byte Word data is written from the leftmost bit to the rightmost bit The maximum data size for write data is 200 bytes WORD DATA READ Reads the specified node s data in words Word data is read from the rightmost bit to the leftmost bit The maximum data size for read data is 100 words WORD DATA WRITE Writes the specified node s data in words Word data is written from the rightmost bit to the leftmost bit The maximum data size for write data is 100 words Error response When an error oc
141. Attaching the Terminal from the Rear Drill the mounting holes in the control panel according to the dimensions shown in the dimensions diagrams and secure the Terminal with M5 screws The appropriate tightening torque is 1 47 to 1 96 N m 197 Environment resistive Terminals IP66 Section 5 3 Installation Direction The Terminal can be mounted in any direction Any one of the following 6 directions is acceptable Vertical oF Ee DA Eo e 30 e Ee Eo e Be Ee pe J L LT S 2 5 3 8 Wiring Internal Power Supplies I O Power Su pplies and I O Lines Wiring the Internal Power The internal power supply and I O power supply are supplied from the exter Supply and I O Power nal power supply connectors Connect the external power supply to the Termi Supply nal with an XS2 series Round Waterproof Connector listed in the following table Compatible Connectors Connector Cable with connectors on both ends socket and plug XS2W D42 Model number Cable with connector on one end female socket XS2F D42 Connector socket assembly female Crimp connector or solder type XS2C D4 Tjoint DRT1 OD08C Shared I O and internal power supply CS2R D427 5 DRT1 ID08C Shared I O and
142. B 12345678910 ae Ce JT E Slave specific setting Node address setting Refer to the descriptions Baud rate setting of individual Slaves 157 Temperature Input Terminals Section 4 9 Node Address Settings Each Slave s node address is set with pins 1 through 6 of the Slave s DIP switch Any node address within the setting range can be used as long as it isn t already set on another node DIP switch setting Node address Pin 5 Pin4 Pin3 Pin2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 default 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 2 1 1 1 1 0 1 61 1 1 1 1 1 0 62 1 1 1 1 1 1 63 Note 1 Refer to Appendix A Node Address Settings Table for a complete table of DIP switch settings 2 The Slave won t be able to participate in communications if the same node address is used for the Master or another Slave node node address dupli cation error Baud Rate Setting Pins 7 and 8 are used to set the baud rate as shown in the following table These pins are factory set to OFF Baud rate 125 kbps default 250 kbps 500 kbps Not allowed Note 1 Always turn OFF the Slave s power supply including the communications power supply before changing the baud rate setting 2 Setthe same baud rate on all of the nodes Master and Slaves in the Net work Any Slaves with baud rates different from the Master s rate won t be able to participate in communications Furthermore a nod
143. CN2 A Li 1 1 I 44 7 _ gt E gt 4 Wiring diagram CN2 CN1 6 NOR Blue mark 199 Waterproof Terminals IP67 Section 5 4 Tighten the connector by hand to a torque of 0 39 to 0 49 N m If the connec tor is not tightened sufficiently it will not provide the expected environmental resistance and may come loose from vibration Do not use pliers or other tools to tighten the connectors because the tools may damage the connectors Always cap unused connectors with an XS2Z 12 Waterproof Cover or XS2Z 15 Dust Cover shown in the following diagram XS2Z 12 Waterproof Cover XS2Z 15 Dust Cover g L 2 2 The connector will meet IP66 Press the Dust Cover onto the standards if a Waterproof Cover is connector firmly The Dust Cover attached Tighten the connector by will protect the connector from dust hand to a torque of 0 39 to 0 49 N m but does not meet IP66 standards Maintaining Environmental Resistance The IP66 environmental resistance level will be lost if the surfaces where the contact block and cover meet are subjected to excessive force Pro tect the contact block and cover from excessive force or shock The IP66 standard is lower than waterproof standards Do not submerge the system components The body of the components is plastic resin Do not place objects on the components or allow the components to be stepped on There a
144. Cable with connector on one end Female socket on one end cable wires on one end XS2W D42 Cable with connectors at both ends Male plug on one end female socket on one end DRT1 B7AC I O Connectors Description Manufacturer XS2G D4 Connector male plug assembly Crimp connect or soldered XS2H D42 Cable with connector on one end Male plug on one end cable wires on one end XS2W D42 Cable with connectors at both ends Male plug on one end female socket on one end DRT1 B7AC External Power Supply Connectors Description Manufacturer XS2C D4 Female connector socket assembly Crimp connect or soldered XS2F D42 Cable with connector on one end Female socket on one end cable wires on one end XS2W D42 Cable with connectors at both ends Male plug on one end female socket on one end T joint Mode Description Manufacturer XS2R D427 5 Shielded T joint Use to branch a cable for an Envi OMRON ronment resistive Terminal s internal power supply Y joint Plug Socket Mode Description Manufacturer XS2R D426 L1F With cable Use for Environment resistive Ter XS2R D426 1 Without cable Minals with 16 inputs or 16 ou
145. DRT1 HD16S DRT1 ND16S Temperature Input Terminals DRT1 TSO4T DRT1 TS04P Analog Input Terminals DRT1 AD04 DRT1 ADO4H Analog Output Terminals DRT1 DAO2 CQM1 Link Unit 324 CQM1 DRT21 mjoj ojo o o m o O m mj r mjolo 2 5 ojo oj oj rnmj rnj mim ilo oo oiinm nm 2 m 2 ojooilo 2j oj mm o oj nmj mj 25 joo Pj mj rm m oj oj oj o j nm m o oj oj oj o Using Another Company s Master Unit Slave group Environment resistive Transistor Terminals Model DRT1 IDO8C Appendix B Connection type Data sizes poll bit change cyclic IN OUT strobe of state DRT1 HD16C DRT1 HD16C 1 DRT1 OD08C DRT1 WD16C DRT1 WD16C 1 DRT1 MD16C DRT1 MD16C 1 Waterproof Terminals DRT1 IDO4CL DRT1 IDO4CL 1 DRT1 IDO8CL DRT1 IDO8CL 1 DRT1 OD04CL DRT1 OD04CL 1 DRT1 ODO8CL DRT1 ODO8CL 1 B7AC Interface Unit DRT1 B7AC OoO 2 2 2 o ooo2ol inmn m o o o C200H I O Link Unit C200HW DRT21 0 to 64 See note 2 RS 232C Unit DRT1 232C2 0 Note 1 The bit strobe connection is supported only when the output size is set to 0 bytes and the input size is set to 8 bytes 2 The data sizes can be changed 3 The device profiles below contain more detailed DeviceNet specifications if more information needs to be r
146. E Square Singapore 239920 Tel 65 6835 301 1 Fax 65 6835 2711 omnon Authorized Distributor M Cat No W347 E1 06 Note Specifications subject to change without notice Printed in Japan Cat W347 E1 06 C200HW DRT21 CQM1 DRT21 DRT1 Series DeviceNet Slaves OPERATION MANUAL omrRon
147. ET Attribute ID 6B Hex 7 bit data length even parity 2 stop bits 03 Hex Enabled header code enabled delimiter code dis abled flow control 04 Hex 2 400 bps baud rate 01 Hex Header code STX code 02 Hex Delimiter code ETX code 03 Hex Number of transmission bytes after delimiter 0 RS 232C Units Section 6 2 00000 00001 XFER 70 MOV 21 DIFU 13 XFER 70 0004 DM0024 00000 00001 DIFU 13 00002 MOV 21 0000 MOV 21 03000 10112 m Writing data from port 1 to command data area When IR 00000 turns ON data held at port 1 will be written to the command data area IR 00002 turned ON for one cycle as a differentiated bit Writing data from port 2 to command data area When IR 00001 turns ON data held at port 2 will be written to the command data area turned for one cycle as a differentiated bit When IR 00002 or IR 00003 turns ON the sequen tial processing control bit IR 03000 will turn ON When IR 03001 turns ON the port reset message will be transmitted OOFE Master s node address 00 Master s unit ad dress FE Hex DM 0400 Command data storage words 0008 Hex Master s unit number 00 8 command data words BCD If the Equals Flag is OFF error in writing to the Mas ter IR 03001 will be turned ON and the data will be transmitted again If the Equals Flag is ON writing to the Mas
148. For an example using this case see 6 2 8 Using Explicit DeviceNet Messages Command Block 00 94 151 bytes max Class ID Instance ID Data Service Code Attribute Destination node address Destination Node Address The node address of the RS 232C Unit controlled by the explicit message command in single byte 2 digit hexadecimal 270 RS 232C Units Section 6 2 Service Code Class ID Instance ID Attribute ID The parameters for specifying command processing object and processing content For the RS 232C Unit however Class ID is always 94 Hex Attribute ID is not necessary for some commands If the specified codes and ID area are outside the permitted range an error response will be returned 08FF Hex and the command will not be executed Data Data set when necessary A maximum of 151 bytes can be set Some com mands do not require this data Response Block The normal response block is shown below pre eater No of received Service Data bytes code Source node address The error response block is shown below This response block is returned when an error occurs for an explicit message V M No of received service Nu coge bytes 94 Hex Fixed Source node address f an explicit message fails timeout etc an explicit message response will not be returned When the command has been sent using the FINS command EXPLICIT MESS
149. For information on the CMND instruction refer to the PLC s Operation Manual or Programming Manual Example Conditions Master node address 27 Slave network address 2 Slave node address 14 Example Using the CMND Instruction S D Cl Command Words S First Command Word Contents Hex Meaning EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command code 28 01 Hex Slave node address 14 RS 232C RECEIVE DATA READ command ser vice code OE Hex Class ID 0094 Hex Instance ID Port 1 2 0002 Hex Attribute ID 64 Hex 281 RS 232C Units Section 6 2 D Response Words D First Response Word Results are stored as shown in the following table Contents Hex Meaning EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command code 28 01 Hex Response code 0000 Hex Normal completion No of received bytes data length after D 3 Slave node address 14 RS 232C RECEIVE DATA READ response ser vice code 8E Hex The receive data read from RS 232C port 1 is stored in sequence from the leftmost bit to the rightmost bit Control Words C First Control Word Contents Hex Meaning No of bytes of command data S 9 bytes of command data No of bytes of response data D Destination node network address 2 Master s node address 27 Master s Unit address FE Hex Response returned communications port No 0 No of retries 0 Response monitoring time 10 s Using IOWR to Write
150. Hold Clear outputs for communications error OFF Clear All output data from the Master will be cleared to 0 when a communications error occurs ON Hold All output data from the Master will be retained when a communications error occurs 201 Waterproof Terminals IP67 Section 5 4 5 4 2 Waterproof Terminal IP67 with 4 Transistor Inputs DRT1 IDO4CL NPN and DRT1 IDOACL 1 PNP Input Specifications Item Specification Model DRT1 IDO4CL DRT1 IDO4CL 1 Internal common NPN PNP Input points 4 points Uses one word in Master ON voltage 15 V DC min between each input terminal and V 15 V DC min between each input terminal and G OFF voltage 5 V DC max between each input terminal and V 5 V DC max between each input terminal and G OFF current 1 mA max Input current 6 mA max point at 24 V DC 3 mA max point at 17 V DC between each input termi nal and V 6 mA max point at 24 V DC 3 mA max point at 17 V DC between each input termi nal and G ON delay time 1 5 ms max OFF delay time 1 5 ms max Number of circuits 4 points with one common Components of the DRT1 IDO4CL and DRT1 IDOACL 1 Internal Circuits 202 DeviceNet indicators Refer to page 312 Rotary Switches 1 and 2 Node address setting Refer to page 200 DIP switch Pins 1 and 2 Baud rate setting Pins 3 and 4 Reserve
151. I O Terminal Blocks Section 4 4 The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 OD16TA 1 Remote Out put Terminal 9 GI GX OLIO e laBel e Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid valve etc valve etc valve etc valve etc Note 1 1 is not connected internally to V2 and G1 is not connected internally to G2 Connect them carefully 2 When using inductive loads such as solenoids or valves use a load with a built in diode to absorb reverse power or attach a diode externally Dimensions The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1 OD16T and DRT1 OD16TA 1 Remote Output Terminals All dimensions are in mm 54 50 rrr HAL 83 Mounting holes Values in parentheses are reference values 40 0 2 Two 4 2 dia or M4 1 170 0 2 Note The circuit section can be removed by loosening the circuit removal screws Refer to Components of the DRT1 OD16TA and DRT1 OD16TA 1 76 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks Section 4 4 Always turn OFF the communications internal and I O power supplies before removing or attaching the circuit section 4 4 6 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with 8 Inputs and 8 Outputs and 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks DRT1 MD16T NPN and DRT1 MD16T 1 PNP Input Specifications Specifica
152. Input points 16 points ON voltage 15 V DC min between 15 V DC min between each input terminal and V each input terminal and G 5 V DC max between 5 V DC max between each input terminal and V each input terminal and G 1 0 mA max 6 0 mA max point at 24 V DC 3 0 mA min point at 17 V DC 1 5 ms max 1 5 ms max 8 points with two commons OFF voltage OFF current Input current ON delay time OFF delay time Number of circuits 63 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks Section 4 4 Components of the DRT1 ID16T and DRT1 ID16T 1 Rotary switches Refer to page 62 Set the node address DIP switch Refer to page 62 Pins 1 and 2 Baud rate setting Pins 3 and 4 Reserved Always OFF DeviceNet Indicators Input Indicators Refer to page 312 indicate the input status of each contact Lit when the input is ON EN T REMOTE TERMINAL oe Circuit removal screws Communications Terminal block connector Internal power supply terminals DIN track mounting hooks Internal Circuits The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 ID16T Remote Input Terminal Photo Q v1 24 V DC O power coupler supply X G1 t1 Ovi coupler Input 0 to 7 gt OGI oo ES V2 24 V DC 1
153. Intended Audience coeno EET ibe UH bre 6G Re PUR ede Ble hae e General Precautions op A AS A eat eL Bt ee Safety Precautions e tUe eC PE ERU Pete OL ANS UIS CERERI Operating Environment Precautions 0 0 00 eee eee eee ee Application Precautions 0 0 0 eect hh mmm BG Directives 2 crine tre not eels ote Pole wal eke NYDN amp WN DewuceNetManuals gue Th t ESPERE SECTION 1 Features and System Configuration 1 1 Overview of DeviceNet llle s SECTION 2 Example System 2 1 Basic Procedures and Configuration 1 2 2 Preparations s 4k EPIS Ee Ux de he SI RU ROE PUN e 2 3 Setting and Wiring Hardware 85555 2 4 Starting Communications en 2 5 m hh SECTION 3 Common Slave Specifications 3 1 Common Slave Specifications llle SECTION 4 General purpose Slaves 4 1 Common Specifications for General purpose Slaves 4 2 Connecting Communications Cables to General purpose 51 4 3 Transistor Remote I O Terminals 4 4 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with 3 tier I O
154. Item Specification Model DRT1 MD16 Internal common NPN Output points 8 points Rated output current 0 3 A point 2 4 A common Residual voltage 1 2 V max at 0 3 A between each output terminal and OUT G Leakage current 0 1 mA max ON delay time 0 5 ms max OFF delay time 1 5 ms max Number of circuits Components 8 points with one common I O Indicators Indicate the status of each input and output mi CoO C4 LEN EN NE NN EIN EKE 15 LEN EN EM EE EN IO I 14 The left half are for inputs the right half are for outputs Lit when the input or output is ON DeviceNet Indicators Refer to page 312 Terminal block Communications connector DIP switch Refer to page 40 Pins 1 to 6 Node address setting Pins 7 and 8 Baud rate setting Pin 9 Reserved Always OFF DIN track mounting hooks Pin 10 Hold Clear outputs for communications error 57 Transistor Remote I O Terminals Section 4 3 The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 MD16 Remote Internal Circuits Terminal Physical layer i Photo Transceiver coupler V 2 Photo IN CAN_H e coupler V 24V DC Pto DRAIN vi 6 coupler 0 0 nme Lo
155. Message Communications Time 309 SECTION 8 Troubleshooting and Maintenance 8 1 Indicators and Error Processing 312 8 2 Troubleshooting sete tree eye ee EUER PRATER Goes 313 8 3 Maintenance RR REN RR RR EP EROR E URS AVR Rte eO ee 318 Appendices A Node Address Settings Table 0 00 2 ee es 321 B Using Another Company s Master Unit 0 0 0 0 eee eee eee 323 C Connectable Devices and Device Current Consumptions 343 D Precautions when Connecting Two wire DC Sensors 353 GIOSSAEV eee eee eed e edv PE TA 95 cci ora REED ER E ODT Revision 359 About this Manual This manual describes the installation and operation of the DeviceNet Slave Units and includes the sections described below Please read this manual carefully and be sure you understand the informa tion provided before attempting to install and operate the DeviceNet Slave Units Be sure to read the precautions provided in the first section The following manuals are also cover information related to DeviceNet applications Use the DeviceNet Operation Manual together with other required manuals Manual Contents DeviceNet Describes the configuration and construction of a DeviceNet network W267 Operation Manual including installation procedures and specifications
156. Minor addition made to warning information Page xv Paragraph added to first list 05 October 2002 PC changed to PLC throughout manual Page 33 First 6 rows of body of bottom table revised Page 34 Row for DRT1 OD16X and DRT1 OD16X 1 combined and new row added to end of table Pages 91 92 96 97 101 102 Graphic replaced Page 99 Note changed under and m 1 changed to n in bottom table Page 102 Bottom graphic altered Page 108 Models added to table Pages 176 177 351 and 352 Contents of table changed Page 263 Contents of top table changed Page 287 Note added to table 06 September 2003 Page 173 Table changed to include new models Pages 204 207 210 213 One dimension corrected from 20 to 10 in the diagram Page 235 Note added regarding Read Write Area size settings Page 340 2 1 corrected to 1 4 as the value of Attribute 4 for the Object instance of Identity Object 0x01 360 OMRON CORPORATION FA Systems Division H Q 66 Matsumoto Mishima city Shizuoka 411 8511 Japan Tel 81 55 977 91 81 Fax 81 55 977 9045 Regional Headquarters OMRON EUROPE B V Wegalaan 67 69 NL 2132 JD Hoofddorp The Netherlands Tel 31 2356 81 300 Fax 31 2356 81 388 OMRON ELECTRONICS LLC 1 East Commerce Drive Schaumburg IL 60173 U S A Tel 1 847 843 7900 Fax 1 847 843 8568 OMRON ASIA PACIFIC PTE LTD 83 Clemenceau Avenue 11 01 U
157. Normal operating status Flashing Device in Standby Reading switch settings ON Unrecover able Fault Unit hardware error Watchdog timer error Flashing Minor Fault Switch settings incorrect etc OFF No Power Power isn t being supplied waiting for ini tial processing to start or the Unit is being reset ON Link OK On line Connected Network is operating normally communi cations established Flashing On line Not Connected Network is operating normally but com munications have not yet been estab lished ON Critical Link Failure A fatal communications error has occurred Network communications are not possible Check for a node address duplication or Bus Off error Flashing Connection Time out Communications timeout OFF Not Pow ered Not On Line Checking for node address duplication on the Master switch settings are incor rect or the power supply is OFF 29 SECTION 4 General purpose Slaves This section provides specifications and describes the components indicators switch settings and other aspects of General purpose Slaves 4 1 Common Specifications for General purpose 1 33 4 1 1 Current Consumption and Weight 33 4 2 Connecting Communications Cables to General purpose Slaves 34 4 2 1 Connecting Communications
158. O commu Slaves in remote I O commu nications with Master A F nications with Master Note Although in the above diagram the Slaves are separated into two groups for convenience the actual physical positions in the Network are irrelevant Next we can refer to the previous equations and calculate the communica tions cycle time for each group as if they were separate Networks Group A 0 SOUP Master ote Master B Slave A Slave B SlaveC Slave D Slave E Slave F Group A communications Group A communications cycle time cycle time TRM B In Networks with two Masters the communications cycle time for the entire Network will be the sum of the communications cycle times for the groups TRuA Although this example shows only two Masters in the Network the total com munications cycle time for any Network can be calculated by dividing it into groups and adding the communications cycle times of all groups 7 1 4 System Startup Time This section describes the system startup time for a Network operating with the scan list enabled The system startup time is the delay from the time that the Master Unit is turned ON until remote I O communications begin Here we assume that the scan list is enabled and that remote I O communications are set to start automatically at startup System Startup Times The following
159. OD08CL Waterproof Terminal 8 Transistor outputs NPN Conforms to IEC IP67 DRT1 ODO08CL 1 Waterproof Terminal 8 Transistor outputs PNP Conforms to IEC IP67 DRT1 B7AC B7AC Interface Unit 345 Connectable Devices and Device Current Consumptions Special I O Slave Units Specifications Appendix C Manufacturer C200HW DRT21 Link Unit for C200HE C200HG C200HX PLCs User set allocations possible 512 inputs max 512 outputs max Read Write Area can be user set using explicit DeviceNet messages OMRON DRT1 232C2 Communications Cables Note 1 346 DCA2 5C10 RS 232C Unit with 2 RS 232C ports 16 inputs communications status RS 232C ports parameters can be set and data can be transmitted to and from external devices using explicit DeviceNet messages OMRON Specifications Thick cable 5 wires 100 m Manufacturer OMRON DCA1 5C10 Thin cable 5 wires 100 m OMRON DVN18 10G Thick cable 5 wires 10 m Nihon Wire amp Cable DVN18 30G Thick cable 5 wires 30 m Nihon Wire amp Cable DVN18 50G Thick cable 5 wires 50 m Nihon Wire amp Cable DVN18 100G Thick cable 5 wires 100 m Nihon Wire amp Cable DVN18 300G Thick cable 5 wires 300 m Nihon Wire amp Cable DVN18 500G Thick cable 5 wires 500 m Nihon Wire amp Cable DVN24 10G Thin cable 5 wires 10 m Nihon Wire amp Cab
160. OD16X 1 PNP Connector Pin Allocation 0 8 1 9 2 10 3 11 4 Q 12 5 1 O 13 A Triangle mark Connector pin No Internal Circuits Power Supply SOURCE 24V DC 1 1 1 2 E Internal circuits power supply 120 Remote Adapters Section 4 6 Output Devices Use a printed circuit board to wire I O devices to a flat cable MIL plug which can be connected to the Remote Adapter TOP VIEW Relay LED indicator 000000000 000000000 I O power supply A Triangle mark Connector pin No Note The G70D NPN output G7TC and G70A can also be connected to the Remote Adapter but the PNP output G7TC and Input G7TC can t be con nected because the power supply s polarity is reversed Reversing the power supply polarity can damage the Remote Adapter Dimensions The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1 OD16X and DRT1 OD16X 1 Remote Output Adapters All dimensions are in mm Approx 73 With connector attached REMOTE ADAPTER 24VDC 50 max Flat cable length Approx 60 Mounting holes Two 4 2 dia or M4 aa 121 Remote Adapters Section 4 6 4 6 4 Mounting in Control Panels Using Screws Using DIN Track Mounting Direction Either of the following methods can be used to mount an Remote Adapter in a control panel Open mounting holes in the control panel according to the dimensions pro
161. PU Unit Note The internal power supply and communications power supply are shared Environment resistive Slaves Internal current consumption Communications current consumption See note 25 mA max DRT1 IDO4CL 1 See note 25 mA max DRT1 IDO8CL See note 30 mA max DRT1 IDO4CL DRT1 IDO8CL 1 See note 30 mA max DRT1 IDO8C 50 mA max 30 mA max DRT1 HD16C 50 mA max 30 mA max DRT1 HD16C 1 50 mA max 30 mA max DRT1 OD04CL See note 35 mA max DRT1 OD04CL 1 See note 35 mA max DRT1 OD08CL See note 40 mA max DRT1 ODO08CL 1 See note 40 mA max DRT1 OD08C 50 mA max 30 mA max DRT1 WD16C 60 mA max 30 mA max DRT1 WD16C 1 60 mA max 30 mA max DRT1 MD16C 50 mA max 30 mA max DRT1 MD16C 1 50 mA max 50 mA max DRT1 B7AC 500 mA max 70 mA max Note The internal power supply and communications power supply are shared Special purpose Slaves Internal current consumption Communications current consumption C200HW DRT21 250 mA max Supplied from the Backplane DRT1 232C2 100 mA max 352 Precautions when Connecting Two wire DC Sensors When using a two wire sensor with a 12 V DC or 24 V DC input device check that the following conditions have been met Failure to meet these conditions may result in operating errors Relation between Slave with Transistor Inputs and Sensor Residual Voltage Von l
162. Port2 character format Data 7 Parityz Even Stop 2 0008 Port2 frame format XO 00 0009 Port2 baud rate 2400 NALAN andian ee no OTA ni Settings other than frame format and Data size Select the desired parameter setting from the corresponding pull down menu and press the Enter Key or click another location in the window In this example the character format is being set 0001 Porti character format Data 7 miii Evan 0002 Port frame format 0003 Port baud rate ry feq ipta 0004 Port header code Data 7 Emm 0005 Port Delimiter code visa Aiii Re jata 8 Parity even Stop 0006 Port Data size Data 8 Parity odd Stop 1 0007 Port2 character format Data 8 Parity non Stop 1 0008 Port2 frame format Data GParityznon Stop 2 0009 Port2 baud rate m NAIN n 01 4 no fc zi 268 RS 232C Units Section 6 2 6 When the desired parameter changes and settings have been completed click the Download Button The edited parameters will be written to the RS 232C Unit Edit Device Parameters x Parameter Group fall parameters Parameter 1 0001 Port character format Data Parity Even Stop 2 0002 Port frame format KXXX100 0003 Port baud rate 2400 0004 Port header code 02 STO 0005 Port Delimiter code 03 ETX 0006 Port Data size D byte 0007 Port2 character format Data Parity Even Stop 2 0008 Port2 frame format 200100 0009 Port2 baud rate
163. Remote I O Terminals with Connectors Slave DRT1 MD32ML MIL Cable G79 M50 25 D1 50 cm G79 M75 50 D1 75 cm Relay Block or other I O Terminal Inputs G7TC ID16 IA16 Outputs G7TC OC08 OC16 G70D SOC16 VSOC16 G70A ZOC16 3 Section 4 5 Remarks I O are distinguished by color Input tube color Red Output tube color Yellow DRT1 ID32ML 1 G79 150 25 D2 50 cm G79 175 50 D2 75 cm G70A ZIM1 6 5 DRT1 OD32ML 1 G79 050 25 D1 50 cm G79 O75 50 D1 75 cm G70A ZOC16 4 G70D SOC16 1 G79 150 25 D1 50 G79 175 50 D1 75 cm G7TC OC16 4 M7F DRT1 MD32ML 1 G79 M50 25 D2 50 cm G79 M75 50 D2 75 cm Inputs G70A ZIM16 5 Outputs G70A ZOC16 4 G70D SOC16 1 I O are distinguished by color Input tube color Red Output tube color Yellow The following cables are also available with a MIL connector on the Remote 1 O Terminal end and loose wires on the other end MiLCable Remarks O G79 A200C D1 2 m G79 A500C D1 Loose wires are cut Loose wire size AWG28 G79 Y100C D1 G79 Y200C D1 G79 Y500C D1 Forked terminals are attached to the loose wires Forked terminals 161071 M2 Nippon Terminal The MIL pin numbers loose wire colors dot markings and dot colors are listed in the following table Pin Core Dot Dot color Pin Core Dot Dot color No color marking N
164. SECTION 4 General purpose Slaves SECTION 5 Environment resistive and Waterproof Slaves and SECTION 6 Special I O Slave Units Specifications for details on Input and Output Slaves delay times 2 Refer to Refresh Time on page 307 and the PLC s Operation Manual for details on the PLC s peripheral servicing cycle time 304 Remote I O Communications Characteristics Section 7 1 Maximum I O Response Time The maximum I O response time occurs with the I O timing shown in the fol lowing diagram E Program executio rogram execution Program execution Master Unit processing TIN TRM TPLC TRF TRM Tout The Input Slave s ON OFF delay Tour The Output Slave s ON OFF delay Tram The communications cycle time for the total Network See page 305 The PLC s cycle time Tar PLC s DeviceNet Unit refresh time See page 307 The maximum I O response time Tmax is the total of the following terms Tmax Tin 2x 2x Tre Tour Note 1 Refer to SECTION 4 General purpose Slaves SECTION 5 Environment resistive and Waterproof Slaves and SECTION 6 Special I O Slave Units Specifications for details on Input and Output Slaves delay times 2 Refer to Refresh Time on page 307 and the PLC s Operation Manual for details on the PLC s peripheral servicing cycle time 7 1 2 Communications Cycle Time and Refresh Time The communications cycle time communications time
165. Screws Round water proof connec tor XS2 compatible Cable with XS2 connector on one end and cables with XS2 connector on both ends with sensor with direct con nector or relay sensor connec tor and sensor with pull out connector Cable with XS2 con nector Same as communi cations power supply Cable with XS2 con nector B7AC Inter face Unit DRT1 B7AC Screws Round water proof connec tor B7AC x 3 Units Cable with XS2 connector None communi cations connec tions to B7AC via round water proof con nector speuiuJ8 0 1 1612905 12 aJenbs C200H I O Link Units C200HW DRT21 To Back plane None PLC to PLC link None Supplied from PLC RS 232C Units DRT1 232C2 DIN Track or screws Two RS 232 ports Devices with RS 232C inter face e g bar code reader for two ports termi nal block None SECTION 2 Example System Setup This section provides information on hardware aspects of Masters and Slaves connected to a DeviceNet Network to ensure the proper operation of the system Included are system configuration examples basic procedures for wiring mounting and setting Master and Slave Units connecting cables and power supplies creating I O tables and creating and registering scan lists 2 1 Basic Procedures and Configuration Examples
166. Section 4 5 Internal Circuits The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 MD32ML Remote I O Terminal V CANL DRAIN CAN H Be V ES Bo e V1 wO Input Photocoupler Voltage 1 step down eve Photo coupler L 9 Output G2 The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 MD32ML 1 Remote I O Terminal Internal circuitry 100 eG1 W 9 Input V2 Output G2 Photocoupler Voltage step down Transistor Remote I O Terminals with Connectors Section 4 5 Wiring The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 MD32ML Remote Terminal 0 N lt N 101 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with Connectors Section 4 5 The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 MD32ML 1 Remote I O Terminal a z Zla ZIR Z2 Z3 Zg zZ acleclacinciazcils 0 N lt N Note 1 The V1 terminals are connected internally as are the V2 terminals the G1 and the G2 terminals V1 is not connected to V2 and G1 is not connected to G2 When the power supply exceeds 1 0 A per terminal or the total cur rent drawn by the exter
167. Service Not supported ID content Get read Set write Object instance Attribute 1 Vendor Yes No 47 2 Product type Yes No 12 3 Product code Yes No 51 4 Revision Yes No 1 3 5 Status bits supported Yes No Bit 0 only 6 Serial number Yes No Unique for each Unit 7 Product name Yes No C200HW DRT21 8 State No No Item DeviceNet service Parameter option Object instance Service 05Reset No OEGet Attribute Single Message Router Object 0x02 No Object class Attribute Not supported Service Not supported Object instance Attribute Not supported Service Not supported Header specification addition No DeviceNet Object 0x03 Object class Attribute Not supported Service Not supported Using Another Company s Master Unit Item Object instance Attribute 1 MAC ID ID content Get read Set write Appendix B Value 2 Baud rate 3 4 Bus Off counter 5 Allocation information 6 MAC ID switch changed 7 Baud rate switch changed 8 MAC ID switch value Object instance Service 9 Baud rate switch value DeviceNet service OEGet Attribute Single Parameter option 4BAllocate Master Slave Connection Set Connection Object 0x05 4CRelease Master Slave Connection Set Object class Attribute Not supported Service Not supported Maxnumberofaciveconections 1
168. Settings Table for a complete table of DIP switch settings 2 The Slave won t be able to participate in communications if the same node address is used for the Master or another Slave node node address du plication error Baud Rate Setting Pins 7 and 8 of DIP switch 1 are used to set the baud rate as shown in the fol lowing table These pins are factory set to OFF Pin Settings Baud rate Pin 7 Pin 8 125 kbps 250 kbps 500 kbps default Not allowed Note 1 Always turn OFF the Slave s power supply including the communications power supply before changing the baud rate setting 2 Setthe same baud rate on all of the nodes Master and Slaves in the Net work Any Slaves with baud rates different from the Master s rate won t be able to participate in communications Furthermore a node with an incor rect baud rate setting may cause communications errors between nodes with correct baud rate settings 216 7 Interface Units Section 5 5 5 5 2 Example System Configuration Compatible B7AC Link Terminal Units DeviceNet Master Unit T branch Tap Internal power supply DCN2 1 Shielded Tbranch connector DeviceNet communications cable 1 5 1 Cable with shielded connectors on both ends B7AC series Connector type Link Terminal Units 10 points Unit DRT1 B7AC B7AC Interface Unit Sensors with at
169. Slave node node address duplica tion error 87 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with Connectors Section 4 5 Baud Rate Setting Pins 1 and 2 are used to set the baud rate as shown in the following table These pins are factory set to OFF Baud rate 125 kbps default 250 kbps 500 kbps Not allowed Note 1 Always turn OFF the Slave s power supply including the communications power supply before changing the baud rate setting 2 Setthe same baud rate on all of the nodes Master and Slaves in the Net work Any Slaves with baud rates different from the Master s rate won t be able to participate in communications Furthermore a node with an incor rect baud rate may cause communications errors between nodes with cor rect baud rate settings Setting Pins 3 and 4 The functions of pins 3 and 4 differ for inputs and outputs as shown in the fol lowing diagram L Input Not used Always OFF Output Hold Clear outputs for communications error Reserved Always OFF Pin 3 Reserved Always OFF Pin 4 As follows Inputs No function Always OFF Outputs Hold Clear outputs for communications error OFF Clear All output data from the Master will be cleared to 0 when communications error occurs ON Hold All output data from the Master will be retained when a communications error occurs Pins 3 and 4 are factory set to OFF 4 5 2 Transistor Remote Input Terminals with 32 Points and Connectors DRT
170. Transistor Remote Terminals transistor input components 42 46 dimensions 45 internal circuitry 42 46 specifications 41 wiring 47 transistor output components 50 53 dimensions 197 internal circuitry 54 specifications 49 53 wiring 52 55 troubleshooting Analog Input Units 315 Slave Units 313 wiring Analog Input Terminals 142 Analog Output Terminals 153 Temperature Input Terminals 162 Transistor Remote Terminals transistor input 47 transistor output 52 55 Revision History A manual revision code appears as a suffix to the catalog number on the front cover of the manual Cat No W347 E1 06 Revision code The following table outlines the changes made to the manual during each revision Page numbers refer to the previous version Revision code Date Revised content October 1998 Original production October 2000 Reprinted due to error June 2001 Major revision to add new Units DRT1 ID16T 1 DRT1 ID16TA 1 DRT1 OD16T 1 DRT1 OD16TA 1 DRT1 MD16T 1 DRT1 MD16TA 1 DRT1 MD16 DRT1 ID32ML 1 DRT1 OD32ML 1 DRT1 MD32ML 1 DRT1 IDO4CL 1 DRT1 IDO8CL 1 DRT1 HD16C 1 DRT1 ODOACL 1 DRT1 ODO08CL 1 DRT1 WD16C 1 DRT1 MD16C 1 DRT1 B7AC CompoBus D deleted from manual and DeviceNet used instead Page xiv Precautions added on terminal polarity and other wiring specifica tions and Environment resistive Slaves Page
171. Unit 51 OFF Scan list enabled Master Unit node address 00 2 5 2 Reading and Writing Data Connect the Peripheral Device for the PLC to the Master Unit write the Mas ter Unit s Output Area and are read the Input Area and check that the data is the same in the Slaves Refer to the operation manual for the Master Unit for details on Output Area and Input Area addresses and how to allocate Slave I O 24 Checking Operations l O between Remote I O Terminals Displaying Temperature Data with 7 segment Display Section 2 5 Create ladder programs in the PLC of the Master Unit and check that when the switch on the DRT1 ID16 Input Terminal turns ON the indicator on the DRT1 OD16 Output Terminal turns ON Master Unit DRT1 ID16 Input Terminal Switch1 bit 00 Y 35100 05100 O DRT1 OD16 Output Terminal Indicator bit 00 On Slave Allocations In the system configuration examples in this section Slave I O is allocated in the Master Unit s IR Area for fixed remote I O communications as shown in the following diagram Output area Input Area IR 50 Not used IR 350 Not used IR 51 Not used IR 351 DRT1 ID16 IR 52 DRT1 OD16 IR 352 Not used IR 53 IR 353 E E Not used d DRT1 TSO4T IR 56 IR 356 IR 57 C200HW DRT21 IR 357 C200HW DRT21
172. V AC between isolated circuits Insulation resistance 20 min at 250 V DC between isolated circuits Ambient temperature 0 to 55 Ambient humidity 35 to 85 Operating atmosphere No corrosive gases Storage temperature 20 to 65 C Mounting M4 screw mounting or DIN 35 mm track mounting Mounting strength 50 N Track direction 10 N Screw tightening torque 0 25 to 0 3 0 3 to 0 5 N m 0 6 to 0 98 M2 Communications connector M3 Power supply I O terminals 4 Mounting Unit Current Consumption and Weight The following table lists the current consumption weight and connector lock strength for basic Slaves DRT1 IDO8 1 Communications power supply 30 mA max Internal power supply 50 mA max Weight 135 g max DRT1 ID16 1 30 mA max 50 mA max 170 g max DRT1 OD08 1 30 mA max 50 mA max 140 g max DRT1 OD16 1 30 mA max 50 mA max 180 g max DRT1 MD16 25 mA max 45 mA max 170 g max DRT1 ID16T 1 30 mA max 90 mA max 315 g max DRT1 ID16TA 1 50 mA max Same as communica tions power supply 315 g max DRT1 OD16T 1 30 mA max 90 mA max 315 g max DRT1 OD16TA 1 50 mA max Same as communica tions power supply 315 g max DRT1 MD16T 1 30 mA max 90 mA max 315 g max DRT1 MD16TA
173. When a framing error occurs make sure that the character format setting data length parity No of stop bits for the RS 232C Unit and the RS 232C device are the same Receive Buffer 0 No overflow in the reception buffer Overflow Flag 1 Reception buffer overflow Not possible to read receive data When the reception buffer overflows it is neces sary to either reset or restart the RS 232C Unit or reset initialize the RS 232C port at which the overflow occurred 265 RS 232C Units Section 6 2 6 2 6 Using the RS 232C Unit Making Settings with Explicit Messages 1 2 3 Making Settings with the DeviceNet Configurator 1 2 3 266 The RS 232C Unit is set and controlled using explicit DeviceNet messages or the DeviceNet Configurator When the default communications settings for the RS 232C port are not used the settings must be changed using explicit mes sages or the DeviceNet Configurator The general operating procedure for the RS 232C Unit is as follows 1 Turn ON the power to the Master Unit and all Slaves including the RS 232C Unit 2 When necessary explicit messages can be sent from the Master to set the parameters of the RS 232C ports 1 and 2 on the RS 232C Unit Note a Communications setting do not become effective even after the explicit message has been completed normally For the settings to be effective the RS 232C port must be reset using the PORT RE SET
174. YTE DATA WRITE response service code 1E Hex Class ID 002F Hex Instance ID For IR Area 1 0001 Hex Write start address 10 000A Hex Address L 0A Hex Address H 00 Hex Data written to the Slave s IR10 to IR29 When the BYTE DATA WRITE command is used from an OMRON Master data is written to the Slave in the same sequence it is stored in the Master leftmost byte to right most byte D Destination Information Results are stored as shown in the following table Word Contents He Meaning 00 29 Master s Unit address 0 No of words of 0 029 command data 29 words specified in BCD No of words from S onwards Response Storage Words Results are stored as shown in the following table Contents Hex Meaning EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command code 28 01 Hex Response code 0000 Hex Normal comple tion No of received bytes data length after DM2003 2 bytes Slave node address 2 BYTE DATA READ response service code 9E Hex 255 200 1 0 Link Units Section 6 1 6 1 10 Dimensions Unit mm With connector attached Hoc B MACHINE M No IH 0N 4 fest Li gt bv L d 35 101 For dimensions of the Unit when mounted to a Backplane refer to the SYS MAC C200HX HG HE PLC Operation Manual or the SYSMAC CS1G H PLC Operation Manual 6 1 11 Installing in a Cont
175. _ 8 ahaa ON V 5 s PH A p iYX 6 MEE OUT H DRAIN af Ny The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 ODO8CL 1 Waterproof Terminal PNP Voltage step down AN Yoo e CAN H ig CAN L 5 8 D V 4 G g V D Jr DRAIN Wet en Sig 0 211 Waterproof Terminals IP67 Section 5 4 Wiring The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 ODO8CL Waterproof Terminal NPN CAN H CANL 45 DRAIN I O power supply Solenoid Valve The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 ODOSCL 1 Waterproof Terminal PNP 3G 1V LV G 3 CAN H CANL 4 5 DRAIN E v 2 V 2 NC 4 Output 1 power supply Solenoid Valve Note External power supply line OV and output line G are connected internally as are external power supply line 24V and output line V When output power is supplied to external power supply connectors power can be supplied to out put devices from output lines G and V provided that the total current does not exceed 2 4 A If the total current exceeds 2 4 A the power must not be sup plied from the connector it must be supplied externally instead 212 Waterproof Terminals IP67 Dimensions 10 5 0 1 10 5 0 1 Section 5 4 The followin
176. age current 1 mA max between DC power supply and FG Insulation resistance 20 min at 100 V DC between DC power supply and FG Ambient temperature 10 to 55 Ambient humidity 25 to 85 with no condensation Operating atmosphere No corrosive gases Storage temperature 25 to 65 Mounting M4 screw mounting or DIN 35 mm track mounting Mounting strength 100 N Track direction 10 N Terminal strength 100 N Weight RS 232C Communications Specifications 250 g max Item Specification Communications method All dual communications Start stop synchronization Baud rate 19 200 9 600 4 800 2 400 1 200 bps Transmission code ASCII 7 bit JIS 8 bit Parity Even odd none No of stop bits 1 or 2 bits RS 232C ports 2 ports Connectors D sub 9 pin connector for 2 ports Transmission memory capacity 1 024 bytes for 2 ports Frame length 1 024 bytes max FIFO Header code Enable disable Header code 1 byte when enabled Delimiter code 262 Enable disable Delimiter code 1 byte when enabled RS 232C Units Section 6 2 Specification Flow control Enable Disable RS CS control only Flow Control Enabled The RS Request Send signal is normally ON but it turns OFF when the receive buffer reaches 75 of capacity CS is always checked Flow Contro
177. age level directives as fol lows EMC Directives OMRON devices that comply with EC Directives also conform to the related EMC standards so that they can more easily be built in to other devices or the overall machine The actual products have been checked for conformity to EMC standards Whether they conform to the standards in the system used by the customer however must be checked by the customer EMC related performance of the OMRON devices that comply with EC Direc tives will vary depending on the configuration wiring and other conditions of the equipment or control panel on which the OMRON devices are installed The customer must therefore perform the final check to confirm that devices and the overall machine conform to EMC standards Low voltage Level Directives Always ensure that devices operating at voltages of 50 to 1 000 V AC and 75 to 1 500 V DC meet the necessary safety standard for the PLC EN61 131 2 DeviceNet products that comply with EC Directives must be installed as fol lows 1 2 3 1 DeviceNet Units are designed for installation inside control panels All De viceNet Units must be installed within control panels xiv DeviceNet Manuals 7 2 Use reinforced insulation or double insulation for the DC power supplies used for the communications power supply internal circuit power supply and the I O power supplies 3 DeviceNet products that comply with EC Directives also conform to the Common Em
178. al drop line length 156 m max Parentheses indicate the length when Thin Cables are used Communications power supply 11to 25 V DC Max number of nodes 64 nodes including Configurator when used Max number of Masters Without Configurator 1 With Configurator 63 Max number of Slaves 63 Slaves Communications cycle time Without Configurator Input Slaves 16 pt 16 Output Slaves 16 pt 16 Cycle time at 500 kbps 9 3 ms With Configurator Set between 2 and 500 ms Calculated value takes priority if longer Max communications cycle time with multiple Masters Input Slaves 16 pt 16 Output Slaves 16 pt 16 Max cycle time at 500 kbps 18 ms Error control checks CRC error check Common Slave Specifications 3 1 2 MS and NS Indicators Section 3 1 This section describes the meaning of MS and NS indicators for the Slave Units The MS Module Status indicator displays the status of a node on the network The NS Network Status indicator displays the status of the entire network The MS and NS indicators can be green or red and they can be OFF flashing or ON The following table shows the meaning of these indicator conditions The following diagram shows the indicator panel on a basic Slave Unit The position and status of the indicators may change depending on the specific Slave Unit Indica Status tor ON Definition Device Operational Meaning
179. al range for each input with the rotary switch The input classification and input range cannot be set for 4 point classification Note Always turn OFF the Slave s power supply including the communications power supply before changing any settings DRT1 TSO4T The following table shows the input classifications and input ranges according to the rotary switch settings Number Range 0 to 1700 Range F 0 to 3000 0 to 1700 0 to 3000 200 to 1300 300 to 2300 0 0 to 500 0 0 0 to 900 0 100 to 850 100 to 1500 0 0 to 400 0 0 0 to 750 0 200 0 to 400 0 300 0 to 700 0 0 to 600 0 to 1100 100 to 850 100 to 1500 0 0 to 400 0 0 0 to 750 0 200 0 to 400 0 300 0 to 700 0 200 to 1300 300 to 2300 0 to 2300 0 to 4100 100 to 1800 300 to 3200 PL Il 0 to 1300 0 to 2300 H m O O U o o iola Aa o m 2 o Cannot be set DRT1 TS04P The following table shows the input classifications and input ranges according to the rotary switch settings Number Input classification PT100 Range 200 0 to 650 0 Range F 300 0 to 1200 0 JPT100 200 0 to 650 0 300 0 to 1200 0 Cannot be set 161 Temperature Input Terminals Section 4 9 Terminal Arrangement DRT1 TSO4T Cold Junction Compensator SOURCE Input 0 Input
180. ally as are external power supply line 24V and input line V When input power is 203 Waterproof Terminals 1 67 Section 5 4 supplied to external power supply connectors power can be supplied to sensors from input lines G and V provided that the total current does not exceed 1 0 A If the total current exceeds 1 0 A the power must not be supplied from the connector it must be supplied externally instead and proximity sensors Dimensions Wire colors in parentheses are the previous JIS colors for photoelectric The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1 IDO4CL and DRT1 IDO4CL 1 Waterproof Terminals All dimensions are in mm 45 _ 10 _ 30 t 10 5 0 1 10 5 0 1 114 Mounting holes Three 4 0 dia or M4 104 0 2 RS it 5 4 3 Waterproof Terminal IP67 with 8 Transistor Inputs DRT1 IDO8CL NPN and DRT1 IDOSCL 1 PNP Input Specifications Item Specification Model DRT1 IDO8CL DRT1 IDO8CL 1 Internal common NPN PNP Input points 8 points Uses one word in Master ON voltage 15 V DC min between each input terminal and V 15 V DC min between each input terminal and G OFF voltage 5 V DC max between each input terminal and V 5 V DC max between each input terminal and G OFF current 1 mA max Input current 6 mA max point at 24 V DC mA max point at 17
181. als IP66 Section 5 3 Item Specification ON delay time 1 5 ms max OFF delay time 2 5 ms max Number of circuits 8 points with one common Components of the DRT1 ID08C Input indicators DeviceNet Indicators DIP switch pins 1 and 2 Indicates the input status of each input Refer to page 312 Baud rate Lit when the input is ON Refer to page 179 Not pon DeviceNet communications Rotary switches 1 and 2 Node address Input connector connector Refer to page 179 External power supply connector Internal Circuits The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 IDO8C Envi ronment resistive Terminal DC DC converter O V for internal circuits Isolated 24V CN2 for inputs External power supply connector for inputs 24V for internal circuits CANH Pd CN3 CN1 Communications connector converter Not isolated 181 Environment resistive Terminals IP66 Section 5 3 CN3 CN4 CN5 CN6 CN7 CN8 CN9 CN10 CN2 CN1 end surface 4 Input 2 4 Input 4 4 Input 6 Qo CANH CANL 45 2 V 4 Input 5 2 NC g 2 c 9 EZ o 9 1 3 3 6 B on 5 Internal power 1 power supply supply 2 wire sensor NPN output 3 wire sensor limit switch photoelectric or proximity sensor Note 1 External power supply line OV and inpu
182. and The parameters and set values are set as shown in the following table Attribute ID Set values Section 6 2 Initial values Port 1 Set all parameters 64 Hex ALL PARAMETER SET See below Initial values for each parameter Data bit length par 65 Hex Specify the appropriate set values from the Data bit length ity No of stop bits parameters in the table as single byte 2 digit 7 bits hexadecimal See note Parity Even No of stop bits 2 bits Header code 66 Hex Specify bi T Header code and pecify bit data in single byte 2 digit ap enable disable hexadecimal as shown in the following delimiter code delimiter code diagram enabled flow con enable disable flow Bit 2 1 9 trol disabled control enable dis 0 0 able Always 0 Header code 0 Enabled 1 Disabled y Delimiter code 0 Enabled 1 Disabled Flow control RS CS control 0 Enabled 1 Disabled Baud rate 67 Hex Specified in single byte 2 digit hexadecimal 2 400 bps as follows 00 Hex 1 200 bps 01 Hex 2 400 bps 02 Hex 4 800 bps 03 Hex 9 600 bps 04 Hex 19 200 bps 05 to 07 Hex Not allowed Header code only 68 Hex Specifies the header code in single byte 2 02 Hex STX code when header code digit hexadecimal is enabled Delimiter code only 69 Hex Specifies the delimiter code in single byte 2 03 Hex ETX code when delimiter code digit hexadecimal is enabled No of bytes 6A hex Spe
183. and internal circuits CN3 CAN H Input connector DRAIN 1 E 2 V Communications connector converter Not isolated Internal circuitry 7 Output connector 194 Environment resistive Terminals IP66 Section 5 3 CAN H 4 DRAIN CN1 Communications connector 1 V QO 227 J Y The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 MD16C 1 PNP Environment resistive Terminal DC DC converter Isolated Photo coupler tL gt E E 2 Photo gt coupler oa DC DC converter Not isolated Internal circuitry Photocoupler for outputs 0 V for inputs and internal circuits 24V Y for inputs and internal circuits Photocoupler Photo coupler 4 Input 0 2 Input 1 Output 0 Les 2 Output 1 Hd Voltage step down HB 3 24V 4 2 for outputs an 2 External power supply connector CN3 Input connector CN7 Output connector 195 Environment resistive Terminals IP66 Section 5 3 Wiring The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 MD16C Environment resistive Terminal NPN CN3 CN4 CN5 4 Input4 4 Output 0 4 Qutput4 Blue black Brown white 2 wire sensor limit switch 1 CN6 CN7 CN8 CN9 CN10 CN2 CN1 End surface 4 5 DRAIN 2 V Input 7 2 Output 7
184. and Waterproof Slaves and SECTION 6 Special I O Slave Units Specifications for details on Input and Output Slaves delay times 2 Refer to Refresh Time on page 307 and the PLC s Operation Manual for details on the PLC s peripheral servicing cycle time See under Synchro nous Operation CS1H G C200HS and The following timing charts show the minimum and maximum response C200HX HG HE ZE PLCs times of the DeviceNet Network with a CS1H G C200HX HG HE ZE or C200HS PLC 303 Remote I O Communications Characteristics Section 7 1 Minimum I O Response Time The minimum I O response time occurs when the Slave s I O refreshing is executed just after the input signal is received by the Master Unit and the out put signal is output at the beginning of the next I O refresh cycle Master Unit processing i i i H i i i i Tin TRT IN TpLc TrA Trr out Tout The Input Slave s ON OFF delay 0 used as the minimum value Tout The Output Slave s ON OFF delay 0 used as the minimum value Input Slave s communications time Slave See page 306 TRr our Output Slave s communications time Slave See page 306 The PLC s cycle time Tar PLC s DeviceNet Unit refresh time See page 307 The minimum response time Ty is the total of the following terms Tmn Tin TRrour Tout Note 1 Refer to
185. and setting Master and Slave Units connecting cables and power supplies creating I O tables and creating and registering scan lists Section 3 provides specifications that are common to all Slaves Section 4 provides specifications and describes the components indicators switch settings and other aspects of General purpose Slaves Section 5 provides specifications and describes the components indicators switch settings and other aspects of Environment resistive Slaves Section 6 provides specifications for the C200H I O Link Unit and the RS 232C Unit Section 7 describes the time required for a complete communications cycle for an output response to be made to an input to start the system and to send a message Section 8 describes error processing periodic maintenance operations and troubleshooting proce dures needed to keep the DeviceNet Network operating properly We recommend reading through the error processing procedures before operation so that operating errors can be identified and corrected more quickly The Appendices provide information on using masters from other companies node address settings Slave device protocols necessary for multi vendor applications standard models device current con sumptions and connecting 2 wire DC Sensors NWARNING Failure to read and understand the information provided in this manual may result in per sonal injury or death damage to the product or product failure Please read each
186. anel DIP switch are ON e Pin 7 or 8 rear panel DIP switch is ON Make sure pin 4 on the front panel and pins 7 and 8 on the rear panel are turned OFF Turn ON or OFF pins 1 and 2 according to the correct baud rate setting CPU Unit interface error from noise Remove cause of noise and restart the Unit If the error is not cleared replace the C200H I O Link Unit or the CPU Unit Hardware error Identifying Errors from Symptoms 1 Restart the Unit 2 If the error is not cleared replace the Unit Symptom The power is ON but the Slave Unit s indicators are all OFF Probable Cause CPU Unit error caused by noise inter ference Possible remedy Restart the Unit The Read Write Area s settings have been set but data is not being refreshed according to the settings The settings have not been validated 1 Turn ON bit 00 of the software switches 2 Reset the Unit The Unit has not been reset Restart the PLC or turn ON and OFF the Unit s Restart Bit With C200HX HG HE PLCs these bits are in AR 01 With CS series PLCs these bits are in words A502 to A507 After setting the areas and operating the Unit the data in the output area fre quently appears as unexpected values The area settings are overlapping with those of other Communications Units Check the area settings of other Com munications Units and correct settings so that data is not written to an area a
187. are pre wired with a connector can be connected directly Refer to the Catalog or manual for details on the device s connections before connecting any device XS2W D42C1 L181 A Cable XS2H D421 L180 A Cable with with shielded socket on one shielded plug on one end end and plug on the other Sensor with attached connector ES IN xs9G p400 Car Pre wired Sensor with connector Pre wired Sensor Note 1 Refer to the OMRON Sensors Catalog X42 E 1 3 for more details on the sensor connections and Round Waterproof Connectors 2 One of the Y joints listed in the following table will be needed when con necting sensors or limit switches to an Environment resistive Terminal with 16 inputs DRT1 HD16C 1 or 16 outputs DRT1 WD16C 1 Model number Y joint with plug socket with cable XS2R D426 Y joint with plug socket no cable XS2R D426 1 XS2R D426 LH1F Y joint with cable m Terminal with 16 o f inputs or 16 outputs mk XS2R D426 1 Y joint without cable ll Note An XS2G Connector Assembly screw in wire connection cannot be con nected to a Y joint Connector A crimp connector or soldered connector can be connected to a a Y joint Connector XS2R D426 11F Y joint Connector with Cable Wiring diagram 1
188. area and in any order This allows I O allocations that suit the application to simplify programming and enable effective usage of PLC mem ory areas OMRON Master Unit Output Area Input Area Node 01 Node 04 Node 03 Node 02 Node 00 OMRON Configurator Handle Slaves with A Configurator sold separately can be used to set the communications cycle Different Response time enabling usage of Slaves with slow response times Speeds OMRON Master Unit Set the communications cycle time Remote I O communications at a set interval OMRON Configurator Easily Expand or Change Use a multi drop trunk line T branch multi drop lines or daisy chain drop Lines with Various lines All three connection methods can be combined to flexibly construct a Connection Methods network that meets the needs of the application Multi drop trunk line T branch multi drop line Trunk line Drop line drop line Overview of DeviceNet Section 1 1 Overall System Configuration DeviceNet Master Unit CV Series CVM1 DRM21 V1 CS Series CS1W DRM21 DeviceNet C200HX HG HE HS Photoelectric sensors Photoelectric sensors Photoelectric sensors Configurator C200HW DRM 21 Vi proximity sensors limit proximity sensors limit proximity sensors computer Switches etc Switches etc with connectors Terminal Bg eg Input Remote Sve Adapter used Ne with Input Bl
189. aren theses Dimensions The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1 ID16TA and DRT1 ID16TA 1 Remote Input Terminals All dimensions are in mm 54 50 Mounting holes p Values in parentheses are reference values 4040 2 Two 4 2 dia or M4 1 170 0 2 Note The circuit section can be removed by loosening the circuit removal screws Refer to Components of the DRT1 ID16TA and DRT1 ID16TA 1 69 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks Section 4 4 Always turn OFF the communications internal I O power supplies before removing or attaching the circuit section 4 4 4 Transistor Remote Output Terminals with 16 Points and 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks DRT1 OD16T NPN and DRT1 OD16T 1 PNP Output Specifications Specification Model DRT1 OD16T DRT1 OD16T 1 Internal common NPN PNP Output points 16 points Rated output current 0 5 A point Residual voltage 1 2 V max at 0 5 A 1 2 V max at 0 5 A between each output termi between each output termi nal and G nal and V Leakage current 0 1 mA max ON delay time 0 5 ms max OFF delay time 1 5 ms max Number of circuits 8 points with two commons Components of the DRT1 OD16T and DRT1 OD16T 1 Rotary switches Refer to page 62 Set the node address DIP switch Refer to page 62 Pi
190. ata has changed in Data is transmitted only when there has been a COS the Master or Slave change Devices that do not need to communi cate will not communicate so the network usage is more efficient cyclic The Master and Slaves transmit input output data cyclically at fixed intervals 323 Using Another Company s Master Unit Appendix B Table of Connection Type and Data Size Settings The following table lists the I O data sizes for each OMRON Slave as well as the supported connection types A Yes indicates that the connection is supported a No indicates that it is not Slave group Transistor Remote I O Terminals DRT1 ID08 Connection type Data sizes bit change strobe of state IN OUT DRT1 ID08 1 DRT1 ID16 DRT1 ID16 1 DRT1 OD08 DRT1 OD08 1 DRT1 OD16 DRT1 OD16 1 DRT1 MD16 Transistor Remote O Terminals with 3 tier Terminal Blocks DRT1 ID16T DRT1 ID16T 1 DRT1 ID16TA DRT1 ID16TA 1 DRT1 OD16T DRT1 OD16T 1 DRT1 OD16TA DRT1 OD16TA 1 DRT1 MD16T DRT1 MD16T 1 DRT1 MD16TA DRT1 MD16TA 1 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with Connectors DRT 1 ID32ML DRT1 ID32ML 1 DRT1 OD32ML DRT1 OD32ML 1 DRT1 MD32ML DRT1 MD32ML 1 Remote Adapters DRT1 ID16X DRT1 ID16X 1 DRT1 OD16X DRT1 OD16X 1 Sensor Terminals
191. ation example The system configuration shown here uses Thin Cables C200HW DRM21 V1 Master Unit C200H OD215 Node 00 S82K 05024 24 V DC Power Supply Output Unit 100 V AC 50 W C200HW DRT21 I O Link Unit Node 07 C200HX PLC C200HX PLC H7F 7 segment DCN1 1C T branch Tap Display Device DCN1 3 T branch Tap with DCN1 1C T branch Tap with H Terminating Resistor Terminating Resistor DRT1 ID16 Remote Terminal 16 transistor inputs DRT1 232C2 RS 232C Unit Node 01 allocated 1 input word Node 08 DRT1 OD16 Remote DRT1 TSO4T Temperature Input Terminal Terminal with 4 inputs allocated 4 words 16 transistor outputs Node 03 Node 02 Power is supplied to each node in the above diagram using the following devices Internal power S82K 05024 100 V AC 50 W I O power S82K 05024 100 V AC 50 W 2 2 Preparations Selecting Units Select the following Units as shown in 2 1 2 System Configuration Example Master Unit C200HW DRMe1 V1 Slave Units DRT1 ID16 DRT1 OD16 DRT1 TSO4T C200HW DRT21 DRT1 232C2 There is a complete line of OMRON Master Units and Slave Units available that are compatible with DeviceNet Select Units that suit the needs of the system For further details on types of Units refer to 1 1 2 Slaves Wiring Either Thick Cables or Thin Cables can be used to wire a DeviceNet Network F
192. ations Cables Use the following procedure to prepare and connect the communications cables to the connectors Although some connectors are equipped with set Screws and some are not the methods used to connect the cables to the con 1 2 3 nectors are the same 1 Remove about 30 to 80 mm of the cable covering being careful not to dam age the shield weaving underneath Do not remove more than necessary removing too much of the covering can result in short circuits About 30 to 80 mm Remove as little as possible 0 z 5 BEER L Carefully peel back the weaving You will find the signal lines power lines and the shielding wire The shielding wire will be loose on the outside of the other lines but it is harder than the weaving and should be easily iden tified Shielding wire Connecting Communications Cables to General purpose Slaves Section 4 2 3 Remove the exposed weaving remove the aluminum tape from the signal and power lines and strip the covering from the signal and power lines to the proper length for the crimp terminal connectors Twist together the wires of each of the signal and power lines ny Strip to match the crimp terminals 4 Attach the crimp terminals to the lines and then cover any exposed areas of the cable and lines with electricians tape or heat shrinking tubes 5 Orient the connector properly loosen the line set screws and then insert the line
193. ature Standard See below Equipment Thermometer Ambient and cabinet humidity See below Hygrometer Dust dirt accumulation None Are the Units installed securely No looseness Are the communications connec No looseness tors fully inserted Are the external wiring screws tight Are the connecting cables undam No damage aged Installation No looseness 8 3 3 Replacing Nodes The DeviceNet Master Unit and Slave Units make up the network The entire network is affected when a Unit is faulty so a faulty Unit must be repaired or replaced quickly We recommend having spare Units available to restore net work operation as quickly as possible Precautions Observe the following precautions when replacing a faulty Unit After replacement make sure that there are no errors with the new Unit When a Unit is being returned for repair attach a sheet of paper detailing the problem and return the Unit to your OMRON dealer f there is a faulty contact try wiping the contact with a clean lint free cloth dampened with alcohol Settings after Replacing Nodes After replacing a Unit set the new Unit s switches to the same settings that were on the old Unit 319 Appendix Node Address Settings Table This appendix shows all of the node address settings for Slaves that have node addresses set in binary with pins 1 through 6 of the Slave s DIP switch There are some differences
194. bute 1 MAC ID 2 Baud rate 3 BOI 4 Bus Off counter 5 Allocation information 6 MAC ID switch changed 7 Baud rate switch changed 8 MAC ID switch value 9 Baud rate switch value Item DeviceNet service Parameter option Object instance Service OEGet Attribute Single 4BAllocate Master Slave Connection Set 4CRelease Master Slave Connection Set Assembly Object 0x04 Object class Attribute Not supported Service Not supported ID content Get read Set write Object instance 1 Attribute 1 Number of members in list Instance type 2 Member list 3 Data 9 Baud rate switch value Static I O 328 Using Another Company s Master Unit DeviceNet service Appendix B Parameter option Object instance 1 Service OEGet Attribute Single No Instance type Static I O Connection Object 0x05 Object class Attribute Not supported Service Not supported Max number of active connections 1 Information Max number of instances Explicit Message Production trigger Cyclic Section Object instance 1 Instance type Object instance 1 Transport type Server Transport class 3 Attribute ID content 1 State Set write 2 Instance type 00 hexadecimal 3 Transport class trigger 83 hexadecimal 4 Produced connection ID 5 Consumed connection ID 6 Initial comm characteristics
195. cate the output status of each contact Lit when the output is ON 53 Transistor Remote I O Terminals Section 4 3 Internal Circuits The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 OD16 Remote Output Terminal Photo coupler Voltage 24 V DC Va E step down CANH 24 V DC DRAIN Photo CANL coupler iit gE 56 o SOURCE converter SOURCE Isolated 24V DC 1 1 l The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 OD16 1 Remote Output Terminal Photo coupler V V 24VDC CAN H Photocoupler 0 DRAIN x 1 i CAN L coupier vs Be 5 20 i o Phot i SOURCE coupler 24V DC XE converter Ens SOURCE Isolated G 24V DC G Voltage step down 54 Transistor Remote I O Terminals Section 4 3 Wiring Internal circuits power supply Internal circuits power supply The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 OD16 Remote Output Terminal SOURCE 24VDC 24VDC 1 13 14 G G G G G G 21 G 11 12 l Solenoid Valve Solenoid Note The V terminals terminal numbers 11 13 and 22 are connected internally When I O power is supplied to terminal 13 power can be supplied to output devices from terminals 22 and 11 When the power supply exceeds 1 2 A the power supply should not be input through the terminals an external power supply must be used instead The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 OD
196. cated in IR words according to the Master Unit s unit number as shown in the following diagram Unit No 0 to 9 First word 100 10 x unit No Unit No O IR 100 Unit No 0 IR 190 Unit No 9 IR 400 uni No IR 450 Unit No F DM Area DM6034 jUnit No 1 DM6062 unit No F Unit No A to F First word 400 110 x unit No 10 10 words IR 100 IR 101 Software switch 1 word Status Area 9 words IR 109 Unit No 0 DM6032 DM6033 Status Area 2 words First word DM 6032 2 x unit No 23 Checking Operations Section 2 5 The following diagram shows the Status Area configuration for unit number 0 IR Area IR 101 Master Status Area 1 1 word 102 56 6 6 Registered Slave Data Area 4 words IR 106 p EASA ee ne eS ees aes Normal Slave Data Area 4 words IR 109 DM Area DM 6032 Master Status Area 2 1 word DM 6033 Current Communications Cycle Time word 2 5 Checking Operations Use the procedures provided here to check that I O communications are oper ating normally 2 5 1 Indicator Status I O communications are operating normally if the MS and NS indicators for all nodes are lit in green and the 7 segment indicator on the front panel of the Master Unit is displaying the node address of the Master Unit as shown in the following diagram when the Master Unit s node address is 00 and the scan list is enabled Master
197. cations connector DIP switch Refer to page 40 Pins 1 to 6 Node address setting Pins 7 and 8 Baud rate setting Pins 9 and 10 Reserved Always OFF Internal Circuits The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 ID16X Remote Input Adapter Photo Photocoupler coupler Jj vo 24VDC V 5 i DRAIN Photo Photo ouple CAN L coupler PM V AF pg cs Sp NN SOURCE i 24V DC DC DC converter Photocoupler SOURCE Isolated Vi 24VDC 24V DC Aft 8 9 Photo 1 1 i G1 113 Remote Adapters Section 4 6 The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 ID16X 1 Remote Input Adapter Photo coupler Q9 vo Photocoupler V dz ds F4 CANH i n DRAIN coupler Fhoto coupler CAN L T ve 32 zu EE Go SOURCE xs 24V DC cde Photocoupler SOURCE Isolated 24 V DC u Photo Wiring of the DRT1 ID16X NPN Connector Pin Allocation TOP VIEW Connector pin No Internal Circuits Power Supply SOURCE 24 V DC 1 2 Internal circuits power supply 114 Remote Adapters Section 4 6 Input Devices Use a printed circuit board to wire I O devices to a flat cable MIL plug which can be connected to the Remote Adapter NPN output 3 wire sensor photoelectric or proximity sensor 2 wire sensor white limit switch Blue bla
198. cial I O Units can also be specified allowing Special I O Units mounted to the Slave PLCs to also be controlled indirectly from the Master Communications Cable Connections Wire communications cables to the C200H Link Unit using the standard Square Connectors just like General purpose Slaves This section does not explain how to connect communications cables For details on connecting the cables refer to 4 2 Connecting Communications Cables to General purpose Slaves 6 1 2 Node Address Setting Rear DIP Switch 230 Note The DIP switch on the rear panel of the Unit is used to set the node address for the C200H I O Link Unit Node address setting Reserved Always OFF The node address is set with pins 1 through 6 of the DIP switch as shown in the following table Any node address within the setting range can be used as long as it isn t already set on another node DIP switch setting Node address Pin5 Pin4 Pin3 Pin2 0 default 1 2 Any node address within the setting range can be used as long as it is not already set on another node in the network 1 Refer to Appendix A Node Address Settings Table for a complete table of DIP switch and baud rate settings 2 The default setting is 0 Because the node address setting for the C200H I O Link Unit is made on the rear panel DIP switch the Unit must be re moved before the setting can be changed For this rea
199. cifications Item Specification Model C200HW DRT21 Connectable PLCs CS1H G C200HX HG HE Z Communications power 11 to 25 V DC supply voltage Supplied from the communications connector Internal current con Communications 45 mA max sumption Internal circuits 250 mA max 5 V DC supplied via PLC s Backplane Mounting Mounted on a CS1H G or C200HX HG HE Backplane Weight 250 g max Note All other specifications except those listed correspond to those of the C200HX HG HE PLCs 231 200 1 0 Link Units Section 6 1 Communications Specifications Item Specification I O points Input 512 points max 32 words Output 512 points max 32 words Memory areas that can 200 be allocated CIO DM HR AR LR TIM CNT and EM bank 0 only CS1H CS1G CIO D H T PVs and EM bank 0 only Default allocation area Write area One word IR 350 Read area One word IR 50 Maximum message Read 200 bytes length Write 200 bytes Settings Rotary switch Unit number Machine No Rear panel DIP switch Node address Front panel DIP switch Baud rate Hold Clear Write Area data for communications error Indicators MS NS indicators 2 color Unit status 7 segment display 2 digit Node address error codes Dot indicators Read Write Area default settings 6 1 5 Components Front panel Rear panel Indicators DIP switch Rear panel Pins 1
200. cifies the number of bytes in single byte 2 00 Hex received after the delimiter when the delimiter code is enabled or the No of bytes received per frame when the delimiter code is disabled digit hexadecimal 273 RS 232C Units Port 274 Parameters Set all parameters Attribute ID Set values ALL PARAMETER SET See below Section 6 2 Initial values Initial values for each parameter Data bit length par ity No of stop bits Specify the appropriate set values from the parameters in the table as single byte 2 digit hexadecimal See note Data bit length 7 bits Parity Even No of stop bits 2 bits Header code enable disable delimiter code enable disable flow control enable dis able Specify bit data in single byte 2 digit hexadecimal as shown in the following diagram Header code 0 Enabled 1 Disabled Delimiter code 0 Enabled 1 Disabled Flow control RS CS control 0 Enabled 1 Disabled i aN Always 0 Header code and delimiter code enabled flow con trol disabled Baud rate Specified in single byte 2 digit hexadecimal as follows 00 Hex 1 200 bps 01 Hex 2 400 bps 02 Hex 4 800 bps 03 Hex 9 600 bps 04 Hex 19 200 bps 05 to 07 Hex Not allowed 2 400 bps Header code only when header code is enabled 6F Hex Specifies the header code in single byte 2 digit hexadecimal 02 Hex STX code
201. cimal The specified range is 01 to C8 Hex 1 to 200 in decimal No of Received Bytes Response The number of bytes received from the source node address is returned in hexadecimal Source Node Address Response The node address of the C200H I O Link Unit that returned the response is returned in hexadecimal Read Data Response The specified data area words and number of bytes is returned from word H leftmost byte bits 08 to 15 to word L rightmost byte bits 00 to 07 If an odd number of read bytes have been specified the last byte of data moves into word H Precautions Actual addresses for Address H and Address L and actual number of bytes to be read differ according to the model of PLC to which the C200H I O Link Unit is mounted and the memory area Be sure to specify bytes within the data area range BYTE DATA WRITE will write data to any area in the CPU Unit of the PLC to which the C200H I O Link Unit is mounted Write data is specified from the leftmost byte to the rightmost byte Command Block Class ID Word data H Word data H Service code Destination node address Address H Word data L Word data L Instance ID Write data Maximum 200 bytes Response Block Service code Source node address No of received bytes 245 C200H I O Link Units 246 Note Section 6 1 Parameters Destination Node Address Command The node address of the C200H I O Link Unit wri
202. ck I O power supply A Triangle mark Connector pin No Note In accordance with the changes in the standards for photoelectric sensors and proximity sensors wire colors have been changed Colors in parentheses are the old wire colors Wiring of the DRT1 ID16X 1 PNP Connector Pin Allocation 0 8 1 9 2 10 3 11 4 1 12 5 1 O 13 6 14 7 1 cl ae G1 A Triangle mark Connector pin No Internal Circuits Power Supply SOURCE 24 V DC 7 1 1 2 x Internal circuits power supply 115 Section 4 6 Remote Adapters Input Devices Use a printed circuit board to wire I O devices to a flat cable MIL plug which can be connected to the Remote Adapter Brown NPN output 3 wire sensor Mas photoelectric or proximity sensor white Blue black Brown 2 wire sensor white limit switch Blue black I O power supply A Triangle mark Connector pin No Note In accordance with the changes in the standards for photoelectric sensors and proximity sensors wire colors have been changed Colors in parentheses are the old wire colors Dimensions The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1 ID16X and DRT1 ID16X 1 Remote Input Adapters All dimensions are in mm Approx 73 With connector attached ol OMRON piri 50 Flat cable length Approx 60 Mounting holes Two 4 2 dia or M4
203. correspond to an analog current range of 0 to 20 mA The entire output range is 0 to 21 mA Current Ad ip ae Hexadecima FEE 0000 0 1770 189C i 6000 6300 FFF Decimal 4 to 20 mA Outputs The hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to 6000 correspond to an analog current range of 4 to 20 mA The entire output range is 3 2 to 20 8 mA Current Converted data 0 1770 189C Jerr Hexadecimal 300 6000 6300 Decimal Output Status after Pins 9 and 10 of the DIP switch determine the status of the outputs after a Communications Error communications error occurs in DeviceNet communications Hold Maintains the previous output status Low Clears to the lower limit of the output signal range High Clears to the upper limit of the output signal range 154 Analog I O Terminals Section 4 8 The following table shows the lower and upper limits of the output ranges for each output signal range setting Output signal range High Converted Data Output the converted data to the Master as shown in the following diagram 14 13 12 1110 9 8 1 0 Bit 15 765 4232 Pun Output 0 converted data Sign Output 1 converted data The sign bit is turned ON to indicate that the converted value is negative at which time the converted value will be an absolute value First word First word 1 Dimensions The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1 DA02 Analog Out put Unit A
204. cted to a T branch Connector Model Description DRS2 1 Shielded Connector male plug with Terminating Resistor DRS2 2 Shielded Connector female socket with Terminating Resistor Note 1 Standard thin DeviceNet cable is used for cables with shielded connectors so maximum current is 3 A 2 Multi drop wiring cannot be used with shielded connectors Use T branch wiring with DCN2 1 T branch Connectors and cables that have shielded connectors on both ends 3 The T branch Connector s communications power supply pin has a rated current capacity of 3 A 4 Acable with a shielded connector socket on one end can be used to con nect to a regular DCN1 LIC T branch Tap A cable with a shielded connec tor socket on one end can also be used to connect to the communications power supply from a T branch Connector 5 2 1 Example System Assembly Male sool Male ooo Male Female Female Female DCA1 5CNUILIF1 i Cable with shielded E connector on one end DCA1 5CNLILIH1 Cable with shielded connector on one end DCA1 5CNLILIW1 Cable with shielded connectors on both ends T branch Tap with Power Supply inati i wer Supply Female Male Female Male terminating resistor Hae Male Female Male Female Terminating Female resistor Male Female Male
205. current drops below the input range i e if the current volt age drops below 3 2 mA the open circuit detection function is activated and the data is set to 7FFF Converted data Hexadecimal decimal 7 31500 7530 30000 7 0000 0 Current FA24 1500 20 mA 20 8 mA Number of Inputs Setting The number of inputs can be limited to two by turning ON pin 9 of the DIP DRT1 AD04 Only switch Changing the number of inputs from four to two reduces the sampling time from 8 ms 4 inputs to 4 ms 2 inputs which provides faster conversion If the number of inputs is two the number of words allocated to the Input Ter minal in the PLC is also reduced to 2 words When only two inputs are used inputs 0 and 1 are used inputs 2 and 3 cannot be used 146 Analog I O Terminals Averaging Function Setting DRT1 AD04 Only Open circuit Detection Function Converted Data Note Note Section 4 8 With the DRT1 AD04 the averaging function can be enabled for all inputs 0 through 3 by turning ON pin 10 of the DIP switch The averaging function out puts the average a moving average of the last eight input values as the con verted value Use this function to smooth inputs that vary like the one in the following diagram Actual input Input after averaging Time The time required for converted data refresh
206. current inputs short circuit the V and l terminals Do not connect the shield when using shielded cables for the inputs Input Ranges and The Analog Input Terminal converts analog input data to digital values The Converted Data digital values depend on the input signal ranges as shown in the following diagrams Note When the input exceeds the specified range the AD conversion data will be fixed at either the lower limit or upper limit 142 Analog I O Terminals Section 4 8 DRT1 AD04 10 to 10 V Inputs The 10 to 10 V range corresponds to the hexadecimal values 8BB8 to OBB8 3000 to 3000 The most significant bit bit 15 is set to 1 ON for negative values and the AD conversion data is set to the absolute values the rest of the word indicates the absolute value The entire data range is 8CE4 to OCE4 3300 to 3300 Converted data Hexadecimal decimal ocE4 3300 0 OBB8 3000 22222211111111117 Voltage OV V 4 8BB8 3000 8CE4 3300 0 to 10 V Inputs The 0 to 10 V range corresponds to the hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to 6000 The most significant bit bit 15 is set to 1 ON for negative values and the AD conversion data is set to the absolute values the rest of the word indicates the absolute value The entire data range is 812C to 189C 300 to 6300 Converted data Hexadecimal decimal 189046300 eae se CIRC RE 1770 6000 0000 0
207. curs in an explicit mes sage command an error response is sent returned by the C200H I O Link Unit Use BYTE DATA READ and BYTE DATA WRITE when sending explicit mes sages commands from an OMRON DeviceNet Master When using other manufacturers DeviceNet Masters to send explicit messages commands use WORD DATA READ and WORD DATA WRITE The number of bytes specified for Class ID and Instance ID differ according to the type of Master used For an OMRON DeviceNet Master 2 bytes 4 digits are specified For an example of this see 6 1 9 Using Explicit DeviceNet Mes sages BYTE DATA READ BYTE DATA READ will read data from any area of CPU Unit of the PLC to which the C200H I O Link Unit is mounted Data is returned from the leftmost bit to the rightmost bit 243 C200H I O Link Units 244 Command Block Response Block Service code Destination node address Class ID Instance ID Section 6 1 Address L No of read bytes Address H Word data Word data H Service code Word data L Word data L Source node address Read data of received bytes Parameters Maximum 200 bytes Destination Node Address Command The node address of the C200H I O Link Unit reading the data in single byte 2 digit hexadecimal Service Code Command Response In the command IC Hex is specified In the response the leftmost bit is turned ON and
208. d Always OFF Refer to page 200 External power supply connector DeviceNet communications connector Input indicators Indicate the input status of each contact Lit when the input is ON Input connector The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 IDO4CL Water proof Terminal NPN G Q9 Ea SY A wen L CANL IE o Ea E pem mme V 9 Sp NI Z DRAIN S Waterproof Terminals IP67 Section 5 4 The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 IDO4CL 1 Waterproof Terminal PNP Internal circuitry Wiring The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 IDO4CL Waterproof Ter minal NPN CAN H CANL 45 DRAIN V power supply Blue black Brown white Blue black Black white 2 wire sensor NPN output 3 wire sensor limit switch photoelectric or proximity sensor The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 IDO04CL 1 Waterproof Terminal PNP CAN H CANL 3G 45 oran GZA v 4 Input 0 3 TV V power supply Brown white x 9 2 wire sensor PNP output 3 wire sensor limit switch photoelectric or proximity sensor Note 1 External power supply line OV and input line G are connected intern
209. d internally as are external power supply line 24V and output line V When output power is supplied to external power supply connectors power can be supplied to out put devices from output lines G and V provided that the total current does not exceed 2 4 A If the total current exceeds 2 4 A the power must not be sup plied from the connector it must be supplied externally instead 188 Environment resistive Terminals IP66 Dimensions Section 5 3 The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1 OD08C Environ ment resistive Terminal All dimensions are in mm 196 51 215 8 Mounting Holes When screw mounting from the front Four 4 2 dia or M4 e Q t N a 205 0 3 When screw mounting from the rear Four 5 4 dia Qt i e t N BENT CREER 205 0 3 57 Mounting Screw 5 3 5 Environment resistive Terminal IP66 with 16 Transistor Outputs DRT1 WD16C NPN and DRT1 WD16C 1 PNP Output Specifications Item Specification Model DRT1 WD16C DRT1 WD16C 1 Internal I O common NPN PNP Output points 16 points Rated output current 0 3 A point 2 4 A common Residual voltage 1 2 V max at 0 3 A between each output termi nal and G 1 2 V max at 0 3 A between each output termi nal and V Leakage current 0 1 mA max ON delay time 0
210. d side by side and all inputs can be turned ON simultaneously at 55 C or less If the Terminals are mounted facing up the distances and temperatures in the graph given below must be maintained to enable turning ON all inputs simultaneously For example at an ambient temperature of 55 C the Ter minals must be separated by at least 10 mm 45 5 55 Ambient operating temp C 4 5 5 Mounting in Control Panels Either of the following three methods can be used to mount an Remote I O Terminal in a control panel Mounting to DIN Track page 104 Mounting perpendicular to a panel using a Mounting Bracket page 105 Mounting parallel to a panel using a Mounting Bracket page 106 Note 1 Thereare restriction when using the 32 point Transistor Remote I O Termi nals with Connectors or 32 point Transistor Remote Input Terminals with Connectors depending on the ambient operating temperature 103 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with Connectors Section 4 5 If the Terminals are not mounted facing up they can be mounted side by side and all inputs can be turned ON simultaneously at 55 C or less If the Terminals are mounted facing up the distances and temperatures in the graph given below must be maintained to enable turning ON all inputs simultaneously For example at an ambient temperature of 55 C the Ter minals must be separated by at least 10 mm 40 45 50 55 Amb
211. de Command Response In the command IF Hex is specified In the response the leftmost bit is turned ON and 9F Hex is returned Class ID Command Always 2F Hex Instance ID Command Specifies the data area to be written in hexadecimal as shown in the following table Setting Word range Write Area IR 000 to IR 235 Read Area IR 000 to IR 235 IR 300 to IR 511 DM 0000 to DM 4095 C200HE CPU11 E only DM 0000 to DM 5999 All except C200HE CPU11 E IR Area 1 CIO IR Area 2 CIO Data Memory Area DM or D LR Area LR 00 to LR 63 HR Area HR or H HR 00 to HR 99 C200HX HG HE CZ AR Area AR 00 to AR 27 Can be set for Read Area only CS1H G Holding Area H H100 or H102 to H127 Specify the starting word with 00 Hex or 02 to 1B Hex TIM CNT 000 to TIM ONT 511 C200HX HG HE Z Area TIM CNT CS1H G Timer Area T EM Area bank 0 only Timer Counter T 000 to T 511 EM 0000 to EM 6143 Address L Address H Command The address in hexadecimal of the first word of data to be written Address L Rightmost 2 digits of the address in 4 digit hexadecimal Address H Leftmost 2 digits of the address in 4 digit hexadecimal When specifying a Holding Area word H100 or H102 to H127 in a CS1H G PLC specify the first word in hexadecimal with 0000 Hex for H100 or 0002 to 001B Hex for H102 to H127 Write Data Command Specify the data to b
212. de bytes Source node address Initializes all parameters set for the RS 232C Unit and returns the initial val ues Transmits data to the RS 232C Unit from the specified port Command Block 10 00 2394 00 xx 64 151 bytes max Class ID Instance ID Send data Service Code Attribute Destination ID node address Response Block No of received Service code bytes Source node address Parameters Instance ID Command Specifies the port to which the data is being sent in hexadecimal as follows 02 Hex Port 1 03 Hex Port 2 Send Data Command Specifies the data to be sent from the specified port Word data is sent from the leftmost bits to the rightmost bits as shown in the following diagram 15 8 7 0 Bit First word 1 2 First word 1 3 4 First word 42 5 6 1 When an odd number of bytes of data are sent the last data will be set in the last word of the leftmost bits RS 232C Units RS 232C RECEIVE DATA READ Note Section 6 2 2 The number of bytes of data to be sent is specified when the parameters for the CMND 194 instruction CV series PLCs or the IOWR instruction C200HX HG HE PLCs are set No of bytes of command data It is not necessary to set this parameter for explicit messages 3 Before using this command be sure that the communications status Transmission Ready Flag Port 1 bit 00 Port 2 bit 08 allocated in
213. decimal 3 Transport class trigger 82 hexadecimal 4 Produced connection ID 5 Consumed connection ID 6 Initial comm characteristics 01 hexadecimal 7 Produced connection size See note 8 Consumed connection size 0800 hexadecimal 9 Expected packet rate 12 Watchdog time out action 0000 hexadecimal 13 Produced connection path length 0000 hexadecimal 14 Produced connection path No 15 Consumed connection path length 0000 hexadecimal 16 Consumed connection path No 17 Production inhibit time 05 DeviceNet service Reset 0000 hexadecimal Parameter option Get_Attribute_Single 10 Set_Attribute_Single Note The number of bytes in the specified Read Area Input Area is as follows Produced connection size PLC Object 0x2F Object class Attribute Read Area bytes default 0200 hexadecimal Not supported Service Object instance 1 CIO Area 1 IR 000 to IR 235 See note Not supported Service DeviceNet service 1C Block String Read Parameter option Logical Area Address Length 1D Block String N Read Logical Area Address Length 1E Block String Write Logical Area Address 1F Block String N Write Logical Area Address Object instance 2 CIO Area 2 IR 300 to IR 511 See note Service 1C Block String Read Logical Area Address Length
214. described in the operation manuals Before using the product under conditions which are not described in the manual or applying the product to nuclear control systems railroad systems aviation systems vehicles combustion systems medical equipment amuse ment machines safety equipment and other systems machines and equip ment that may have a serious influence on lives and property if used improperly consult your OMRON representative Make sure that the ratings and performance characteristics of the product are sufficient for the systems machines and equipment and be sure to provide the systems machines and equipment with double safety mechanisms This manual provides information for programming and operating OMRON PLC Systems Be sure to read this manual before attempting to use the soft ware and keep this manual close at hand for reference during operation It is extremely important that a PLC System and all PLC Units be used for the specified purpose and under the specified conditions especially in applica tions that can directly or indirectly affect human life You must consult with your OMRON representative before applying a PLC System to the abovemen tioned applications Safety Precautions NWARNING N WARNING Never attempt to disassemble any Units while power is being supplied Doing so result in serious electrical shock or electrocution Never touch any of the terminals while power is being supplied D
215. displays to mean Programmable Controller Visual Aids The following headings appear in the left column of the manual to help you locate different types of information Note Indicates information of particular interest for efficient and convenient opera tion of the product 1 2 3 1 Indicates lists of one sort or another such as procedures checklists etc Trademarks and Copyrights COMBICON is a registered trademark of Phoenix Contact GmbH amp Co DeviceNet is a registered trademark of the Open DeviceNet Vendor Association Inc PowerTap is a registered trademark of the Allen Bradley Company Inc O OMRON 1998 rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means mechanical electronic photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of OMRON No patent liability is assumed with respect to the use of the information contained herein Moreover because OMRON is con stantly striving to improve its high quality products the information contained in this manual is subject to change without notice Every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this manual Nevertheless OMRON assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information contained in this publication TABLE OF CONTENTS PRECAUTIONS 5334293994143 Eaa
216. e 1 O Ter minal Internal circuits power supply Oo o 8 8S E E E 2 e o o x 3 B Sg a a a 2 wire sensor 3 wire sensor with Solenoid Solenoid e g limit switch NPN output valve etc valve etc photoelectric or proximity sensor 79 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks Section 4 4 The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 MD16T 1 Remote I O Terminal 15029 Internal circuits power supply 2 wire sensor 3 wire sensor with Solenoid Solenoid e g limit switch PNP output valve etc valve etc photoelectric or proximity sensor Note 1 V1 is not connected internally to V2 and G1 is not connected internally to G2 Connect them carefully 2 When using inductive loads such as solenoids or valves use a load with a built in diode to absorb reverse power or attach a diode externally 3 Line colors have been changed accompanying changes in JIS standards for photoelectric and proximity sensors Previous colors are given in paren theses Dimensions The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1 MD16T and DRT1 MD16T 1 Remote I O Terminals All dimensions are in mm 83 Mounting holes a Values in parentheses are reference values 400 2 Two 4 2 dia or M4 170 0 2 Note The circuit section can be removed by loosening the circuit removal screws
217. e Area Default Settings J O Link Executing Turns ON when an incorrect switch set ting or an error in EEPROM is detected Read Write Area Settings Normal Completion Read Write Area Settings Error Completion Turns OFF when the PLC or C200H Link Unit is restarted Node Address Duplication Bus Off Error Flag Turns ON when the same node address is set for more than one Unit or a Bus Off communications are halted by many communications errors error is detected Turns OFF when the PLC or C200H I O Link Unit is restarted PLC Mounting Error Flag Turns ON when a PLC mounting error is detected When another Communica tions Unit is mounted to the same PLC and its Read Write Area settings are set to default Turns OFF when the Read Write Area is set to user settings and the C200H I O Link Unit is restarted Network Power Supply Error Flag Turns ON when power OFF is detected in the DeviceNet Network Turns OFF when the communications power supply returns to a normal volt age Communications Error Flag Turns ON when a DeviceNet communi cations error is detected Turns OFF when communications return to normal Hold Clear Write Area Data for Communications Error Flag Turns ON when the Unit is restarted after pin 3 on the front panel DIP switch has been set to ON Hold Turns OFF when the Unit is restarted after pin 3 on the front panel DIP switch has been se
218. e ID values for port 2 The new set values will become effective if the PORT RESET command is sent or the RS 232C Unit is restarted after the command is completely normally Reads the parameters set for the RS 232C port If the PARAMETER SET command has not been sent or the RS 232C Unit has not been reset this command will read the previously set parameters not the new settings The RS 232C port will also operate according to the previous settings Command Block OE 00 94 00 01 Class ID Instance ID Service Code Attribute Destination ID node address Response Block of received Service Set values bytes code Source node address Parameters Attribute ID Command Specifies the Attribute ID for reading the set values For details on what to specify see PARAMETER SET on page 272 It is also possible to specify all parameters at once Port 1 64 Hex Port 2 6B Hex Set Values Response Reads the values that are set in Attribute ID and stores them For details on the meaning of the stored values see PARAMETER SET on page 272 275 RS 232C Units INITIALIZE PARAMETERS RS 232C DATA SEND 276 Note Section 6 2 Initializes the parameters for the RS 232C Unit Command Block 05 00 94 00 01 Class ID Instance ID Service Code Destination node address Response Block No of received Service co
219. e address is set with pins 1 through 6 of the Slave s DIP switch Any node address within the setting range can be used as long as it isn t already set on another node DIP switch setting Node address Pin 5 Pin4 Pin3 Pin2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 default 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 2 1 1 1 1 0 1 61 1 1 1 1 1 0 62 1 1 1 1 1 1 63 0 OFF 1 ON Note 1 Refer to Appendix A Node Address Settings Table for a complete table of DIP switch settings 2 The Slave won t be able to participate in communications if the same node address is used for the Master or another Slave node node address dupli cation error Baud Rate Setting Pins 7 and 8 are used to set the baud rate as shown in the following table These pins are factory set to OFF 125 kbps default 250 kbps 500 kbps Not allowed Note 1 Always turn OFF the Slave s power supply including the communications power supply before changing the baud rate setting 2 Setthe same baud rate on all of the nodes Master and Slaves in the Net work Any Slaves with baud rates different from the Master s rate won t be able to participate in communications Furthermore a node with an incor rect baud rate may cause communications errors between nodes with cor rect baud rate settings 4 8 2 Analog Input Terminals DRT1 AD04 and DRT1 AD04H Specifications General Specifications Specification DRT1 AD
220. e of the PLC beginning with IR 173 COMI I O Link Unit Section 4 10 001 for inputs and IR 100 for outputs The following diagram shows a word allocation example COMI PS Power supply unit T v rT CPU CPU Unit IN Input Unit Terminals 1516 16 16 OUT Output Unit M DRT I O Link Unit Word allocation IR 000 IR 001 IR 002 IR 100 Inputs From the Master s output area Outputs To the Master s 4 input area Dimensions The following diagram shows the dimensions for the CQM1 DRT21 I O Link Unit Refer to the PLC s Installation Guide for the dimensions of the Unit when itis mounted to the Backplane All dimensions are in mm With the cover removed 4 10 3 Mounting to Control Panels The CQM1 I O Link Unit is assembled with the rest of the Units in the CQM1 PLC for use as one assembled PLC The 1 I O Link Unit is connected to the PLC just like any other PLC Unit Refer to the operation manual for the PLC for details Note No internal power I O power or I O wiring is required for the CQM1 I O Link Unit because it uses internal I O bits in the CPU Unit to communicate with the master 174 SECTION 5 Environment resistive and Waterproof Slaves This section provides specifications and describes the components indicators switch settings and other aspects of Environment resistive Slaves 5 1 Environment resistive Slave Specifications
221. e resistance 1 5 Vp p pulse width 0 1 to 1 us rise time 1 ns pulse at star tup by noise simulator Vibration resistance 10 to 150 Hz double amplitude 1 0 mm or 70 m s Shock resistance 200 m s Dielectric strength 500 V AC between insulated circuits Insulation resistance 20 MO min between insulated circuits Ambient temperature Operating 10 to 55 Storage 20 to 65 C Ambient humidity 2596 to 8596 Ambient environ No corrosive gases ment Degree of protection DRT1 LIDLILIC 1 IP66 DRT1 LIDUILICL 1 IP67 DRT1 B7AC IP66 Mounting method For Slaves with IP66 protection M4 screws front panel 5 screws rear panel For Slaves with IP67 protection M5 screws for both front and rear panel Mounting strength 100 N Communications 100N connector strength Screw tightening Round connector communications connectors power supply torque 1 0 0 39 to 0 49 N m For Slaves with IP66 protection M4 mounting unit from front panel 0 6 to 1 18 N m M5 mounting unit from rear panel 1 47 to 1 96 N m For Slaves with IP67 protection M5 mounting unit from front panel 1 47 to 1 96 N m M5 mounting unit from rear panel 1 47 to 1 96 N m 5 1 1 Current Consumption Weight Degree of Protection The power consumption weight and degree of protection of Environment resistive Slaves are shown below Communications Internal Pow
222. e this section for refer ence when planning operations that require precise I O timing The equations provided here are valid under the following conditions The Master Unit is operating with the scan list enabled All of the required Slaves are participating in communications No errors are being indicated at the Master Unit Messages are not being produced in the Network from another company s configurator for example PON gt The values provided by these equations may not be accurate if another com pany s Master or Slave is being used in the Network 7 1 1 10 Response Time CV series PLCs Asynchronous Mode 300 The I O response time is the time it takes from the reception of an input signal at an Input Slave to the output of the corresponding output signal at an Output Slave The following timing charts show the minimum and maximum I O response times of the DeviceNet Network for a CV series PLC operating in asynchro nous mode Minimum I O Response Time The minimum I O response time occurs when the DeviceNet Master Unit refreshing is executed just after the input signal is received by the Master and instruction execution is completed within one peripheral servicing cycle Instruction execution cycle time PLC cycle Instruction instruction execution cycle execution PLC cycle peripheral servicing cycle Peripheral servicing cycle time Master Unit processing
223. e used the scan lists are automatically created and registered using the software switches The scan list is enabled as soon as it is registered and I O communications start according to the scan list The registered scan lists can be cleared using the software switches If scan lists are not enabled operation will be performed on the DeviceNet network according to fixed allocations but the Master will not be able to rec ognize errors Always enable the scan lists during normal operation The method of creating and registering scan lists for fixed allocation using Programming Console is explained here For details on operating the Periph eral Device refer to the Operation Manual for the Peripheral Device being used with the PLC For details on creating scan lists refer to the operation manual for the Master Unit For fixed allocations the PLC s Peripheral Device is used to operate the Master Unit s software switches monitor the Status Areas Master Status Area 1 and Registered Slave Data Area and create and register scan lists 21 Starting Communications Section 2 4 Creating and Registering Scan Lists Use the following procedure to create register and enable the scan lists The following procedure shows how to clear scan lists CLR eC EC Switch the operating mode switch to PROGRAM mode Display the initial screen Monitor IR 100 software switches Turn ON bit 01 Scan List Clear Bit Monitor IR
224. e with an incor rect baud rate may cause communications errors between nodes with cor rect baud rate settings 4 9 2 Temperature Input Terminals DRT1 TSO4T and DRT1 TSO4P Specifications General Specifications Item Specification Model DRT1 TSO4T DRT1 TS04P Input type Thermocouple input Resistance temperature sensor input Input points 4 points allocated four words in the Master Unit Communications power 11 to 25 V DC supplied from the communications con supply voltage nector Internal power supply volt 20 4 to 26 4 V DC 24 V DC 15 to 10 age Current consumption Communications 30 mA max Internal circuit 130 mA max Noise immunity 1 5 kVp p pulse width 0 1 to 1 us pulse rise time 1 ns via noise simulator Vibration resistance 10 to 55 Hz 1 0 mm double amplitude 158 Temperature Input Terminals Section 4 9 Note Item Shock resistance Specification 200 m s Dielectric strength 500 V AC for 1 min between insulated circuits Insulation resistance 20 min at 250 V DC between insulated circuits Ambient operating temper ature 0 to 55 Ambient operating humidity 35 to 85 with no condensation Ambient operating environ ment No corrosive gases Ambient storage tempera ture 25 to 65 Mounting method M4 screw mounting or 35 mm DIN track mounting Mounting strength 50 N 10 N min i
225. e written to the specified area and words from word H leftmost byte bits 08 to 15 to word L rightmost byte bits 00 to 07 No of Received Bytes Response The number of bytes received from the source node address is returned in hexadecimal Source Node Address Response The node address of the C200H I O Link Unit that returned the response is returned in hexadecimal Actual addresses for Address H and Address L and actual number of words to be written differ according to the model of PLC to which the C200H I O Link 249 200 1 0 Link Units Section 6 1 Unit is mounted and the memory area Be sure to specify bytes within the data area range Error Response When there is an error in the explicit command the C200H I O Link Unit will return an error response as illustrated below Response Block FF Additional error code cope error FF Hex fixed Source node address No of received bytes Parameters No of Received Bytes Response The number of bytes received from the source node address is returned in hexadecimal Source Node Address Response The node address of the C200H I O Link Unit that returned the response is returned in hexadecimal General Error Code Response The error code is returned in single byte 2 digit hexadecimal as shown in the following table Error code Details Service not supported There is an error in the service code Too much data There is too much da
226. eceived bytes data length after DM 2003 42 bytes DM 2003 Slave node address 2 BYTE DATA READ response service code 9C Hex DM 2004 to ju Data read from the Slave s IR 010 to IR 029 DM 2023 When the BYTE DATA READ command is used from an OMRON Master data is stored in the Master in the same sequence as the Slave leftmost byte to rightmost byte In the following example the IOWR instruction is used to write data to words IR 010 to IR 029 20 words on the Slave Unit from the Master C200HX HG HE PLCs For more detailed information on explicit messages refer to the DeviceNet Master Unit Operation Manual or for information on the IOWR instruction refer to the SYSMAC C200HX HG HE PLCs Operation Manual Example Conditions Master node address 63 Master s Unit address 0 Slave node address 2 Example Using IOWR LIOR C S C Control Words C First Control Word Word Contents Hex weaning C FE Master s node address 63 Master s Unit address FE Hex C200H I O Link Units Section 6 1 Source Words S First Source Word Contents Hex Meaning Response storage words DM2000 82 Hex DM Area 0700 Hex 2000 words For more detail refer to the PLC Operation Manual Response monitoring time 10 s No of bytes of command data 50 bytes No of bytes from S 4 onwards EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command code 28 01 Hex Slave node address 2 B
227. ector 0 to 9 Word m 0 bits 00 to 09 Input connector 0 to 5 Word m 0 bits 10 to 15 Input connector 6 to 9 Word m 1 bits 00 to 03 Input connector 0 to 9 Word m 1 bits 04 to 13 Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Inputs for B7AC Unit Inputs for B7AC Unit connected to port B connected to port A Wd m 0 F rF 4 4 1 t F F 4 4 4 F F F 7 74 74 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Inputs for B7AC Unit Inputs for B7AC Unit a ERR connected to port C connected to port B Wd MFI ndir pee pos te Seo he Ser 2 1 9 8 7 6 54 32 1 0 9 8 7 6 1 Bit 14 of word m 1 is the B7AC Communications Error Flag for the B7AC Interface Unit This flag will be turned ON if there is a communications error in any one of the ports set to send error signal in pins 6 to 8 of DIP switch 2 The flag will be reset to 0 automatically when the communications error is resolved 7 Interface Units Note Section 5 5 2 This bit is always 0 OFF Allocation Example When the Master Unit is mounted in a 200 PLC and fixed alloca tion is used for DeviceNet IR area words IR 350 through IR 399 are allocated to inputs from Slaves with node addresses 0 through 49 If the B7AC Interface Unit s node address is set to 01 the first allocated word m 0 will be IR 351 Ports A B and C will be allocated the following bits Po
228. eeds 1 2 A the power supply should not be input through the terminals an external power supply must be used instead Dimensions The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1 OD08 and DRT1 OD08 1 Remote Output Terminals All dimensions are in mm Approx 73 With connector attached IE TTT ee Mounting holes Two 4 2 dia or M4 40 115 0 3 i 52 Transistor Remote I O Terminals Section 4 3 4 3 5 Transistor Remote Output Terminals with 16 Points DRT1 OD16 NPN and DRT1 OD16 1 PNP Output Specifications Item Specification Model DRT1 OD16 DRT1 OD16 1 Internal I O common NPN PNP Output points 16 points Rated output current 0 3 A point 2 4 A common Residual voltage 1 2 V max at 0 3 A between each output termi nal and G 1 2 V max at 0 3 A between each output termi nal and V Leakage current 0 1 mA max ON delay time 0 5 ms max OFF delay time 1 5 ms max Number of circuits 16 points with one common Components of the DRT1 OD16 and DRT1 OD16 1 Output indicators DIN track mounting hooks Communications connector DIP switch Refer to page 40 Pins 1 to 6 Node address setting Pins 7 and 8 Baud rate settin Pin 9 Reserved Always OFF Pin 10 Hold Clear outputs for communications error Terminal block DeviceNet Indicators Refer to page 312 Indi
229. efresh area type 69 Input refresh address Item DeviceNet service Parameter option Object instance 1 Service OEGet Attribute Single No current value O1Set Attribute Single No ID content Set write Object instance 2 Attribute 64 Output refresh bytes set value 65 Output refresh area type 66 Output refresh address 67 Input refresh bytes 68 Input refresh area type 69 Input refresh address 338 Using Another Company s Master Unit Appendix B DeviceNet service OE Get_Attribute_Single 10 Set_Attribute_Single 01 Get_Attribute_All 02 Set Attribute All Item Object instance 2 Service set value Parameter option Note The refresh areas are divided as follows C200HX HG HE ZE CS1H G CIO Area 1 IR 000 to IR 235 CIO Area 1 CIO 000 to CIO 235 CIO Area 2 IR 300 to IR 511 CIO Area 2 CIO 300 to CIO 511 DM Area DM 0000 to DM 6143 Data Memory Area D0000 to D6143 LR Area LR 00 to LR 63 No equivalent HR Area HR 00 to HR 99 Holding Area H000 to H099 AR Area AR 00 to AR 27 Holding Area H100 to H127 H101 is not allowed TC Area TC 00 to TC 511 Timer PV Area T000 to T511 EM or E Area Only valid with PLC s equipped with Extended Data Memory Bank 0 only Note Device Profile for the RS 232C Unit General data Compatible DeviceNet Specifications Volume Release 2 0
230. egistered in the scan list Device Profiles for Regular and Environment resistive Slaves The following device profiles contains more detailed DeviceNet specifications for General purpose and Envi ronment resistive Slaves if more information needs to be registered in the scan list General data Compatible DeviceNet Specifications Volume Release 1 3 Volume Il Release 1 3 See note Header name OMRON Corporation Header ID 47 Device protocol name Slaves Generic Protocol number 0 Manufacturer catalog number W347 Manufacturer revision 1 0 325 Using Another Company s Master Unit Physical conform ance data Network current consumption Appendix B 40 mA max 24 V DC for the following Units CQM1 DRT21 DRT1 HD16S DRT1 ND16S and DRT1 OD08CL 30 mA max 24 V DC for the following Units DRT 1 IDO8 1 DRT1 ID16 1 DRT1 OD08 1 DRT1 OD16 1 DRT1 ID16T 1 DRT1 OD16T 1 DRT1 MD16T 1 DRT1 WD16C 1 DRT1 MD16C 1 DRT1 ID16X 1 DRT1 OD16X 1 DRT1 AD04 DRT1 ADO4H DRT1 DA02 DRT1 IDO8CL 1 DRT1 IDO8C DRT1 HD16C 1 DRT1 TS04T and DRT1 TSO4P 25 mA max 24 V DC for the following Units DRT1 MD16 and DRT1 IDO4CL 1 50 mA max 24 V DC for the following Units DRT1 ID16TA 1 DRT1 OD16TA 1 DRT1 MD16TA 1 and DRT1 ID32ML 1 90 mA max 24 V DC for the following Unit DRT1 OD32ML 1 70 mA max 24 V
231. en each input terminal and Vcc the external sensor power supply OFF current 1 0 mA max Input current 10 mA max point ON delay time 1 0 ms max OFF delay time 1 5 ms max 125 Sensor Terminals Section 4 7 Components DeviceNet Indicators Refer to page 312 Power supply terminals I O indicators Indicate the status of each contact Lit when the input or output is ON Word address Indicates the word which the sensor uses connectors Connect the special connectors from the sensors here The special connectors are attached to the sensor s cable DIN track mounting hooks Communications connector DIP switch Refer to page 40 Pins 1 to 6 Node address setting Pins 7 and 8 Baud rate setting Pin 9 and 10 Reserved Always OFF 126 Sensor Terminals Section 4 7 Internal Circuits The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 HD16S Sensor Terminal Wiring V CAN H DRAIN CANL y Non isolated Jz IN A power supply M E E IN B Terminals for 9 v one sensor Internal circuitry SOURCE 24V DC Isolated F power 24V DC Terminal Arrangement and Wiring for the Sensor Terminal s Connector IN A inputs IN B inputs Voc V external sensor power supply terminal GND G external sensor power supply te
232. ended Power Supply Units are as follows S82K 05024 OMRON or equivalent S82J L1524 OMRON or equivalent Source 24V DC L 2 j Internal power supply Note Always use crimp terminals for wiring Do not connect wires directly to the terminals Tighten terminal screws to a torque of 0 3 to 0 5 N m Use the following M3 crimp terminals 6 0 mm max 6 0 mm max O PON gt 286 RS 232C Units Section 6 2 RS 232C Connector Pin Arrangement Same for Ports 1 and 2 Signal name Signal direction RS 232C Unit lt External devices Not used Receive data Send data Not used Signal ground Not used Request send See note Can send See note Not used jo Oo O1 Note The CS signal is always checked Data will not be output if CS is not con nected Short circuit the RS CS signals when they are not used A connection example using applicable connectors and recommended cables is provided below Refer to the following explanation when creating cables Applicable Connectors Plug XM2D 0901 OMRON 9 pin female or equivalent Hood XM2S 0913 OMRON 9 pin inch pitch screws or equivalent Recommended Cables UL2464 AWG28 x 5P IFS RVV SB UL product Fujikura AWG28 x 5P IFVV SB Non UL products Fujikura UL2464 SB 5P x AWG28 UL product Hitachi CO MA VV SB 5P x AWG28 Non UL product Hitachi Co
233. ensors or valves with round water proof connectors can be easily con nected with no tools Available in 4 point or 8 point models with transistor inputs or outputs DRT1 CL 1 IP67 B7AC Interface Unit Input Interface Unit that conforms to IP66 for spatter water and oil resistance Provides three FA connector ports for the B7A for 10 input points on each of 3 ports Remote Adapters e Used in combination with G70D and other I O Blocks to handle relay out puts power MOS FET Relay outputs etc Available in 16 point models with transistor inputs or outputs I O Link Units e More than one I O Link Unit can be mounted to a CQM1 PLC Link 16 inputs and 16 outputs between the PLC and the Master Unit Sensor Terminals Accept inputs from photoelectric and proximity sensors with connectors Available in 16 point input and 8 point input 8 point output models Output signals can be used for sensor teaching and external diagnosis Analog Input Terminals Convert analog inputs to binary Switchable between 2 and 4 input points using the DIP switch Handle inputs of 0 to 5 V 1 to 5 V O to 10 V 10 to 10 V 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA Overview of DeviceNet Section 1 1 Analog Output Terminals Convert binary data to analog outputs Provides outputs of 1 to 5 V 0 to 10 V 10 to 10 V 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20mA Available in models with a resoluti
234. ep down G2 v2 DC DC Photo converter coupler Isolated on 0to7 1 0 G2 Wiring The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 MD16TA Remote I O Terminal 2 wire sensor 3 wire sensor with Solenoid Solenoid e g limit switch NPN output valve etc valve etc photoelectric or proximity sensor 83 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks Section 4 4 The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 MD16TA 1 Remote I O Terminal o ODDO Brown white Blue black 2 wire sensor 3 wire sensor with Solenoid Solenoid e g limit switch PNP output valve etc valve etc photoelectric or proximity sensor Note 1 V1is not connected internally to V2 and G1 is not connected internally to G2 Connect them carefully 2 When using inductive loads such as solenoids or valves use a load with a built in diode to absorb reverse power or attach a diode externally 3 Line colors have been changed accompanying changes in JIS standards for photoelectric and proximity sensors Previous colors are given in paren theses Dimensions The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1 MD16TA and DRT1 MD16TA 1 Remote I O Terminals All dimensions are in mm 180 Sf 83 Mounting holes p Values in parentheses are reference values
235. equired fold the back over the connector and insert and lock a strain relief in place 4 Connect the MIL Connector to a Remote I O Terminal with a Connector Using Loose Wires with Use the following parts to prepare cables The Socket used depends on the Pressure welded wire size Connectors Part Cable wire size AWG24 Cable wire size AWG26 to 26 Socket XG5M 4032 N XG5M 4035 N Semi cover XG5S 2001 See note 1 Hood Cover XG5S 5022 See note 2 Note 1 Two Semi covers are required for each connector 110 Remote Adapters Section 4 6 2 A multi drop DeviceNet Connector cannot be used if the Hood Cover is used Refer to the PCB Relays Catalog X33 for details on the XG5 Loose Wire Pressure welded Connectors 4 6 Remote Adapters 4 6 1 Node Address Baud Rate and Output Hold Clear Settings This section describes the Slaves node address setting baud rate settings and hold clear outputs for communications error setting These settings are made using the following pins on the DIP switch Node address setting Pins 1 through 6 Baud rate setting Pins 7 and 8 Output hold clear setting Pin 10 affects only outputs AAA AAA ABBE 12345678910 Output hold clear setting for communications errors for outputs Node address setting Reserved Always OFF Baud rate setting Node Address Settings Each Slave s node address is set with pins 1 through 6 of the Slave s DIP s
236. er Supplies and I O Lines The internal circuit power supplies and I O lines are all wired to screw ter minals Connect M3 crimp terminals and then connect them to the terminal block Tighten the screws fixing the crimp terminals to a torque of 0 3 to 0 5 Nm 6 0mm max mm max C 156 Temperature Input Terminals Section 4 9 Wiring the Internal Power Refer to the wiring details for each Slave for information on the terminal Supply arrangement at the terminal block The following example shows the internal power supply fora DRT1 AD04 Analog Input Terminal OMRON DRT1 AD04 ANALOG TERMINAL O Lr mmmmmmmmm iG Wiring I O Refer to the wiring details for each Slave for information on the terminal arrangement at the terminal block and external I O wiring The following example shows the wiring to input 0 on a DRT1 AD04 Analog Input Terminal ol OMRON DRT1 AD04 ANALOG TERMINAL L3 r3 BemmmmmEES t 4 9 Temperature Input Terminals 4 9 1 Address and Baud Rate Settings This section describes the Slaves node address setting baud rate settings and hold clear outputs for communications error setting These settings are made using the following pins on the DIP switch Node address setting Pins 1 through 6 Baud rate setting Pins 7 and 8 Slave specific setting Pins 9 and 10 Refer to the descriptions of individual Slaves BEBEEEBEBB
237. er Unit The data that is read is stored in the response storage words DM 0104 to DM 0113 Ladder Program 25315 BSET 71 Clears the response storage words DM 0100 to DM 0113 when the program starts or data reading starts Q MOV 21 8200 DM0000 Response storage word DM 0100 MOV 21 82 Hex DM 0064 Hex word 100 00 Hex Word data 5 olo DM0001 Response monitoring time 10 s MOV 21 Number of command data bytes 12 bytes MOV 21 EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command code FINS MOV 2801 Hex 21 2801 Slave node address 07 em BYTE DATA READ command service code 1C Hex z z 2 8 2 E 8 8 a Oo 21 257 C200H I O Link Units Section 6 1 MOV 21 002F DM0006 MOV 21 0003 DM0007 MOV 21 E803 DM0008 MOV 21 1400 DM0009 00000 DIFU 13 00001 03000 10112 I DM0000 0010 Class ID 2F Hex Instance ID DM Area 03 Hex First read address 03 8 Hex word 1000 Number of bytes read 20 bytes 10 words When IR 00000 turns ON IR 00001 will turn ON for one cycle as a differentiated bit When differentiated bit IR 00001 turns ON the sequen tial processing control bit IR 03000 will turn ON When IR 03000 turns ON the CPU Unit will check that IR 10112 Unit number 0 Master s Message Commu nications Execution Enabled Flag is ON
238. er Weight Degree of Power Supply Supply current Protection current DRT1 IDO4CL 1 25 mA max See note DRT1 IDO8C 30 mA max 50 mA max DRT1 IDO8CL 1 30 mA max See note DRT1 HD16C 1 30 mA max 50 mA max 176 Connecting Communications Cables to Environment resistive Slaves Section 5 2 Model Communications Internal Power Weight Degree of Power Supply Supply current Protection current DRT1 OD04CL 1 35 mA max See note 180 g max IP67 DRT1 OD08C 30 mA max 50 mA max 585 g max IP66 DRT1 ODO08CL 1 40 mA max See note 240 g max 1 67 DRT1 WD16C 1 30 mA max 60 mA max 590 g max IP66 DRT1 MD16C 1 30 mA max 50 mA max 590 g max 1 66 DRT1 B7AC 70 mA max 500 mA max 500 g max IP66 Note In these Slaves the internal power supply shares the communications power supply 5 2 Connecting Communications Cables to Environment resistive Slaves Communications cables are connected to Environment resistive Slaves Waterproof Terminals Environment resistive Transistor Terminals and B7AC Interface Units using round shielded connectors Thin communications cable is used with the round shielded connectors so the cable characteristics such as the power supply wiring limitations due to voltage drop over distance are the same as regular thin cable Slaves that use the regular square connectors can also be connected to the Master Unit throu
239. er will be retained when a communications error occurs Pins 9 and 10 are factory set to OFF COMI I O Link Unit Section 4 10 4 10 2 CQM1 I O Link Unit CQM1 DRT21 Specifications The general specifications for the CQM1 DRT21 I O Link Unit conform to CQM1 specifications Model number CQM1 DRT21 Number of I O points 16 inputs 16 outputs 32 I O points total Compatible PLCs All CQM1 PLCs and all CQM1H PLCs Max number of Units 11 Units max with CQM1H CPU51 E 61 E PLCs 512 points max or CQM1H CPU11 E 21 E PLCs 256 points max 7 Units max with CQM 1 CPUAL EV1 PLCs 256 points max Connection to previous models CQM 1 CPUAL 1 5 Units max 192 points max CQM1 CPU11 E 21 E 3 Units max 128 points max Current consumption Communications power 40 mA max Internal circuits 80 mA max 5 V DC Weight 185 g max General Specifications Conform to SYSMAC COM specifications Components Indicators Refer to page 312 DIP switch Refer to page 40 Pins 1 to 6 Node address Pins 7 and 8 Baud rate Pin 9 Reserved Always OFF Pin 10 Hold Clear outputs for communications error PI Communications connector o o o oO CQM1 Word Allocation In the CQM1 PLCs an I O Link Unit is treated just like an I O Unit with one input word and one output word so word allocation is identical to a standard l O Unit Words are allocated from the left sid
240. es PLC Note If a CS series PLC is being used this example is applicable only when a CS series Master Unit is mounted Use the IOWR instruction when a C200HX HG HE or C200HS Master Unit is mounted In this case refer to the DeviceNet Master Unit Operation Manual for details on using the IOWR instruction For more detailed information on explicit messages refer to the DeviceNet Master Unit Operation Manual For information on the CMND instruction refer to the PLC s Operation Manual or Programming Manual Example Conditions Master node address 27 Slave network address 2 Slave node address 14 Example Using the CMND Instruction s D Command Words S First Command Word Contents Hex Meaning EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command code 28 01 Hex Slave node address 14 PARAMETER SET command service code 10 Hex Class ID 0094 Hex Instance ID 0001 Hex ALL PARAMETER SET Attribute ID 64 Hex 8 bits even parity 1 stop bit 06 Hex Header code delimiter code and flow control all enabled 00 Hex 1 200 bps 00 Hex Header code STX 02 Hex Delimiter code ETX 03 Hex No of bytes after delimiter 0 00 Hex D Response Words D First Response Word Results are stored as shown in the following table Word Contents Hex EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command code 28 01 Hex Response code 0000 Hex Normal completion 280 RS 232C Units Using
241. et Network including features specifications and the system configurations 1 1 Overview of DeviceNet 2 1 1 1 DeviceNet 2 1 I 2 Slaves ea eh Sei Jae ae 8 1 1 3 Slave Mounting and Connection Methods 11 Overview of DeviceNet Section 1 1 1 1 Overview of DeviceNet DeviceNet is a multi bit multi vendor network that combines controls and data on a machine line control level and that conforms to the DeviceNet open field network specifications DeviceNet has the following features 1 1 1 DeviceNet Features Multi vendor Network The DeviceNet conforms to the DeviceNet open field network specification which means that devices Masters and Slaves produced by other manufac turers can also be connected to the Network A wide range of field level appli cations can thus be supported by combining valve devices sensors and other devices OMRON Master Unit Master from other company DeviceNet Network OMRON Configurator OMRON Slaves Slave from other company Simultaneous Remote I O Remote I O communications to constantly exchange I O data between the and Message Services PLC and Slaves can be executed simultaneously with message communica tions to send receive Master Unit data as required by the application A DeviceNet Network can thus be installed to flexibly handle applications that require both bit da
242. ex 2801 Slave node address 08 MOV 21 PARAMETER SET command service code 10 Hex Class ID 94 Hex MOV 21 Instance ID 01 Hex MOV 21 0001 lt 289 RS 232C Units Section 6 2 25315 25315 290 MOV 21 8201 MOV 21 C200 DM0401 lt A MOV 21 0064 DM0402 MOV 21 0008 DM0403 MOV 21 2801 DMo404 MOV 21 0805 DMO0405 MOV 21 0094 DM0406 MOV 21 6408 DM0020 MOV 21 0103 DM0021 MOV 21 000D DM0022 MOV 21 0000 DM0023 MOV 21 6B03 DM0024 MOV 21 0401 lt Dv a MOV 21 0203 MOV 21 0000 lt lt o Dv N o Port 1 and 2 resetting common data Response storage words DM 0450 82 Hex DM 01C2 Hex word 450 00 Hex Word data Response monitoring time 10 s Number of command data bytes 8 bytes EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command code FINS 2801 Hex Slave node address 08 RS 232C PORT RESET command service code 05 Hex Class ID 94 Hex Port 1 parameter setting data ALL PARAMETER SET Attribute ID 64 Hex 8 bit data length no parity 1 stop bit 08 Hex Disabled header code enabled delimiter code enabled flow control 01 Hex 9 600 bps baud rate 03 Hex Delimiter code CR code 0D Hex Number of transmission bytes after delimiter 0 Port 2 parameter setting data ALL PARAMETER S
243. example shows Slave settings For details on how to set Slaves refer to SECTION 4 General purpose Slaves to SECTION 6 Special I O Slave Units Specifications C200HW DRM21 V1 Master Unit Node 00 C200HW DRT21 I O Link Unit Node 07 DRT1 ID16 Remote I O Terminal 16 transistor inputs Node 01 Y 12345678910 DRT1 OD16 Remote I O Terminal 16 transistor outputs Node 01 TPTLELLELIELI DP LE 12345678910 12245678910 DRT1 TSO4T Temperature Input Terminal with 4 inputs allocated 4 words Node 03 DRT1 232C2 RS 232C Unit allocated 1 input word Node 08 AR AWAR BABB 12345678910 DRT ID16 Remote I O Terminals Transistor Inputs Node Address 01 Baud Rate 125 kbps DRT OD16 Remote I O Terminals Transistor Outputs Node Address 02 Baud Rate 125 kbps Hold Clear Outputs for Communications Error Clear DRT1 TSO4T Temperature Input Terminals Node Address 03 Baud Rate 125 kbps Temperature Scale Display Mode for 2 Digits Below Decimal Point Normal mode C200HW DRT21 I O Link Units Node Address 07 Unit Number 0 Baud Rate 125 kbps Write Area Handling for Communications Error Clear DRT1 232C2 RS 232C Units Node Address 08 Baud Rate 125 kbps 17 Setting and Wiring Hardware Section 2 3 Mounting
244. f 100 ns to 1 us Internal power supply common 1 5 kV 10 min with pulse widths of 100 ns to 1 us Vibration resistance Malfunction 10 to 150 kHz single amplitude 0 5 mm or 70 m s Destruction 10 to 150 kHz single amplitude 0 75 mm or 100 m s Shock resistance Malfunction 200 m s Destruction 300 m s Ambient operating temperature 10 to 55 C 217 7 Interface Units Section 5 5 Item Specification Ambient operating 25 to 85 with no condensation humidity Degree of protection IP66 Mounting method M5 screws Mounting strength 100 N for 10s Communications connector strength 100 N pull for 10 s Weight Communications S Approx 500 g max pecifications with B7AC series Units Item Specification Number of ports 3 ports for communications with B7AC Link Terminal Units Round shielded connectors Number of I O points 30 inputs 10 inputs port x 3 ports Communications method Split multiplex transmission in one direction Transmission delay Standard 19 2 ms typical 31 ms max High speed 3 ms typical 5 ms max Communications path 0 5 mm cable 1 A current max on lines Communications dis tance With standard transmission delay 50 m max Components of the DRT1 B7AC DIP switch 1 Pins 1 to 6 Node address setting Pins 7 and 8 Baud rate setting Refer to page 215
245. f error Flashing Connection Time out Communications timeout OFF Not Powered Not On Line Checking for node address duplication on the Master switch set tings are incorrect or the power supply is OFF Seven Segment Display In addition to the MS and NS indicators a C200H I O Link Unit has a 2 digit 7 segment display that normally displays the C200H I O Link Unit s node address When an error occurs the display will alternate between the error code and the node address of the faulty Slave The dots at the lower right of each digit indicate the Read Write Area setting status default user settings Normal C200H I O Link Unit s node address 7 Error Error code and 200 Link Unit s node address Read Write Area Default user settings Status Display Watchdog timer Not lit Memory or system Error code only error Other errors Lit Error code and error node address alternate see diagram below 233 200 1 0 Link Units Section 6 1 Dot Indicators Display Read Write Area default settings Both dots lit Read Write Area user settings Both dots not lit OFF 03 sou gt s OFF 0 3 s Error code Error code i x ens OFF 0 3 s Faulty node OFF 0 3 s address 1 s If several errors occur at the same time the error codes will be displayed in order of node address 6 1 6 Rotary Switch Settings The rotary switch is
246. for each Slave and refresh time are explained in this section All of these are necessary for calcu lating the time required for various processes in a DeviceNet Network Communications Cycle The communications cycle time is the time from the completion of a Slave s Time remote I O communications processing until remote I O communications with the same Slave are processed again The communications cycle time is used to calculate the maximum I O response time The communications cycle time depends on the number of Masters on the Network and on whether or not message communications are being per formed The following equations are valid when there is only one Master Unit For details on cycle time equations for multiple Master Units refer to page 307 One Master in Network The following equations show the communications cycle time Tray when there is only one Master in the Network Even if the equation result is less than 2 ms the minimum communications cycle time Tg is 2 ms 305 Remote I O Communications Characteristics Section 7 1 X Communications time for each Slave MULTIPLE I O TERMINAL processing time 4 Explicit messages processing time 0 01 xN 1 0 ms Communications time for each Slave Time required for each Slave Y Communications time for each Slave is the total of the processing time of each Slave in the network MULTIPLE I O TERMINAL processing time 3 5 ms Only when Slaves with input output
247. for performed Fac be OFF details tory setting Averaging is per formed Factory settings Note Always turn OFF the Slave s power supply including the communications power supply before changing any settings Rotary Switch Setting Set the input signal range for each input with the rotary switch Inputs 0 and 2 share the same signal range as do inputs 1 and 3 The voltage input current input selection is carried out by connecting the V terminal to the I terminal Short circuit the V terminal and I terminal when inputting current Note Always turn OFF the Slave s power supply including the communications power supply before changing any settings DRT1 AD04 The following table shows the rotary switch settings and corresponding input signal range settings Signal range for inputs 0 and 2 Signal range for inputs 1 and 3 0 to 5 V or 0 to 20 mA 0 to 5 V or 0 to 20 mA 0 to 5 V or 0 to 20 mA 1 to 5 V or 4 to 20 mA 0 to 5 V or 0 to 20 mA Oto 10 V 0 to 5 V or 0 to 20 mA 10 to 10 V 1to 5Vor4to 20 mA 1to 5 V or 4 to 20 mA 1 to 5 V or 4 to 20 mA Oto 10 V 1to 5 V or 4 to 20 mA 10 to 10 V Oto 10 V Oto 10 V Oto 10 V 10 to 10 V 10 to 410 V 10 to 10 V 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 140 Analog I O Terminals Internal Circuits SOURCE 24V DC SOURCE 24V DC DRT1 AD04H Section 4 8 The following table shows the rotar
248. g diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1 ODO8CL and DRT1 ODO08CL 1 Waterproof Terminals All dimensions in mm 160 Oo Ow Os Qa O Ow Qo Ov Mounting holes Three 4 0 dia or M5 y E 150 0 2 1 5 4 6 Mounting in Control Panels Installation Direction Use screws to mount a Waterproof Terminal in a control panel These Termi nals cannot be mounted on a DIN Track Drill the mounting holes in the control panel according to the dimensions shown in the dimensions diagrams and secure the Terminal with M5 screws The appropriate tightening torque is 1 47 to 1 96 N m The Terminal can be mounted in any direction Any one of the following 6 directions is acceptable Vertical 5 4 7 Wiring Internal Power Supplies I O Power Supplies and I O Lines Wiring the Internal Power Supply and I O Power Supply The internal power supply shares the communications power supply so it isn t necessary to connect a separate internal power supply To provide the I O power supply connect the external power supply to the Ter minal with an XS2 series Round Waterproof Connector listed in the following table 213 Waterproof Terminals 1 67 Wiring 214 Note Note Section 5 4 Compatible Connectors Connector ode Cable with connectors on both ends socket and plug XS
249. ge output or current output to the Analog Output Terminal s terminal block as shown in the following dia gram Internal circuits Voltage output Current output power supply connection connection SOURCE WOW OOW l Internal circuits power supply External External device lt device um The Analog Output Terminal converts the digital output data to analog values The analog values depend on the output signal ranges as shown in the fol lowing diagrams 10 to 10 V Outputs The hexadecimal values 8BB8 to 0BB8 3000 to 3000 correspond to an analog voltage range of 10 to 10 V The entire output range is 11 to 11 V Voltage 8CE4 8BB8 3300 3000 0000 0 Converted data ov OBB8 4 7FFF 3000 3300 0 to 10 V Outputs The hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to 6000 correspond to an analog voltage range of 0 to 10 V The entire output range is 0 5 to 10 5 V Voltage FFFF 812C Converted 1770 189C ala 0000 0 6000 6300 FFF 153 Analog I O Terminals Section 4 8 1 to 5 V Outputs The hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 to 6000 correspond to an analog voltage range of 1 to 5 V The entire output range is 0 8 to 5 2 V Voltage 812C 0000 0 1770 189C SAMO 300 i 6000 6300 FFF Decimal 0 to 20 mA Outputs The hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 to 6000
250. gh a T branch Tap System with Slaves using Round Shielded Connectors Only DeviceNet Master Unit DCA1 5CNLILIH1 Cable DCA1 5CNLILIW1 Cable with shielded connector with shielded connectors on one end on both ends DCN2 1 shielded T branch Tap 1 DCN2 1 shielded 0952 1 Connector T hdd T branch connector with terminating Communications resistance power supply E Au XS2W D42L L181 A Cable with shielded socket on one end and plug on the other DCN2 1 shielded T branch connector Environment istive Terminal eae Sensor with i xs2w D420 081 A 20 attached Environment a AFN Cables with shielded ae connector resistive Terminal Esi Socket on ona end 19 xo ss and plug on the other C J Sensor with attached ini connector T joint 5 2 a Power XS2F D420 080 T 727 o Power Supply supply Cable with connector Cables carry power on one end for internal circuitry 177 Connecting Communications Cables to Environment resistive Slaves Section 5 2 System with Slaves using Round Shielded Connectors and Regular Square Connectors DeviceNet Master Unit DCA1 5CNUILIH1 Cable with shielded connector on one end T branch Tap DCN2 1 shielded T branch c
251. gle byte 2 digit hexadecimal The specified range is 01 to 64 Hex 1 to 100 in decimal No of received bytes Response The number of bytes received from the destination node address is returned in hexadecimal Source node address Response The node address of the C200H I O Link Unit that returned the response is returned in hexadecimal Read data Response The specified area type words and number of bytes of data are returned from word L rightmost byte bits 0 to 7 to word H leftmost byte bits 8 to 15 Note Actual addresses for Address H and Address L and actual number of bytes to be read differ according to the model of PLC to which the C200H I O Link Unit is mounted and the memory area Be sure to specify data bytes within the data area range WORD DATA WRITE will write data to any area of the CPU Unit of the PLC to which the C200H I O Link Unit is mounted Write data is specified from the rightmost byte to the leftmost byte Command Block F Word data Word data L Word data H Word data H Service code Address L Destination node address co ID Address H X Write data Maximum 200 bytes Response Block Service code Source node address of received bytes C200H 1 0 Link Units Note Section 6 1 Parameters Destination Node Address Command The node address of the C200H I O Link Unit writing the data in single byte 2 digit hexadecimal Service Co
252. ications Preparing the Units 1 2 3 1 Setting and Wiring Hardware 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 Starting Communications 1 2 3 1 2 3 Checking Operations 1 2 3 1 2 Select the appropriate Units Refer to page 15 Determine the appropriate wiring method Refer to page 15 Determine the appropriate method for supplying communications power Refer to page 15 Separate and lay the cables Mount the Master Unit and specify the correct settings Refer to page 16 Mount the Slave Units and specify the correct settings Refer to page 17 Mount other devices to be connected to the Network Refer to page 15 Connect the cables Refer to page 15 Wire the I O cables Refer to page 15 Create the I O tables Refer to page 20 Start up the system Refer to page 20 Create and register the scan list Refer to page 21 Check the status of the indicators on the Unit Refer to page 24 Check that data is reading and writing properly Refer to page 24 Note The examples provided in this section show the minimum settings to operate the system If details on other settings for actual operation are required refer the operation manual for the Master Unit For further details on Slave Units refer to SECTION 4 General purpose Slaves to SECTION 6 Special I O Slave Units Specifications 14 Preparations Section 2 2 2 1 2 System Configuration Example The following diagram shows the operating procedure using a system config ur
253. ient operating temp C 2 Remote I O Terminals with Connectors cannot be mounted to a control panel with just screws the SRT2 ATT02 Mounting Bracket B sold sepa rately must be used Mounting to DIN Track Mount the back of the Remote I O Terminal to a 35 mm DIN Track To mount the Terminal pull down on the mounting hook on the back of the Terminal with a screwdriver insert the DIN Track on the back of the Terminal and then secure the Terminal to the DIN Track When finished secure all Slaves on both ends of the DIN Track with End Plates Connecting End Plates Hook the bottom of the End Plate onto the DIN Track as shown at 1 in the following diagram then hook the top of the End Plate as shown at 2 End Plate Note Always attach End Plate to both ends of Slaves connected to DIN Track 104 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with Connectors Section 4 5 Mounting Perpendicular to A Remote I O Terminal with a Connector can be mounted perpendicular to a a Panel Using a Mounting panel by using the SRT2 ATT02 Mounting Bracket B sold separately Bracket Panel surface Mounted perpendicular to panel Mounting Bracket B Mounting Method Use the following procedure to mounted the Remote I O Terminal 1 2 3 1 Mount the SRT2 ATT02 Mounting Bracket B to the wall using two Phillip s screws as shown below Refer to page 107 for mounting dimensions 2 Mount the Remote I O Terminal to the Moun
254. ightmost Digits Sign Determin X 16 x16 x 16 Bits 15 14 13 12 11 to 8 7 t04 3100 Temperature conversion data Data 1 1 1 0 F F ttt To Rightmost F Error Data area Sign determination area Note 1 Data notification is provided in order from the leftmost digits to the right most When reading data with the program be sure to read it in that same order 2 Taking the Programmable Controller s cycle time and the communications time into consideration lower the reading cycle to 125 ms or less If the reading cycle exceeds 125 ms normal data cannot be read The following program is an example of using the Temperature Input Terminal in the display mode for 2 digits below the decimal point Settings Temperature Input Terminal s allocated words 350 to 353 Temperature Input Terminal s mode Two digits below decimal point DIP switch pin 10 ON Operation The temperature data from the Temperature Input Terminal s input O is stored in words 30 to 32 in binary data multiplied by 100 as shown below Sample Program for the DRT1 TSO4T and DRT1 TS04P 15 to 12 x16 11108 x16 16 x16 x16 x165 0 Fixed 0 Fixed 0 Fixed Temperature unit bit Broken wire bit The data in words 30 and 31 can be treated as 32 bit binary data 0 1 F 0 Normal 1 Error 167 Temperature Input Terminals Section 4 9
255. in at the end Crimp Terminals We recommend the following crimp terminals Phoenix Contact Al series Crimp Terminals Crimp Wire terminal Insert the line into the terminal and then crimp The following crimp tool is also available Phoenix Contact ZA3 Crimp Tool The OMRON XW4Z 00C Screwdriver is available for tightening the line set screws The end of the screwdriver has the following dimensions Side View Front View i 0 6 mm 3 5mm Supplying Communications Power Using T branch Taps Connect the V and V of the power lines to the connectors in the same way as for the communications cables If the communications power sup 36 Connecting Communications Cables to General purpose Slaves Section 4 2 ply is in one location only connect a shield to the connectors when fixing them and ground to 100 Q max T branch Tap or Power Supply Tap V le CAN H _ Communications Shield Communications power supply CANL cable chere a Ground 100 Q max FG V V Communications power supply Ground 100 max Power supply with cable grounded one location only 4 2 2 Connecting Communications Cables to the Nodes Align the node connector with the cable connector and fully insert the project ing part of the cable connector into the node connector Depending on the type of Slave used the connectors are secured with screws or a connecto
256. ing details for each Slave for information on the terminal arrangement at the terminal block The following example shows the internal power supply for a DRT1 HD16S Remote I O Terminal ol OMRON DRT1 HD16S SENSOR TERMINAL Lr CoO Ns The I O power supply and I O wiring are connected through the cables of the sensors and other external devices with cable connectors Assembling Cable Connectors Use the following information to connect the Cable Connectors to the cables on the sensors or other external devices Cable Connectors Cover Plug connector Confirming the Cable Connector and Cable Core Wire Size There are two models of Cable Connector that vary in the applicable cable core wire size Marking Applicable core wire size XS8A 0441 0 3 to 0 5 mm XS8A 0442 0 14 to 0 2 mm Confirm that the Cable Connector is the correct one for the core wire of the sensor or other external device Set the same baud rate on all of the nodes The plug connector of the Connector Cable is marked to identify it Preparing the Sensor or External Device Cable The cable from the sensor or external device with a connector output transis tor is normally either stripped or semi stripped Semi stripped Stripped es Bu Sensor Terminals Section 4 7 The wires cannot be connected in this condition Cut the stripped portion of wire off and then remove the sheath as shown
257. ing remains 2 ms point when the averaging function is enabled The first communications data after the power is turned ON will be output after averaging eight samples The open circuit detection function is activated when the input range is set to 1 to 5 V and the voltage drops below 0 8 V or when the input range is set to 4 to 20 mA and the current drops below 3 2 mA When the open circuit detec tion function is activated the converted data is set to FFFF for the DRT1 AD04 and 7FFF for the DRT1 ADO4H In addition with the DRT1 ADO4H the broken wire indicator lights when the open circuit detection function is acti vated The open circuit detection function is enabled or cleared at the same time as the conversion time If the input returns to the convertible range the open cir cuit detection is cleared automatically and the output returns to the normal range The converted data is transferred to the Master as shown in the following dia gram DRT1 AD04 14 13 12 1110 9 8 7 1 0 Bit eM mM Meum me c ILE JN sewage Not used when there are two input points At that time only two words occupied The sign bit is turned ON to indicate that the converted value is negative the converted value will be the absolute value not the two s complement 147 Analog I O Terminals Conversion Time 148 Section 4 8 Example When 300 is converted the sign bit bit 15 is set to 1 and 300 is outpu
258. ings can be made using the OMRON DeviceNet Configurator version 2 L or later When using a version earlier than 2 0 contact your local sales office before use Version information can be con firmed from the Help Menu 1 Connect a DeviceNet Configurator to the DeviceNet Network and go on line 2 Turn ON the power to the RS 232C Unit RS 232C Units Section 6 2 3 Locate the RS 232C Unit s icon in the Network Configuration window and double click the icon E Untitled DeviceNet Configurator Network Edit View Device EDS File Tools Option Help BKB 4 Hardware n 5 3 Vendor B OMRON Corporation 3 6 DeviceType iy AC Drives Communications Adapter 5 3G8F7 DRM 1 C200HW DRM 1 V1 C200HW DRT21 3 CPM2B S001 M DRT CPM2C S1000 DRT CPM2G S110C DRT 5 CS1W DRM21 OVMI DRM21 V1 DRTI COM WD30 M 21 19 Generic Device 1 1 The Device Parameters Editing Window Communications Settings pa rameter setting window will be displayed 4 Either double click on the Communications parameter that you want to change or select the desired parameter and press the Enter Key aadje inse Edit Device Parameters f Parameter Group fall parameters Parameter 1 0001 Port character format Dataz Parityz E
259. internal power supply XS2W D42L 81 Cables with shielded Socket on one end and plug on the oth n XS2R D427 5 Ie Power S2 XS2R D427 5 supply T joint T joint XS2F D42L 180 1 Cable with XS2W D42LHL181 L Cable shielded socket on one end with shielded socket on one end and plug on the other Note 1 Tighten the connector by hand to a torque of 0 39 to 0 49 N m If the con nector is not tightened sufficiently it will not provide the expected environ mental resistance and may come loose fro m vibration Do not use pliers or other tools to tighten the connectors because the tools may damage the connectors 2 The same I O power supply can be used for both input and output devices but the noise from the output devices may cause the input devices to mal function Use separate power supplies if possible Wiring Connect the I O Wiring to the Environment resistive Terminal with the XS2 series Round Waterproof Connectors listed in Compatible Connectors the following table Connector Model number Cable with connector on one end male plug XS2H D421 Cable with connectors on both ends socket and plug XS2W D42 Connector plug assembly male Crimp connector or solder type 198 XS2G D4 Environment resistive Terminals IP66 Section 5 3 Sensors that
260. ion method Photocoupler isolation between analog outputs and commu nications lines There is no isolation between analog output signals Components DeviceNet Indicators Refer to page 312 Rotary switch Sets the output ranges 150 DIN track mounting hooks Communications connector DIP switch Refer to page 40 Pins 1 to 6 Node address setting Pins 7 and 8 Baud rate setting Pins 9 and 10 Output status after communications error Terminal block Connect the internal circuits power supply and the analog outputs Analog I O Terminals Section 4 8 DIP Switch Settings The following diagram shows the functions of the DIP switch BEBBEHEEEEN 12345678910 Node address setting Ep Output status after communications error Baud rate The following table summarizes the DIP switch settings All pins are factory set to OFF Pin s Function Settings 1 through 6 Node address setting Refer to 4 8 7 Node Address and Baud Rate 7 and8 Baud rate Setting for details 9 and 10 Output status at com 10 Output munications error OFF Clear at Low see below See page 154 for Factory setting details ON Clear at High see below OFF Hold ON Hold Outputs for High and Low Clear Pins 9 and 10 of the DIP switch determine the status of the outputs after a communications error occurs in DeviceNet communications The following table shows the lower and upper limits
261. ions and outputs lit when output is ON Top panel Front panel Bottom panel Rotary switches Refer to page 87 Set the node address DIN track DIP switch Refer to page 87 mounting hooks Pins1 and 2 Baud rate setting Pin 3 Reserved Always OFF Communications Pin 4 Hold Clear outputs for communications error connector Output connector MIL Connects the 32 outputs via a MIL con nector The MIL cable is sold separately Output Indicators 10 to 115 Indicate the status of bits contacts 0 to 15 in word m Lit when output is ON not lit when output is OFF to 1115 Indicate the status of bits contacts 0 to 15 1 Lit when output is ON not lit when output is OFF Note is the first word allocated to the Remote Output Terminal 94 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with Connectors Section 4 5 Internal Circuits The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 OD32ML Remote Output Terminal V Voltage step down CANL ov DRAIN pons z yn CANH g 1 L 9 Output 0 to 7 V 99g Photo Cc 9 coupler 9G A 1 L 1 e Output 8 to 15 Photo T coupler The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 OD32ML 1 Remote Output Terminal V _ I e Output 0 to 7 oe 2 32 Hee 5 Voltage step down Output 8 to 15
262. ions cycle time See page 305 The PLC s instruction execution cycle time The PLC s peripheral servicing cycle time The 1 maximum I O response time Tmax is the total of the following terms Tin 2x Tptci 2 Tpico Tout Refer to SECTION 4 General purpose Slaves SECTION 5 Environment resistive and Waterproof Slaves and SECTION 6 Special I O Slave Units Specifications for details on Input and Output Slaves delay times Refer to Refresh Time on page 307 and the PLC s Operation Manual for details on the PLC s peripheral servicing cycle time Look under Asyn chronous Operation 301 Remote I O Communications Characteristics Section 7 1 CV series PLCs The following timing charts show the minimum and maximum I O response Synchronous Mode times of the DeviceNet Network for a CV series PLC operating in synchro nous mode Minimum I O Response Time The minimum I O response time occurs with the I O timing shown in the fol lowing diagram _ Cycle time Program Program Program execution J execution execution Peripheral Peripheral servicing servicing Master Unit processing i e TIN Trr iN Tprco TPLco Tout Tin The Input Slave s ON OFF delay Tout The Output Slave s ON OFF delay Input Slave s communications time Slave See page 306 TRr our Output Slave s communications time Slave See page
263. ircuit section can be removed by loosening the circuit removal screws Refer to Components of the DRT1 OD16T and DRT1 OD167T 1 Always turn OFF the communications internal and I O power supplies before removing or attaching the circuit section 4 4 5 Transistor Remote Output Terminals with 16 Points and 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks DRT1 OD16TA NPN and DRT1 OD16TA 1 PNP Output Specifications Item Model Specification DRT1 OD16TA DRT1 OD16TA 1 Internal I O common NPN PNP Output points 16 points Rated output current 0 5 A point Residual voltage 1 2 V max at 0 5 A between each output termi nal and G 1 2 V max at 0 5 A between each output termi nal and V Leakage current 0 1 mA max ON delay time 0 5 ms max OFF delay time 1 5 ms max Number of circuits 8 points 73 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks Section 4 4 Components of the DRT1 OD16TA and DRT1 OD16TA 1 Rotary switches Refer to page 62 Set the node address DIP switch Refer to page 62 Pins 1 and 2 Baud rate setting Pin 3 Reserved Always OFF Pin 4 Hold Clear outputs for communications error DeviceNet Indicators Output indicators Refer to page 312 Indicate the output status of each contact Lit when the output is ON omron onto REMOTE TERMIVAL
264. iring and restart being supplied normally the Unit The Unit s Read Write Area is set to default set 1 Check that the area address settings for the SYSMAC tings with other Communications Units con BUS Masters DeviceNet Masters and DeviceNet nected Slaves are not overlapping 2 Set the Read Write Area settings using bit 00 of the soft ware switches If the settings are overlapping intention ally the Unit will operate according to the Read Write Area settings after setting this bit 3 Restart the Unit The CPU Unit is mounted to a C200H or Remount the CPU Unit to a C200HE C200HG or C200HS PLC C200HX PLC and restart the PLC 316 Troubleshooting Section 8 2 Probable cause Internal non volatile memory data error Display Possible remedy 1 Set the Read Write Area settings using bit 00 of the soft ware switches 2 Restart the Unit 3 If the error is not cleared replace the Unit Duplicate node address error Reset the node address to a number that is not used by another Unit and restart the Unit Bus Off error 1 Check that the DeviceNet communications cables are wired connected and that noise preventative measures have been taken 2 Restart the Unit Master Unit baud rate setting error Make sure that the baud rate settings match and restart the Unit Front rear panel DIP switch setting error Pin 4 of front panel DIP switch is ON Pins 1 and 2 of front p
265. ironment resistive Terminals IP66 Section 5 3 Dimensions does not exceed 2 4 A If the total current exceeds 2 4 A the power must not be supplied from the connector it must be supplied externally instead 3 Wire colors in parentheses are the previous JIS colors for photoelectric and proximity sensors The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1 MD16C and DRT1 MD16C 1 Environment resistive Terminals All dimensions are in mm 57 lt gt 196 8 51 Mounting Holes b ie di ERI UU UU 9996959 When screw mounting from the front 2840 3 When screw mounting from the rear 2810 3 a 215 E I Four 4 2 dia or M4 P Or MEET mu NE mH id bi 9 n 2050 3 B Mounting Four 5 4 dia ud cM p oO 7 l 205t0 3 K 5 3 7 Mounting in Control Panels Use screws to mount an Environment resistive Terminal in a control panel These Terminals cannot be mounted on a DIN Track Attaching the Terminal from the Front The Terminals are tapped with M5 threads so use M4 screws to clear the threads and attach the Terminal to the control panel from the front Drill the mounting holes in the control panel according to the dimensions shown in the dimensions diagrams and secure the Terminal with M4 screws The appropri ate tightening torque is 0 6 to 1 18 N m
266. isplay mode for 2 digits below the decimal point temperature data is converted for up to two digits below the decimal point but the actual resolu tion is not 0 01 C F Therefore there may be some oscillation or jumping at the 0 01 C F and 0 1 C F digits Resolutions beyond those prescribed for the normal mode should be treated as reference data Temperature Input Terminals Section 4 9 The following diagram shows how temperature data is divided and the data configuration Temperature data Actual temperature x 100 in binary data Notification format for leftmost 3 digits 15 14 13 12 1110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit Temp Broken Left right Not used sss unit de Lu x 165 x 164 x 16 0 Left 0 C 0 OK i di Right P 1 Error 0 Fixed Sign determination area Data area Notification format for rightmost 3 digits 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 87 65432 10 Bit Temp Broken Not used np E x 16 x16 x16 0 Left 0 C 0 OK i 1 Right 1 0 Fixed Sign determination area Data area Leftmost rightmost bit Determines whether leftmost or rightmost digits are displayed Temperature unit bit Determines whether temperature is expressed in C or F Turns ON 1 to notify of broken wire At that time the data in the leftmost three digits is 7FF the data in the rightmost three digit
267. ission Standard EN50081 2 Radiated emission character istics 10 m regulations may vary depending on the configuration of the control panel used other devices connected to the control panel wiring and other conditions You must therefore confirm that the overall machine or equipment complies with EC Directives 4 DeviceNet products that comply with EC Directives have configurations with less than 30 m of I O wiring and less than 10 m of power supply wir ing The following examples shows how to reduce noise 1 2 3 1 Noise from the communications cable be reduced by installing a ferrite core on the communications cable within 10 cm of the DeviceNet Master Unit Ferrite Core Data Line Filter LF130B manufactured by Easy Magnet Co Impedance specifications 25 MHz 105 100 MHz 190 j 30 EHE 13 mm 31 5 mm 2 Wire the control panel with as thick and short cables as possible and ground to 100 min 3 Keep DeviceNet communications cables as short as possible and ground to 100 Q min 7 DeviceNet Manuals The following manuals are available for information relating to DeviceNet Be sure to thoroughly read and understand the applicable manuals before install ing or operating DeviceNet devices and make sure that you are using the most recent version of the manual DeviceNet Operation Manual W267 Describes the functions and applications of DeviceNet including available Master Units their specificati
268. it from the Rear Drill the mounting holes in the control panel according to the dimensions shown in the dimensions diagram and secure the Unit with M5 screws The appropriate tightening torque is 1 47 to 1 96 N m 223 7 Interface Units Section 5 5 Installation Direction The Unit can be mounted in any direction Any one of the following 6 direc tions is acceptable Vertical J 5 5 5 Wiring the Internal Power Supply and Input Lines Wiring the Internal Power Connect the external power supply to the B7AC Interface Unit with an XS2 Supply series Round Waterproof Connector listed in the following table Compatible Connectors Connector Cable with connectors on both ends socket and plug XS2W D42 Cable with connector on one end female socket XS2F D42 Connector socket assembly female XS2C D4 Crimp connector or solder type T joint CS2R D427 5 DRT1 B7AC DRT1 B7AC IA power supply main power supply XS2W D42L L181 Cables with shielded Socket on one end and plug on the other L XS2R D427 5 XS2R D427 5 T joint T joint XS2F D42 _1 180 L Cable with XS2W D42 1 181 L Cable shielded socket on one end with shielded socket on one end and plug on the other Note Tighten the connector by hand to
269. itch the PLC to PROGRAM mode and try the operation again 2 Read Write Area default settings do not become effective by changing this bit setting alone The Read Write Area default settings will not become ef fective by manipulating the software switch alone After changing the set tings either reset the Unit or restart the PLC to enable the new settings 3 The default settings for the Read and Write Areas are as follows Read Area IR 50 No of words 1 Write Area IR 350 No of words 1 200 1 0 Link Units Section 6 1 Read Write Setting Area The Read Write Setting Area is configured as shown in the following illustra tion After setting data for the Read and Write Areas turn software switch bit 00 ON and then restart the Unit to set the Read Area and Write Area Word Bit 15 Bit 0 0 Software switch 1 42 Write Area Setting 3 Read Area Setting 4 Specify the area size area and address of the first word for the Read Area and the Write Area Area Size Set in hexadecimal in byte units Area Setting Bit 15 Bit 0 Address of first word The setting range is 0 to 40 Hex 0 to 64 decimal 0 to 32 words The area is set as follows IR Area 1 CIO Word range Write Area IR 000 to IR 235 Read Area IR 000 to IR 235 IR Area 2 CIO IR 300 to IR 511 Data Memory Area DM or D DM 0000 to DM 4095 C200HE CPU 1 1 only DM 0000 to DM 5999 All except 200
270. ithout tools and the connections meet the high IP66 environmental resistance standards 5 5 1 Address and Baud Rate Settings DIP Switch 1 This section explains the B7AC Interface Unit s node address and baud rate settings These settings are made using the following pins on DIP switch 1 215 7 Interface Units Section 5 5 Node address setting DIP switch 1 pins 1 through 6 Baud rate setting DIP switch 1 pins 7 and 8 SW1 Sw2 DIP switch 1 ON Pins 1 to 6 Node address setting ON Pins 7 to 8 Baud rate setting DIP switch 2 Pins 1 to 3 B7AC transmission delay 1234567 12345678 Pins 4 to 5 Reserved Always OFF Pins 6 to 8 B7AC communications error signal setting Node address B7AC B7AC communications setting transmission error signal setting delay setting Baud rate setting Reserved Always OFF The settings on DIP switch 2 are communications settings for the individual B7AC Interface Unit Refer to Settings on DIP Switch 2 on page 219 for details on these settings Node Address Settings The B7AC Interface Units node address is set with pins 1 through 6 of DIP switch 1 Any node address within the setting range can be used as long as it isn t already set on another node DIP switch setting Node address Pin5 Pin4 Pin3 Pin2 0 default 1 2 0 OFF 1 ON Note 1 Refer to Appendix A Node Address
271. k mounting Mounting strength 50 N 10 N min in the DIN Track direction Terminal strength Pull 50 N Weight 160 g max Input signal range 0 to 5V 1 to 5V Oto 10 V or 10 to 10 V 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA 0to05V 1 5 0 to 10 V 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA Max signal input 15 V 30 mA 15 V 30 mA Input impedance 1 MQ min Approx 250 1 MQ min Approx 250 Q Resolution 1 6000 full scale 1 30000 full scale Accuracy 25 C 0 3 FS 0 4 FS 0 3 FS 0 4 FS 0 to 55 C 0 6 FS 0 8 FS 0 6 FS 0 8 FS Conversion time 2 ms input 8 ms 4 points 4 ms 2 points 250 ms 4 points Converted output data Binary Binary 4 digit hexadecimal 10 to 10 V range 8 8 to 0 to OBB8 full scale Other signal ranges 0000 to 1770 full scale Binary 4 digit hexadecimal 0000 to 7530 hexadecimal full scale Averaging function Settable via DIP switch Not provided Open circuit detection Provided Provided Isolation method 138 Photocoupler isolation between analog inputs and communications lines There is no isolation between analog input sig nals Photocoupler isolation between analog inputs and communications lines Photocoupler isolation between analog input signals Analog I O Terminals Section 4 8 Components of the DRT1 AD04 and DRT1 AD04H DeviceNe
272. l Disabled The RS Request Send signal is always ON The Receive Buffer Overflow Flag turns ON if the receive buffer over flows CS is always checked Note The CS signal is always checked Data will not be output if CS is not connected Short circuit the RS CS sig nals when they are not used Transmission distance 6 2 4 Components Communications connector Pins 7 and 8 Indicators Indicator 5 Indicators 15 m max RS 232C connector port 1 RS 232C connector port 2 Power supply DIP switch Refer to page 260 terminal Pins 1 to 6 Node address Baud rate Pins 9 and 10 Reserved Always OFF The indicators display the status of the RS 232C Unit and the network Status Normal Meaning The Unit is operating normally Module status Flashing Settings incomplete Settings are being read ON Fatal error A fatal error hardware error has occurred Flashing Non fatal error A non fatal error such as a switch setting error has occurred OFF No power supply Unit error power is not being sup plied the Unit is being reset or wait ing for initial processing to start 263 RS 232C Units Section 6 2 Indicator NS Network status Color Status Online com munications connection established Meaning Normal Network status Communications connection estab lished Flashing Offline com municati
273. le DVN24 30G Thin cable 5 wires 30 m Nihon Wire amp Cable DVN24 50G Thin cable 5 wires 50 m Nihon Wire amp Cable DVN24 100G Thin cable 5 wires 100 m Nihon Wire amp Cable DVN24 300G Thin cable 5 wires 300 m Nihon Wire amp Cable DVN24 500G Thin cable 5 wires 500 m Nihon Wire amp Cable 1485C P1 A50 Thick cable 5 wires 50 m Allen Bradley 1485C P1 C150 Thin cable 5 wires 150 m Allen Bradley DCA1 5CNUW1 Cable with round shielded connectors on both ends one socket and one plug OMRON DCA1 5CNLIF1 Cable with round shielded connector female socket on one end OMRON DCA1 5CNLH1 Cable with round shielded connector male plug on one end OMRON The cables made by Nihon Wire amp Cable Company Ltd are sold through the OMRON 24 Service Co Ltd The product specifications are identical to the OMRON cable specifications The cables made by Allen Bradley are stiffer than the cables made by OMRON and Nihon Wire amp Cable Company Ltd so do not bend the Allen Bradley cables as much as the others Connectable Devices and Device Current Consumptions Connectors MSTB2 5 5 ST 5 08AU D16 Specifications For node connection Without connector set screws Included with the DRT1 1 DRT1 D16X 1 DRT1 1 DRT1 AD04 H DRT1 DAO2 and DRT
274. ler Photo V BE a 3 M cs SOURCE Ee 24V DC DC DC converter Isolated I SOURCE g 24V DC GO Voltage step down Photocoupler os V1 24VDC k 8 9 Photo coupler ae G1 118 Remote Adapters Section 4 6 The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 OD16X 1 Remote Output Adapter Photo coupler DRAIN Photo coupler circuitry Internal SOURCE 24VDC DC DC converter Isolated SOURCE g 24V DC Voltage Step down Wiring of the DRT1 OD16X NPN Connector Pin Allocation 45 UU NBEO 1 1 T 1 1 HG N GO G1 A Triangle mark Connector pin No Internal Circuits Power Supply SOURCE 24 V DC 1 2 Internal circuits power supply 119 Remote Adapters Section 4 6 Output Devices Use a printed circuit board to wire I O devices to a flat cable MIL plug which can be connected to the Remote Adapter Relay LED indicator 0000000000 0000000000 I O power supply A Triangle mark Connector pin No Note The G70D NPN output G7TC and G70A can also be connected to the Remote Adapter but the PNP output G7TC and Input G7TC can t be con nected because the power supply s polarity is reversed Reversing the power supply polarity can damage the Remote Adapter Wiring of the DRT1
275. lexible branching of cables is possible by using either T branch Taps or multi drop connections Restrictions on the maximum network length and total branch line length depends on the baud rate and type of cable used For details refer to the DeviceNet Operation Manual W267 In 2 1 2 System Configuration Example Thin Cables are used with T branch Taps for connecting Slave Units to the trunk line Communications Power Each node Master or Slave must be supplied with a 24 V DC power supply Supply for proper DeviceNet communications The communications power however can be supplied by communications cables and does not require separate wir ing For systems that have a short maximum network length power can be sup plied to all nodes by using one communications power supply Various condi tions constraints and measures affect how the communications power is 15 Setting and Wiring Hardware Section 2 3 supplied In the examples shown here the power is supplied from one com munications power supply and communications cables are connected using T branch Taps Refer to the DeviceNet Operation Manual W267 for details on methods of supplying communications power Note Use the OMRON Connectors shown below when using Thick Cables and multi drop connections for wiring XW4B 05C4 T D XW4B 05C4 TF D Without set screws With set screws 2 3 Setting and Wiring Hardware 2 3 1 Use the following procedures to mount set
276. licit command the RS 232C Unit will return an error response as illustrated below Response Block Error code Service code 94 Hex fixed Source node address No of received bytes Parameters No of Received Bytes Response Always 0004 Hex Source Node Address Response The node address of the node that sent the command is returned in hexadec imal Error Code Response The error code is returned in double byte 4 digit hexadecimal as shown in the following table Error code Error details Appropriate command The RS 232C port is transmitting RS 232C DATA SEND data and therefore busy The service code Class ID and All commands Instance ID are not supported Data formatting error PARAMETER SET RS 232C DATA SEND There is no receive data at the RS 232C RECEIVE DATA READ RS 232C port There is a parameter setting error between RS 232C devices 279 RS 232C Units Section 6 2 Error code Error details Appropriate command 1801 Hex An error frame was received from RS 232C RECEIVE DATA READ a RS 232C device 19FF Hex Write not possible due to ahard PARAMETER SET ware error etc 6 2 8 Using Explicit DeviceNet Messages Using CMND to Change The following example shows how to use the CMND instruction to change all Settings the parameters of port 1 of the RS 232C Unit at once from the Master Unit in CS series and CV series a CS series or CV seri
277. ll dimensions are in mm a Approx 73 Unit mm With connector attached 50 max 12 150 max Mounting holes Two 4 2 dia or M4 400 140 0 3 155 Analog 1 Terminals Section 4 8 4 8 4 Mounting in Control Panels Either of the following methods can be used to mount an Analog I O Terminal in a control panel Using Screws Open mounting holes in the control panel according to the dimensions pro vided for mounting holes in the dimensions diagrams and then secure the Analog I O Terminal with M4 screws The appropriate tightening torque is 0 6 to 0 98 N m Using DIN Track Mount the back of the Analog I O Terminal to a 35 mm DIN Track To mount the Terminal pull down on the mounting hook on the back of the Terminal with a screwdriver insert the DIN Track on the back of the Terminal and then secure the Terminal to the DIN Track When finished secure all Slaves on both ends of the DIN Track with End Plates Connecting End Plates Hook the bottom of the End Plate onto the DIN Track as shown at 1 in the following diagram then hook the top of the End Plate as shown at 2 End Plate Note Always attach End Plate to both ends of Slaves connected to DIN Track Mounting Direction Unless specific restrictions are given for the Slave it can be mounted in any direction Any of the following directions are okay FEES Vertical 4 8 5 Wiring Internal Pow
278. llowing diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 IDO8 1 Remote Input Terminal Photo V 24VDC XPhotocoupler V satu 0 CAN H 121 1 Be SAN L S Sa Photocoup go V o zx G SOURCE 24V DC DC DC converter SOURCE Isolated 24N DC Wiring The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 IDO8 Remote Input Ter minal SOURCE 24VDC 24VDC T Al 1 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 O Internal circuits power supply g 2 g 2 power supply 8 2 58 c Red 2 c c 8 3 8 8 m mam m e a m m NPN output 2 wire sensor NPN output 3 wire 3 wire sensor limit switch sensor photoelectric or photoelectric or proximity sensor proximity sensor 43 Transistor Remote I O Terminals Section 4 3 The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 ID08 1 Remote Input Terminal SOURCE 24V DC 24V DC Internal circuits power supply 2 2 2 S z ste l O power supply 22 2 2a x x o 5 2 S eo 3 p 3 9 ema m a a oma PNP output 3 wire 2 wire sensor PNP output 3 wire sensor limit switch sensor photoelectric or photoelectric or proximity sensor proximity sensor Note 1 The V terminals terminal numbers 9 and 14 are connected internally as are the terminals terminal numbe
279. lready being used by another Unit When reading the Slave s DM Area from the Master unstable values are returned and the data is unreadable Attempt was made to access of words from DM 4096 onwards in the C200HE CPU11 CPU Unit Access the correct words only The Explicit Connection Established Flag is ON in the C200H Link Unit s status words but Unit is not receiving an explicit message from the Master The Network cables are disconnected or the Master Unit s power supply is OFF OMRON Master Units do not have timeouts when explicit message communications are used so the Explicit Connection Established Flag will not turn OFF even if communica tions are stopped Restart the Master Unit or connect the cables correctly Timeouts cannot be set for OMRON Master Units using explicit message communications 317 Maintenance Section 8 3 8 2 5 RS 232C Unit Troubleshooting Symptom Probable cause Possible remedy The RS 232C Unit s ERR indicator is lit The RS 232C Unit is damaged Replace the RS 232C Unit RS 232C port communications error The wiring is incorrect or the cables Check the wiring with the RS 232C the Unit s RD and SD indicators are are not connected properly Unit and correct it if necessary not lit The RS 232C port s parameters do not Reset the RS 232C port s parameters match those of the RS 232C Unit to match the parameters of the RS 232C Unit Parameter Error Flag bit 01
280. lue black Brown white 2 wire sensor 3 wire sensor with 2 wire sensor 3 wire sensor with e g limit switch PNP output e g limit switch PNP output photoelectric or photoelectric or proximity sensor proximity sensor Note 1 V1is not connected internally to V2 and G1 is not connected internally to G2 Connect them carefully 2 Line colors have been changed accompanying changes in JIS standards for photoelectric and proximity sensors Previous colors are given in paren theses Dimensions The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1 ID16T and DRT1 ID16T 1 Remote Input Terminals All dimensions are in mm Mounting holes 0 Values in parentheses are reference values Two 4 2 dia or M4 ii 1700 2 Note The circuit section can be removed by loosening the circuit removal screws Refer to Components of the DRT1 ID16T and DRT1 ID16T 1 40 0 2 gt 66 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks Section 4 4 Always turn OFF the communications internal and I O power supplies before removing or attaching the circuit section 4 4 3 Transistor Remote Input Terminals with 16 Points and 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks DRT1 ID16TA NPN and DRT1 ID16TA 1 PNP Input Specifications Specification Model DRT1 ID16TA DRT1 ID16TA 1 Internal comm
281. lute value The entire data range is 812C to 189C 300 to 6300 Converted data Hexadecimal decimal 1896 16300 eter evel secat imd due puedes 0000 0 E Current 812C 300 0 mA 20 mA 21 mA 4 to 20 mA Inputs The 4 to 20 mA range corresponds to the hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to 6000 The most significant bit bit 15 is set to 1 ON for currents from 3 2 to 4 mA and the AD conversion data is set to the absolute values the rest of the word indicates the absolute value The entire data range is 812C to 189C 300 to 6300 If the input current falls below 3 2 mA the open circuit detection function is activated and the converted data is set to FFFF Converted data Hexadecimal decimal 189C 6300 1770 6000 FFFF 0000 0 812C 300 Current 4 mA 20 mA 20 8 mA Analog I O Terminals Section 4 8 DRT1 AD04H 0 to 10 V The 0 to 10 V range corresponds to the hexadecimal values 0000 to 7530 0 to 30 000 The convertible data range is FA24 to 7BOC 1 500 to 31 500 When the voltage is negative the negative number is expressed as a two s complement Converted data Hexadecimal decimal 7BOC 31500 7530 30000 2 Voltage FA24 1500 OV 10 V 10 5 V 0to5V The 0 to 5 V range corresponds to the hexadecimal values 0000 to 7530 0 to 30 000 The convertible data range is FA24 to 7BOC 1 500 to 31 500 When the voltage is negative the negative
282. lways OFF Pin 9 Reserved Always OFF Pin 10 As follows Inputs No function Always OFF Outputs Hold Clear outputs for communications error OFF Clear All output data from the Master will be cleared to 0 when a communications error occurs ON Hold All output data from the Master will be retained when a communications error occurs Pins 9 and 10 are factory set to OFF 4 6 2 Remote Input Adapters with 16 Points DRT1 ID16X NPN and DRT1 ID16X 1 PNP Input Specifications Item Specification Model DRT1 ID16X DRT1 ID16X 1 Internal common NPN PNP Input points 16 points Try to use fewer than 8 points over an average 5 minute time span ON voltage 15 V DC min between 15 V DC min between each input terminal and V each input terminal and G OFF voltage 5 V DC max between 5 V DC max between each input terminal and V each input terminal and G OFF current 0 8 mA max Input current 10 mA max point ON delay time 9 ms max OFF delay time 14 5 ms max Number of circuits 8 points with one common 112 Remote Adapters Section 4 6 Components of the DRT1 ID16X and DRT1 ID16X 1 DeviceNet Indicators Refer to page 312 MIL socket flat cable connector Connect the input power supply and input devices such as switches and sensors through an MIL type flat cable connector Power supply terminals DIN track mounting hooks Communi
283. ly voltage 20 4 to 26 4 V DC 24 V DC 15 to 10 Current consumption Communications 30 mA max Internal circuit 140 mA max Noise immunity 1 5 kVp p pulse width 0 1 to 1 us pulse rise time 1 ns via noise simulator Vibration resistance 10 to 55 Hz 1 0 mm double amplitude Shock resistance 200 m s Dielectric strength 500 V AC for 1 min between insulated circuits Insulation resistance 20 min at 250 V DC between insulated circuits Ambient operating temperature 0 to 55 Ambient operating humidity 35 to 85 with no condensation 149 Analog I O Terminals Section 4 8 Item Specification Voltage outputs Current outputs Ambient operating No corrosive gases environment Ambient storage tem 25 to 65 perature Mounting method M4 screw mounting or 35 mm DIN track mounting Mounting strength 50 N 10 N min in the DIN Track direction Terminal strength Pull 50 N Weight 160 g max Output signal range 1t05V 10V or 10to 0 to 20 mA or4 to 20 mA 10V Allowable external out 1 KO min 600 max put load resistance Output impedance 0 5 O max Resolution 1 6000 full scale Accuracy 25 0 4 FS Oto55 C 0 8 FS Conversion time 4 ms 2 points Conversion output 10 to 10 V range 8BB8 to 0 to OBB8 full scale data Other signal ranges 0000 to 1770 full scale Binary Isolat
284. mA max DRT1 ID16T 90 mA max 30 mA max DRT1 ID16T 1 90 mA max 30 mA max DRT1 ID16TA See note 50 mA max DRT1 ID16TA 1 See note 50 mA max DRT1 OD16T 90 mA max 30 mA max DRT1 OD16T 1 90 mA max 30 mA max DRT1 OD16TA See note 50 mA max DRT1 OD16TA 1 See note 50 mA max DRT1 MD16T 90 mA max 30 mA max DRT1 MD16T 1 90 mA max 30 mA max DRT1 MD16TA DRT1 MD16TA 1 See note 50 mA max See note 50 mA max DRT1 ID32ML See note 50 mA max DRT1 ID32ML 1 See note 50 mA max DRT1 OD32ML See note 90 mA max DRT1 OD32ML 1 See note 90 mA max DRT1 MD32ML See note 70 mA max DRT1 MD32ML 1 See note 70 mA max DRT1 ID16X 70 mA max 30 mA max DRT1 ID16X 1 70 mA max 30 mA max DRT1 OD16X 70 mA max 30 mA max DRT1 OD16X 1 70 mA max 30 mA max DRT1 HD16S 60 mA max 40 mA max DRT1 ND16S 60 mA max 40 mA max DRT1 AD04 80 mA max 30 mA max 351 Connectable Devices and Device Current Consumptions Appendix C Model Internal current consumption Communications current consumption DRT1 ADO4H 130 mA max 30 mA max DRT1 DA02 140 mA max 30 mA max DRT1 TSO4T 130 mA max 30 mA max DRT1 TS04P 130 mA max 30 mA max CQM1 DRT21 80 mA max 40 mA max at 5 V DC supplied from the PLC s Power Supply Unit CPM1A DRT21 50 mA max 30 mA max at 5 V DC supplied from the PLC s C
285. male Es o B7AC Interface Units Section 5 5 Connectors 3 4 and 5 Connectors for Ports A B and C Connectors to Connect the B7AC Connector type Appearance Cable with connector on XS2H D42 end male plug Cable with connectors on both XS2W D42 ends socket and plug Connector socket assembly XS2G D4 male Crimp connector or solder type 227 7 Interface Units Section 5 5 228 SECTION 6 Special I O Slave Units Specifications This section provides specifications for the C200H I O Link Unit and the RS 232C Unit 6 1 C200H I O Link Units pe iinan a eee eee 230 6 1 1 Communications Cable 230 6 1 2 Node Address Setting Rear DIP Switch 230 6 1 3 Baud Rate and Hold Clear Write Area Settings Front DIP Switch 231 6 1 4 Specifications lees eet ee Hekate ea 231 6 1 5 Components ses esie eee eee 232 6 1 6 Rotary Switch 234 6 1 7 Special I O Area Function and Read Write Area Allocation 235 6 1 8 Explicit DeviceNet 243 6 1 9 Using Explicit DeviceNet 250 621210 Dimensions pHa Pee See NONE ERES 256 6 1 11 Installing Control 1 256 6 1 12
286. max between each input terminal and G OFF current 1 mA max Input current 6 mA max point at 24 V DC between each input termi nal and V 6 mA max point at 24 V DC between each input termi nal and G ON delay time 1 5 ms max OFF delay time 2 5 ms max Number of circuits 16 points with one common 183 Environment resistive Terminals IP66 Section 5 3 Components of the DRT1 HD16C and DRT1 HD16C 1 indi DeviceNet indicators DIP h 1 2 Input indicators Bor pins tang Indicates the input status of each input Refer to page 312 Refer to page 179 Lit when the input is ON DeviceNet communications Rotary switches 1 and 2 Input connector connector Node address Refer to page 179 External power supply connector Internal Circuits The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 HD16C Envi ronment resistive Terminal NPN DC DC converter Isolated 0 V for internal circuits CN2 External power 24V ly conn r for inputs supply connector 0v for inputs Photo coupler 24V for internal circuits Photocoupler gt Photo CAN H oupler a NS HH 3 DRAIN CN1 2 Communications connector DC DC converter Not isolated 184 Environment resistive Terminals
287. minal arrangement at the terminal block and external I O wiring The following example shows the wiring to input 0 on a DRT1 ID16T Remote Input Termi nal Brown Blue white black 4 5 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with Connectors 4 5 1 Node Address Baud Rate and Output Hold Clear Settings Node Address Settings Note This section describes the Slaves node address setting baud rate settings and hold clear outputs for communications error setting These settings are made using the following pins on the DIP switch Node address setting Rotary switch on top panel Baud rate setting Pins 1 and 2 on DIP switch on bottom panel Output hold clear setting Pin 4 on DIP switch on bottom panel affects only outputs Node address setting x10 Node address setting x1 5 0 x S N A 90 S x xX Ner Bottom panel N 0 Illustration shows factory settings All OFF L Output hold clear setting for communications errors for outputs only Reserved Always OFF Baud rate setting The node address of the Remote I O Terminal is set with two rotary switches The 10s digit is set on the left and the 1s digit is set on the right Any node address within the setting range can be used as long as it isn t already set on another node The Slave won t be able to participate in communications if the same node address is used for the Master or another
288. minal to a 35 mm DIN Track To mount the Terminal pull down on the mounting hook on the back of the Termi nal with a screwdriver insert the DIN Track on the back of the Terminal and then secure the Terminal to the DIN Track When finished secure all Slaves on both ends of the DIN Track with End Plates 169 Temperature Input Terminals Section 4 9 Connecting End Plates Hook the bottom of the End Plate onto the DIN Track as shown at 1 in the following diagram then hook the top of the End Plate as shown at 2 End Plate Note Always attach End Plate to both ends of Slaves connected to DIN Track Mounting Direction Unless specific restrictions are given for the Slave it can be mounted in any direction Any of the following directions are okay Vertical 4 9 4 Wiring Internal Power Supplies and I O Lines The internal circuit power supplies and I O lines are all wired to screw ter minals Connect M3 crimp terminals and then connect them to the terminal block Tighten the screws fixing the crimp terminals to a torque of 0 3 to 0 5 N m 6 0 mm max 6 0 mm max O 170 COMI I O Link Unit Section 4 10 Wiring the Internal Power Refer to the wiring details for each Slave for information on the terminal Supply arrangement at the terminal block The following example shows the internal power supply for a DRT1 TSO4T Temperature Input Terminal
289. most byte D Response Words D First Response Word Results are stored as shown in the following table Word Contents Hex EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command code 28 01 Hex Response code 0000 Hex Normal comple tion 252 C200H 1 0 Link Units Using the IOWR Instruction to Read Data C200HX HE PLCs Section 6 1 Word Contents Hex Meaning No of received bytes data length after D 3 2 bytes Slave node address 2 BYTE DATA WRITE response service code 9E Hex Control Words C First Control Word Contents Hex Meaning No of bytes of command data 50 bytes of command data S No of bytes of response data 8 bytes of response data D Destination node network address 1 Master s node address 63 Master s Unit address FE Hex Response returned communications port No 0 No of retries 0 Response monitoring time 10 s n the example the IOWR instruction is used to read words IR 010 to IR 029 20 words on the Slave Unit and store them in the Master C200HX HG HE PLCs from DM 2000 onwards For more detailed information on explicit mes sages refer to the DeviceNet Master Unit Operation Manual For information on the IOWR instruction refer to the SYSMAC C200HX HG HE PLCs Opera tion Manual Example Conditions Master node address 63 Master s Unit address 0 Slave node address 2 Example Using the IOWR Instruction
290. mote I O Communications Characteristics Section 7 1 250 kbps 0 542 ms 0 073 ms 0 069 ms 125 kbps 1 014 ms 0 139 ms 0 135 ms The number of output bytes Boyt for Input Slaves is 0 and the number of input bytes for Output Slaves is 0 Refresh Time The refresh time is the time required for I O data to be exchanged between the PLC s CPU Unit and the DeviceNet Master Unit The PLC s cycle time is increased when a Master Unit is mounted as shown below Note Refer to the PLC s Operation Manual for more details on the refresh time and the PLC s cycle time Master Unit for CV series PLCs CVM1 DRM 21 The PLC s cycle time is increased by 1 1 ms This is the extra time required for CPU Bus Unit servicing DeviceNet Master Unit refreshing Master Unit for CS1H G C200HX HG HE ZE and C200HS PLCs C200HW DRM21 The PLC s cycle time is increased by the amount shown below The extra time is required for I O refreshing DeviceNet Unit I O refreshing time ms CS1H G and C200HX 1 72 0 022 x the number of words refreshed HG HE ZE C200HS 2 27 0 077 x the number of words refreshed The number of words refreshed is the total number of words in the I O Area that are used by the Slaves including any unused words between words actu ally used by the Slaves For example if there are only two Input Slaves with node addresses 1 and 5 the 5 input words for nodes 1 through 5 would be refreshed even though the input
291. n 4 7 Wiring Terminal Arrangement and Wiring for the Sensor Terminal s Connector IN inputs OUT outputs Vcc V external sensor power supply terminal GND G external sensor power supply terminal The bit in the DeviceNet I O area depends on the word address where the sensor is connected as shown in the following table Word address oO A OO Pp Oo Wiring Example SOURCE 24V DC 1 Internal circuits power supply o 2 m 2 2 3 Sensor Sensor with teaching Sensor with bank function switching function Sensor with external diagnostic function Note In accordance with the changes in the standards for photoelectric sensors and proximity sensors wire colors have been changed Colors in parentheses are the old wire colors 131 Sensor Terminals Section 4 7 Dimensions The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1 ND16S Sensor Terminal All dimensions are in mm Approx 73 With connector attached Can 150 max Mounting holes Two 4 2 dia or M4 50 max 12 140 0 3 4 7 4 Mounting in Control Panels Either of the following methods can be used to mount an Sensor Terminal in a control panel Using Screws Open mounting holes in the control panel according to the dimensions pro vided for mounting holes in the dimensions diagrams and then secure the
292. n the DIN Track direction Terminal strength Pull 50 N Weight 230 g max 160 g max Input classification R S K1 K2 J1 J2 T E B N L1 L2 U W PL II convertible 4 point com mon input class Pt100 JPt100 convertible 4 point common input class Instruction precision Instruction value 0 5 or 2 whichever is larger 1 digit max See note Instruction value 0 5 or 1 whichever is larger 1 digit max Conversion period 250 ms 4 pts Temperature conversion data Binary data 4 digit hexadecimal Isolation method Less than 100 C of K1 T N U L1 L2 Less than 200 C of R S Less than 400 C of B W PL Il Photocoupler isolation between temperature inputs and communications lines Photocoupler isolation between temperature input sig nals Instruction value 0 5 or 6 C whichever is larger Instruction value 0 5 or 4 C whichever is larger 4 1 digit max 4 1 digit max 6 1 digit max No regulation digit max digit max st 159 Temperature Input Terminals Section 4 9 Components of the DRT1 TSO4T and DRT1 TS04P Broken wire display The indicator for the relevant number lights oe EPI Rotary switch when the open circuit detection function is page 514 Sets the input range activated Cold Junction Compensator DRT1 TSO4T only Correct
293. n the Slave is connected to a Master manufac tured by another company Use Poll Connection with Output Slaves If the Slave has outputs do not communicate with the Master through a bit strobe connection There are several DeviceNet I O communications methods including poll and bit strobe connections but DeviceNet specifications allow the bit strobe connection with inputs only OMRON Master Units conform to these specifications and communicate with Output Slaves through a poll connection but some other com pany s Masters allow bit strobe connections with Output Slaves Before connecting an OMRON Slave to another company s Master verify the Master s connection specifications About EDS Files When connecting an OMRON Slave to another company s Master it may be necessary to install the OMRON Slave s EDS file in the other company s configurator to set the Slave s information in the Master With some companies Masters the Slaves can be connected without making settings With some other companies configurators installing the OMRON Slave s EDS file in the configurator will allow you to make various parameter settings from the configurator If you can t obtain a copy of the EDS file or the other company s configurator does not support EDS files it will be necessary to directly input settings such as the connection type and data size Installing an EDS File EDS files are provided by the manufacturer for each Slave a
294. nal loads exceeds 2 A the output power supply should not be input through the terminals an external power supply must be used instead 2 When using inductive loads such as solenoids or valves use a load with a built in diode to absorb reverse power or attach a diode externally 3 Line colors have been changed accompanying changes in JIS standards for photoelectric and proximity sensors Previous colors are given in paren theses Allocations The first word allocated to the Remote I O Terminal is referred to as word Given this the bit and word allocations to MIL connector pin numbers are as shown in the following diagram Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 16 inputs Wdn 5 719 11 13 1517196 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 16 outputs 102 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with Connectors Section 4 5 Dimensions The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1 MD32ML and DRT1 MD32ML 1 Remote I O Terminals All dimensions are in mm 83 27 8 Values in parentheses are reference values Note There are restriction when using the 32 point Transistor Remote I O Terminals with Connectors depending on the ambient operating temperature If the Terminals are not mounted facing up they can be mounte
295. nd contain settings such as the Slave s ID and I O data sizes If the EDS file is installed in the configurator the Slave s settings can be changed and the I O size will be input automatically when the Master s scan list is created EDS files for the Slaves described in this manual can be downloaded from the product catalog at the following website http Awww odva astem or jp Locate the EDS file for the desired Slave and install that EDS file in the configurator Installation procedures vary refer to the configurator s manuals for details on the installation procedure Inputting Settings Directly If you can t obtain a copy of the EDS file or the other company s configurator does not support EDS files it will be necessary to directly input settings such as the connection type and data size Always select the connec tion type that is supported by the Slave The following connection types are allowed in DeviceNet communications Connection type Operation Remarks Data is exchanged in individual command response transmissions from the Master to each Slave The output data is transferred in commands and the input data is received in responses bit strobe The Master broadcasts a command and multiple The command is sent just once so the cycle time Slaves return input data in their responses is short however this method supports a maxi mum of 8 bytes of input data from Slaves change of state Data is transmitted when the d
296. nk Unit suitable for CQM1 series PLC 16 inputs and 16 outputs Specifications Environment resistive Terminal 8 Transistor inputs NPN Conforms to IEC IP66 Manufacturer DRT1 HD16C Environment resistive Terminal 16 Transistor inputs NPN Conforms to IEC IP66 DRT1 HD16C 1 Environment resistive Terminal 16 Transistor inputs PNP Conforms to IEC IP66 DRT1 OD08C Environment resistive Terminal 8 Transistor outputs NPN Conforms to IEC IP66 DRT1 WD16C Environment resistive Terminal 16 Transistor outputs NPN Conforms to IEC IP66 DRT1 WD16C 1 Environment resistive Terminal 16 Transistor outputs PNP Conforms to IEC IP66 DRT1 MD16C Environment resistive Terminal 8 Transistor inputs 8 transistor outputs NPN Conforms to IEC IP66 DRT1 MD16C 1 Environment resistive Terminal 8 Transistor inputs 8 transistor outputs NPN Conforms to IEC IP66 DRT1 IDO4CL Waterproof Terminal 4 Transistor inputs NPN Conforms to IEC IP67 DRT1 IDO4CL 1 Waterproof Terminal 4 Transistor inputs PNP Conforms to IEC IP67 DRT1 IDO8CL Waterproof Terminal 8 Transistor inputs NPN Conforms to IEC IP67 DRT1 IDO8CL 1 Waterproof Terminal 8 Transistor inputs PNP Conforms to IEC IP67 DRT1 OD04CL Waterproof Terminal 4 Transistor outputs NPN Conforms to IEC IP67 DRT1 OD04CL 1 Waterproof Terminal 4 Transistor outputs PNP Conforms to IEC IP67 DRT1
297. nnection Example The following diagram gives an connection example Connection methods however may differ depending on the connected devices so refer to the con nected device s instruction manual for further information Connecting an OMRON V500 R32 1 Bar Code Reader RS 232C Unit end Bar Code Reader end 9 pin male 287 RS 232C Units Section 6 2 6 2 12 RS 232C Unit Application Examples This section explains the procedure for using explicit messages with an RS 232C Unit The following system configuration example is used in this exam ple When explicit messages are used with an RS 232C Unit the communica tions conditions for ports 1 and 2 on the RS 232C Unit can be set individually and data can be read or written to the RS 232C Unit C200HW DRM21 V1 Master Unit node address 00 unit number 0 C200HX PLC Setting Port Parameters 288 Terminating Resistor T branch Tap 24 V DC power supply T branch Tap Terminating Resistor T branch Tap Port 1 Port 2 DRT1 232C2 RS 232C Unit node address 08 Bar Code Bar Code Reader 1 Reader 2 When IR 00000 port 1 settings or IR 00001 port 2 settings turns ON in the CPU Unit of the Master Unit the RS 232C Unit s port parameters will be set For details on Bar Code Reader settings refer to the Bar Code Reader s Operation Ma
298. nnection size 0800H 9 Expected packet rate 12 Watchdog time out action 01 13 Produced connection path length See note 14 Produced connection path See note 15 Consumed connection path length See note 16 Consumed connection path See note DeviceNet service Parameter option 05Reset No OEGet Attribute Single No 10Set Attribute Single No Note These values depend on the type of Slave being used Refer to the following table DRT1 ID08 Produced connection size Produced connection path length path 20 04 24 01 30 03 Produced connection Consumed connection path length Consumed connection path DRT1 ID08 1 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 ID16 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 ID16 1 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 OD08 20 04 24 01_30_03 DRT1 OD08 1 20 04 24 01_30_03 DRT1 OD16 20 04 24 01_30_03 DRT1 OD16 1 20 04 24 01_30_03 DRT1 MD16 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 ID16T 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 ID16T 1 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 OD16T 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 OD16T 1 20 04 24 01_30_03 DRT1 MD16T 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 MD16T 1 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 ID16TA 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 ID16TA 1 20 04 24 01 30 08 DRT1 OD16TA 20 04 24 01 30 08 DRT1 OD16TA 1 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 MD16TA 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 MD16TA 1 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 ID32ML 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 ID32ML 1 2
299. nnectors DRT1 OD32ML Remote I O Terminal 32 Transistor outputs NPN with Connectors DRT1 OD32ML 1 Remote I O Terminal 32 Transistor outputs PNP with Connectors DRT1 MD32ML Remote I O Terminal 16 Transistor inputs 16 transistor outputs NPN with Connectors DRT1 MD32ML 1 Remote I O Terminal 16 Transistor inputs 16 transistor outputs PNP with Connectors DRT1 ID16X Remote Adapter 16 Transistor inputs NPN DRT1 ID16X 1 Remote Adapter 16 Transistor inputs PNP DRT1 OD16X Remote Adapter 16 Transistor outputs NPN DRT1 OD16X 1 Remote Adapter 16 Transistor outputs PNP DRT1 HD16S Sensor Terminal 8 sensor inputs NPN 2 inputs per sensor DRT1 ND16S Sensor Terminal 8 sensor inputs NPN 1 input and 1 output per sensor DRT1 AD04 Analog Input Terminal 4 analog inputs using 4 words or 2 analog inputs using 2 words Switchable DRT1 AD04H Analog Input Terminal 4 analog inputs using 4 words DRT1 DA02 Analog Output Terminal 2 analog outputs using 2 words DRT1 TSO4T Temperature Input Terminal Thermocouple thermometer input 4 temperature data inputs using 4 words 344 Connectable Devices and Device Current Consumptions DRT1 TS04P Specifications Temperature Input Terminal Temperature resistance thermometer input 4 temperature data inputs using 4 words Appendix C CQM1 DRT21 Environment resistive Slaves DRT1 IDO8C I O Li
300. not be possible to use fixed allocation In this case you must use the Configurator to customize the Master Unit s Input Output Areas so that they do not overlap with the C200H I O Link Unit s areas 234 200 1 0 Link Units Section 6 1 6 1 7 Special I O Area Function and Read Write Area Allocation The C200H I O Link Unit allows data from any area in the CPU Unit of the PLC to be read or written from the Master Unit depending on the Special I O Area settings In order for the C200H I O Link Unit and the Master to operate together the Read Write Area on the C200H I O Link Unit and the allocated words on the Master are linked as illustrated in the following diagram IN Area OUT Area Master Slave __ Read Area Write Area C200H 1 0 Link Unit Note When using the Read Area only set the size of the Write Area to zero bytes Similarly if using the Write Area only then set the size of the Read Area to zero bytes Special I O Area Words and Configuration Words are allocated in the PLC s Special I O Area according to the Unit num ber as illustrated in the following table Unit number Special I O Area words C200HX HG HE Z IR 100 to IR 109 CS1H G CIO 2000 to CIO 2009 IR 110 to IR 119 CIO 2010 to CIO 2019 IR 120 to IR 129 CIO 2020 to CIO 2029 IR 130 to IR 139 CIO 2030 to CIO 2039 IR 140 to IR 149 CIO 2040 to CIO 2049 IR 150 to IR 15
301. nputs DRT 1 IDO8CL NPN DRT1 IDO8CL 1 PNP 204 5 4 4 Waterproof Terminal IP67 with 4 Transistor Outputs DRT 1 OD04CL NPN and DRT1 ODOACL 1 PNP 207 5 4 5 Waterproof Terminal IP67 with 8 Transistor Outputs DRT1 ODOSCL NPN and DRT1 ODOS8CL 1 PNP 210 5 4 6 Mounting in Control 213 5 4 7 Wiring Internal Power Supplies I O Power Supplies and I O Lines 213 2 5 B7AG Interface Umts tie ie LER Be Rh ae EUR 215 5 5 1 Node Address and Baud Rate Settings DIP Switch 1 215 5 5 2 Example System Configuration 217 5 5 3 B7AC Interface Unit 1 7 217 5 5 4 Mounting in Control 223 5 5 5 Wiring the Internal Power Supply and Input Lines 224 175 Environment resistive Slave Specifications Section 5 1 5 1 Environment resistive Slave Specifications This section shows the specifications that are the same for all Environment resistive Slaves Differences for particular Slaves are shown in the explana tory page for each Slave Item Environment resistive Slave Specifications Communications 11 to 25 V DC supplied from the communications connector power supply voltage Internal power sup 20 4 to 26 4 V DC 24 V DC 15 to 10 ply voltage I O power supply 20 4 to 26 4 V DC 24 V DC 1596 to 10 voltage Nois
302. ns 1 and 2 Baud rate setting Pin 3 Reserved Always OFF Pin 4 Hold Clear outputs for communications error DeviceNet Indicators Output indicators Refer to page 312 Indicate the output status of each contact Lit when the output is ON Circuit removal screws Communications Terminal block connector Internal power supply terminals DIN track mounting hooks 70 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks Section 4 4 Internal Circuits The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 OD16T Remote Output Terminal Voltage step down Photo V1 24 V DC I O power coupler vy Oat supply oie i 71 0 1 O ivy K DRAIN O dom E Output 0 to 7 Photocoupler CANH OGI V ircu V2 24V DC v x QO G2 supply SOURCE Voltage 24VDC K a iep own O V2 t kh X converter Sidi cna ences ae SOURCE Output 8 to 15 24V 18918098 Photocoupler 7 H 9G2 The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 OD16T 1 Remote Output Terminal Voltage step down Bhat r Q V1 24 V DC power coupler vy tO G1 supply v V1 CANL 2 B ao E Output 0 to 7 DRAIN i i i ESAS TOT C Voltage nterr Photocoupler step down V4 r QO v2 24 V DC o power
303. nternal Power Supply Wiring the I O Power Supply Wiring I O Use the following procedure to connect the cables Refer to 4 2 Connecting Communications Cables to General purpose Slaves for details 1 Prepare the communications cables and attach the connectors to the ca bles 2 Connect the communications cable connectors to the node connectors on the Master Unit T branch Taps and Slaves Most nodes on the network require an internal power supply in addition to the communications power supply to operate the device Supply internal power to all nodes except for the Master Unit and C200H I O Link Unit Connect crimp terminals to the power lines and then connect them to the terminal block If required an I O power supply for I O devices is connected to the Remote O Terminals Connect M3 crimp terminals to the power lines and then connect them to the terminal block Connect crimp terminals to the signal lines of Remote I O Terminals and Temperature Input Terminals and then connect them to the terminal block 19 Starting Communications Section 2 4 2 4 Starting Communications After setting and wiring the hardware turn ON the communications power supply the internal power supply of each node and the I O power supply and then start communications using the following procedure 2 4 1 Creating I O Tables for the Master Unit I O tables must be created in the CPU Unit to distinguish between the differ ent Slaves
304. nts NPN DRT1 ID32ML Compact Remote I O Ter 2i t ints PNP DRT1 ID32ML 1 35 x 60 x 80 mm ae NPN DRT1 OD32ML Do Connectors py S Connection to I O Blocks 32 output points DRT1 OD32ML 1 possible through MIL 16 input 16 output DRT1 MD32ML cables points NPN Separate power supply 16 input 16 output DRT1 MD32ML 1 not needed same power points PNP supply used as communi cations power supply Remote Adapt 16 input points NPN DRT1 ID16X Compact ers 16 input points PNP DRT1 ID16X 1 40 16 output points NPN DRT1 OD16X 16 output points PNP DRT1 OD16X 1 Connects to G70D I O Block for output via relays or power MOS FET relays Sensor Termi 16 input points NPN DRT1 HD16S Connected to photoelec nals 8 input 8 output points DRT1 ND16S tric and proximity sensors NPN with connectors Temperature 4 thermocouple input DRT1 TSO4T Thermocouple Input Terminals points Temperature resistant 4 temperature resis DRT1 TSO4P input tant input points Analog Input 4 analog input points DRT1 ADO4 Applicable range Terminals 4 words or 2 input 1to5V 0to 5 V Oto points 2 words volt 10 V age or current 10 to 10 V 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA input swit chable Resolution 1 6 000 4 analog input points DRT1 ADO4H Applicable range 4 words voltage or 1to5V 0to5 V Oto current 10 V 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA input switchable Resoluti
305. nual Set the port parameters as follows Port 1 Parameters Data length Parity Stop bits Header code Delimiter code Flow control Baud rate Delimiter code CR code 8 bits None 4 Disabled Enabled Enabled 9 600 bps OD Hex Number of bytes received after delimiter 0 Port 2 Parameters Data length Parity Stop bits Header code Delimiter code Flow control Baud rate Header code STX code 7 bits Even 2 Enabled Enabled Disabled 2 400 bps 02 Hex RS 232C Units Section 6 2 Delimiter code ETX code 03 Hex Number of bytes received after delimiter 0 If any of the port parameters are changed the changed settings will become valid only when the port is reset or the RS 232C Unit is started up again In the following programming example the ports are reset after the parameters are set Ladder Program 25315 Clears the DM Area words being used when the BSET 71 program starts 0000 25315 Port 1 and 2 parameter setting common data MOV 21 ea metas storage word DM 0100 82 Hex DM 0064 Hex word 100 00 Hex Word MOV 21 data DM0001 I Response monitoring time 10 s MOV lt lt e o Az m eli e eo o o ayo Az NIS 21 Number of command data bytes 15 bytes MOV 21 EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command code FINS MOV 21 2801 H
306. o color marking 1 Light a Black 21 Light Black brown Red 22 brown Red 3 Yellow Black 23 Yellow Black 4 Red 24 Red 5 Light Black 25 Light Black 6 Red 26 green Red 7 Gray Black 27 Gray Black 8 Red 28 Red 9 White Black 29 White Black 10 Red 30 Red 11 Light 31 Light BENN Black 42 brown Red 32 brown Red 13 Yellow Black 33 Yellow Black 14 Red 34 Red 15 Light Black 35 Light Black 16 green Red 36 green Red 17 Gray Black 37 Gray Black 18 Red 38 Red 19 White Black 39 White Black 20 Red 40 Red 109 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with Connectors Section 4 5 Using Pressure welded Use the following procedure to prepare flat cables with XG4M 4030 T MIL Flat Cable Connectors Connectors 1 2 3 1 Use precision screwdrivers to open the hooks both ends and separate the contacts from the cover of the MIL socket There are two tabs on each end of the contact side of the socket Release both of these at the same time not one at a time 2 Place the flat cable between the contacts and cover of the socket align the contacts and press on the cover to lock it in place on the contacts Use a vise or similar device to firmly press the cover on until the tabs are properly joined Applicable Wires 1 27 mm pitch flat cable AWG28 7 strand wire UL2651 Standard Cable UL20012 Stranded Cable UL20028 Color Coded Cable 3 If r
307. ock Link Output Remote Environment Adapter used resistant Termi Lu e with Output Block nal inputs out we puts or mixed 1 0 S ZU T7 nod rit Solenoids ect Photoelectric Solenoids T branch Taps or multi sensors proximity valves etc drop connections sensors limit switches etc DeviceNet Master Unit C200H I O Link Unit Note A DeviceNet Configurator is required if multiple Master Units are to be connected to one network Analog Output Temperature RS 232C _ e Terminal Input Terminal a se UH dug EE ttt Inputs Outputs Outputs Inputs xcd Ug puts Outputs Outputs Inputs Analog Input Terminal ag Solenoids Thermocouple tem 2r 20mA valves perature resistance code reader etc MULTIPLE I O TERMINALs etc thermometer Master Features Master Units Support remote I O communications between OMRON PLCs CS Series CV Series or C200HX HG HE HS and Slaves Support message communications between OMRON PLOs or between an OMRON PLC and Slaves and Masters from other companies VME Master Boards Support remote I O communications between a VME System and Slaves Open Network Controllers Support easy connection to an information system via Ethernet Configurator Features Enables free user set allocations to remote I O
308. odel DRT1 MD16C DRT1 MD16C 1 Internal I O common NPN PNP Output points 8 points Uses one word in Master Rated output current 0 3 A point 2 4 A common Residual voltage 1 2 V max at 0 3 A between each output termi nal and G 1 2 V max at 0 3 A between each output termi nal and V Leakage current 0 1 mA max ON delay time 0 5 ms max OFF delay time 1 5 ms max Number of circuits 8 points with one common Components DRT1 MD16C Environment resistive Terminals Input indicators DIP switch pins 1 and 2 Indicates the input status Indicates the output Baud rate of each contact status of each contact Refer to page 179 Lit when the input is ON Lit when the output is ON Output indicators Rotary switches 1 and 2 Node address Refer to page 179 Input connector Output connector The following diagram shows the main components of the DRT1 MD16C and DeviceNet indicators Refer to page 312 DeviceNet communications connector External power supply connector 193 Environment resistive Terminals IP66 Section 5 3 Internal Circuits The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 MD16C NPN Environment resistive Terminal DC DC converter Isolated 0 V for inputs and internal circuits 3 24V CN2 OV a PN for outputs External power for os supply connector 24V for inputs
309. of Terminal IP67 with 8 Transistor Outputs DRT1 ODOSCL NPN and DRT1 OD08CL 1 PNP Output Specifications Model DRT1 OD08CL DRT1 OD08CL 1 Internal common NPN PNP Output points 8 points Uses one word in Master Rated output current 0 5 A point 2 4 A common Residual voltage 1 2 V max at 0 5 A 1 2 V max at 0 5 A between each output termi between each output termi nal and G nal and V Leakage current 0 1 mA max ON delay time 0 5 ms max OFF delay time 1 5 ms max Number of circuits 8 points with one common 210 Waterproof Terminals IP67 Section 5 4 Components of the DRT1 OD08CL and DRT1 ODOS8CL 1 DeviceNet indicators DeviceNet communications Output indicators Refer to page 312 connector Indicate the output status of each contact Lit when the output is ON Oo Ow 6 o Q E ALLAL Rotary Switches 1 and 2 Node address setting Refer to page 200 EU DIP switch Pins 1 and 2 Baud rate setting Pin 3 Reserved Always OFF Pin 4 Hold Clear outputs for communications error External power Output connector Refer to page 200 supply connector Internal Circuits The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 ODOSCL Waterproof Terminal NPN Voltage step down G Aa Ej gt 249 CAN L OUTO OA
310. of the output ranges for each output signal range setting Output signal range High 10 to 10 V Oto 10 V 1t05V to 20 mA 4 to 20 mA Note Always turn OFF the Slave s power supply including the communications power supply before changing any settings Rotary Switch Setting Set the output signal range for each output with the rotary switch The following table shows the rotary switch settings and corresponding output signal range settings Signal range Signal range for output 0 for output 1 1to5V 1to5V 1to5V 0to 10V 1to5V 10 to 10 V 1to5V 0 to 20 mA 1to5V 4to 20 mA 0to 10V 0to 10V 0to 10V 10 to 10 V Oto 10 V 0 to 20 mA 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 151 Analog 1 Terminals Section 4 8 No Signal range Signal range for output 0 for output 1 Oto 10 V 4 to 20 mA 10 to 10 V 10 to 10 V 10 to 10 V 0 to 20 mA 10 to 10 V 4 to 20 mA 0 to 20 mA 0 to 20 mA 0 to 20 mA 4 to 20 mA 4 to 20 mA 4 to 20 mA Setting not possible nim UO S Internal Circuits Photo coupler Photo coupler V Output 0 Internal circuitry SOURCE 24V DC DC DC V Output 1 converter d SOURCE Isolated 24V DC Analog GND Terminal Arrangement 152 Analog I O Terminals Wiring Output Ranges and Converted Data Section 4 8 Connect the power supply and outputs volta
311. oing so may result in serious electrical shock or electrocution Operating Environment Precautions Do not operate the control system in the following places e Locations subject to direct sunlight Locations subject to temperatures or humidity outside the range specified in the specifications Locations subject to condensation as the result of severe changes in tem perature Locations subject to corrosive or flammable gases Locations subject to dust especially iron dust or salts Locations subject to shock or vibration Application Precautions 5 Locations subject to exposure to water oil or chemicals Take appropriate and sufficient countermeasures when installing systems in the following locations Locations subject to static electricity or other forms of noise Locations subject to strong electromagnetic fields Locations subject to possible exposure to radioactivity Locations close to power supplies Caution The operating environment of the PLC System can have a large effect on the longevity and reliability of the system Improper operating environments can lead to malfunction failure and other unforeseeable problems with the PLC System Be sure that the operating environment is within the specified condi tions at installation and remains within the specified conditions during the life of the system 5 Application Precautions Observe the following precautions when using a PLC System
312. ol OMRON DRT1 TSO4T ANALOG TERMINAL BROKERE 1 mm 3 WIRE m 0 m 2 CIC Wiring I O Refer to the wiring details for each Slave for information on the terminal arrangement at the terminal block and external I O wiring The following example shows the wiring to input 0 on a DRT1 TSO4T Temperature Input Terminal 4 10 CQM1 Link Unit 4 10 1 Node Address Baud Rate and Output Hold Clear Settings This section describes the Slaves node address setting baud rate settings and hold clear outputs for communications error setting These settings are made using the following pins on the DIP switch Node address setting Pins 1 through 6 Baud rate setting Pins 7 and 8 Output hold clear setting Pin 10 affects only outputs AAA AAR AAR 12345678910 Output hold clear setting for communications errors for outputs Node address setting Reserved Always OFF Baud rate setting 171 COMI I O Link Unit Node Address Settings Baud Rate Setting Setting Pins 9 and 10 172 Note Note Section 4 10 Each Slave s node address is set with pins 1 through 6 of the Slave s DIP switch Any node address within the setting range can be used as long as it isn t already set on another node DIP switch setting Node address Pin5 Pin4 Pin3 Pin2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 default 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 2 1 1 1 1 0
313. on 1 30 000 Analog Output 2 analog output points DRT1 DA02 Applicable range Terminals 2 words 1 to 5 V 0 to 10 V 10 to 10 V 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA output switch able Resolution 1 6 000 CQM1 I O Link 16 internal input CQM1 DRT21 Pier to pier remote I O Units 16 internal output PLC communications points between COM and Master Unit Overview of DeviceNet Section 1 1 Type S eUlulJ9 9Alsise1 juauiuoJIAu3 Cable SJOJOSUUOD punoH Name Waterproof Ter minals Appearance I O points 4 input points NPN Model DRT1 IDO4CL 4 input points PNP DRT1 IDO4CL 1 8 input points NPN DRT1 IDO8CL 8 input points PNP DRT1 IDO8CL 1 4 output points NPN DRT1 OD04CL 4 output points PNP DRT1 OD04CL 1 8 output points NPN DRT1 OD08CL 8 output points PNP DRT1 ODO08CL 1 Features Better resistance to envi ronment with waterproof drop proof construction IP67 Connects without tools to sensors valves and other devices with XS2 series connectors Environment resistive Tran sistor Terminals 8 input points NPN DRT1 IDO8C 8 output points NPN DRT1 OD08C 16 input points NPN DRT1 HD16C 16 input points PNP DRT1 HD16C 1 16 output points NPN DRT1 WD16C 16 output points PNP DRT1 WD16C 1 8 input 8 output points NPN DRT1 MD16C 8 input 8 outpu
314. on NPN PNP Input points 16 points ON voltage 15 V DC min between 15 V DC min between each input terminal and V each input terminal and G OFF voltage 5 V DC max between 5 V DC max between each input terminal and V each input terminal and OFF current 1 0 mA max Input current 6 0 mA max point at 24 V DC 3 0 mA min point at 17 V DC ON delay time 1 5 ms max OFF delay time 1 5 ms max Number of circuits 8 points with two commons Components of the DRT1 ID16TA and DRT1 ID16TA 1 Rotary switches Refer to page 62 Set the node address DIP switch Refer to page 62 Pins 1 and 2 Baud rate setting Pins 3 and 4 Reserved Always OFF DeviceNet Indicators Input indicators Refer to page 312 Indicate the input status of each contact Lit when the input is ON Circuit removal screws Communications Terminal block connector DIN track mounting hooks 67 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks Section 4 4 Internal Circuits The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 ID16TA Remote Input Terminal Q V1 24V DC i Q G1 CAN H iP Hi DRAIN eT f i NI T ANN 0 to 7 _ G1 Internal E circuitry 4 Ve r 69 G2 Lr RR pee V2 DC DC i sey j converter gt WN Isolated 8to 15
315. on of either 1 6 000 or 1 30 000 Temperature Input Terminals Temperature data is input as binary data for 4 inputs Thermocouple and temperature resistance thermometer inputs are avail able m Special I O Slaves C200H I O Link Units Special I O Slaves that mount to C200HX HG HE PLCs and read write data from the Master Unit to the specified words in the CPU Unit Read and write areas specified for up to 512 bits each 32 words each Any memory area words can be read or written using DeviceNet explicit messages RS 232C Units e Special I O Slaves that provide two RS 232C ports and control I O from the Master Units MULTIPLE I O TERMINALs e Multiple I O Units can be combined under a Communications Unit and treated as a single Slave e Special I O Units such as Analog I O Units and High speed Counter Units are also available Overview of DeviceNet Section 1 1 1 1 2 Slaves DeviceNet Slaves are classified as follows General purpose Slaves Slaves with functions that use a normal connector to connect the com munications cable Environment resistive Slaves Slaves with I O functions that use a round water proof connector to con nect the communications cable e Special I O Slaves Slaves with functions other than I O functions such as message commu nications that use a normal connector to connect the communications cable Appearance I O points Features asodind
316. onnector termi nal block I O con nectors for both inputs and outputs Temperature Input Termi nals DRT1 TS04T DRT1 TS04P DIN Track or screws terminal block Thermometer Temperature resistance input device termi nal block None Analog Input Terminals DRT1 AD04 DRT1 AD04H DIN Track or screws M3 terminal block 0 to 5 V 1 to 5 V Oto 10 V 10 to 10V 0 to 20 mA 4 to 20 mA termi nal block 11 Overview of DeviceNet Section 1 1 Type esodand Cable Name Analog Out put Terminals Model DRT1 DA02 Mounting DIN Track or screws yo connections terminal block Combined devices 1t05V 0to 10 V 10 to 10 V 0 to 20 mA 4 to 20 mA Internal power power supply supply termi nal block CQM1 I O Link Units CQM1 DRT21 Directly to PLC PLC to PLC link Supplied from PLC S eUlUulJ9 9AlSISe1 juauiuoJIAU3 SJOJOBUUOD suoneoiunuuuioo punoy eJenbs euuoN Waterproof Terminals DRT1 IDO4CL DRT1 IDO4CL 1 DRT1 IDO8CL DRT1 IDO8CL 1 DRT1 OD04CL DRT1 ODO04CL 1 DRT1 ODO8CL DRT1 ODO08CL 1 Environment resistive Tran sistor Termi nals DRT1 IDO8C DRT1 OD08C DRT1 HD16C DRT1 HD16C 1 DRT1 WD16C DRT1 WD16C 1 DRT1 MD16C DRT1 MD16C 1
317. onnector Y TIN T d Environment resistive Terminals or other Slaves using shielded connectors Slaves using different kinds of connectors can be connected ME 230 i through a T branch 7 Tap Slave with normal connector 1 44 A M I O Power Supply Cable Power supply Always use the communications cables listed in the following table to connect Waterproof Terminals Environment resistive Transistor Terminals and B7AC Interface Units Description DCA1 5CN Cable with round shielded connec tors on both ends DCA1 5CN Cable with round shielded connec tor female socket on one end DCA1 5CN Cable with round shielded connec tor male plug on one end Shielded T branch Connector for 1 branch line The blank spaces 00 the model numbers indicate the cable length in 0 1 m units For example add C5 for a cable 0 5 m long Note Standard thin DeviceNet cable is used for these cables so the cables cannot be used in an environment that is subject to spattering unless steps are taken to protect the cables 178 Environment resistive Terminals IP66 Section 5 3 The following connectors with built in terminating resistors are also available A Terminating Resistor can be conne
318. onnectors for Environment resistive Slaves 1 1 Connectors Description Manufacturer XS2G D4 Connector male plug assembly Crimp connect or soldered XS2H D421 Cable with connector on one end Male plug on one end cable wires on one end XS2W D42 Cable with connectors at both ends Male plug on one end female socket on one end 348 Connectable Devices and Device Current Consumptions Appendix C DRT1 ODOCC 1 External Power Supply Connectors Description Manufacturer XS2C D4 Female connector socket assembly Crimp connect or soldered XS2F D42 Cable with connector on one end Female socket on one end cable wires on one end DRT1 C DUI CL 1 I O Connectors Description Manufacturer XS2G D4 Connector male plug assembly Crimp connect or soldered XS2H D421 Cable with connector on one end Male plug on one end cable wires on one end XS2W D42 Cable with connectors at both ends Male plug on one end female socket on one end DRT1 ODOOCL 1 External Power Supply Connectors Description Manufacturer XS2C D4 Female connector socket assembly Crimp connect or soldered XS2F D42
319. ons Item Specification Model DRT1 OD04CL DRT1 ODO04CL 1 Internal common NPN PNP Output points 4 points Uses one word in Master Rated output current 0 5 A point 2 0 A common Residual voltage 1 2 V max at 0 5 A 1 2 V max at 0 5 A between each output termi between each output termi nal and G nal and V Leakage current 0 1 mA max ON delay time 0 5 ms max OFF delay time 1 5 ms max Number of circuits 4 points with one common 207 Waterproof Terminals IP67 Section 5 4 Components of the DRT1 OD04CL and DRT1 ODOACL 1 DeviceNet indicators DeviceNet communications Output indicators Refer to page 312 connector Indicate the output status of each contact Lit when the output is ON Rotary Switches 1 and 2 Node address setting Refer to page 200 Q 2 DIP switch Pins 1 and 2 Baud rate setting Pin 3 Reserved Always OFF External power Output connector Pin 4 Hold Clear outputs for communications error Supply connector Refer to page 200 Internal Circuits The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 OD04CL Waterproof Terminal NPN Voltage step down 2 NV o V t E DRAIN The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 ODO4CL 1 Waterproof Terminal PNP Voltage s
320. ons connection not yet established The Network is normal but the com munications connection is not estab lished Fatal com munications error A fatal communications error has occurred Network communications are not possible Check for a node address duplication or Bus Off error Flashing Non fatal communica tions error A communications error with the Master Unit has occurred OFF Offline power OFF The power supply to the Master Unit is not ON etc ON Unit error Unit hardware error Normal Unit hardware is normal ON Port 1 receiv ing Data is being received at RS 232C port 1 Port 1 not receiving No data is being received at RS 232C port 1 Port 1 trans mitting Data is being transmitted from RS 232C port 1 Port 1 not transmitting No data is being transmitted from RS 232C port 1 Port 2 receiv ing Data is being received at RS 232C port 2 Port 2 not receiving No data is being received at RS 232C port 2 264 Port 2 trans mitting Data is being transmitted from RS 232C port 2 Port 2 not transmitting No data is being transmitted from RS 232C port 2 RS 232C Units Section 6 2 6 2 5 Word Allocations for Communications Status The RS 232C Unit is allocated one word 16 points in the IN Area of the Mas ter Unit This word is configured as illustrated in the following diagram and i
321. ons functions operating procedures and appli cations Always read this manual thoroughly before installing or operating DeviceNet devices DeviceNet Slaves Operation Manual W347 Describes available Slave Units their specifications functions operating pro cedures and applications This manual has been separately produced in response to the increase in Slave Unit models since the production of the DeviceNet Operation Manual W267 Use this manual in conjunction with the DeviceNet Operation Manual W267 XV DeviceNet Manuals xvi DeviceNet Configurator Operation Manual W328 Describes the operating procedures of the DeviceNet Configurator which is used to freely allocate remote I O areas and allows multiple Master Units to be mounted to one PLC or connected to one DeviceNet Network to perform independent remote I O communications Refer to this manual when operat ing a DeviceNet Network with a DeviceNet Configurator MULTIPLE I O TERMINAL Operation Manual W348 Describes available MULTIPLE I O TERMINALs their specifications func tions operating procedures and applications This manual has been sepa rately produced in response to the increase in MULTIPLE I O TERMINAL models since the production of the DeviceNet Operation Manual W267 Use this manual in conjunction with the DeviceNet Operation Manual W267 SECTION 1 Features and System Configuration This section provides an overview of the DeviceN
322. ons cables to the RS 232C Unit using the standard Square Connectors just like General purpose Slaves This section does not explain how to connect communications cables For details on connecting the cables refer to 4 2 Connecting Communications Cables to General purpose Slaves 6 2 2 Address and Baud Rate Settings This section describes the Slaves node address setting and baud rate set ting These settings are made using the following pins on the DIP switch 260 RS 232C Units Node Address Settings Baud Rate Setting Note Note Section 6 2 Node address setting Pins 1 through 6 Baud rate setting Pins 7 and 8 AAR AAAAABE 12345678910 Node address setting Baud rate setting Reserved Always OFF Each Slave s node address is set with pins 1 through 6 of the Slave s DIP switch Any node address within the setting range can be used as long as it isn t already set on another node DIP switch setting Node address Pin 5 Pin4 Pin3 Pin2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 default 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 2 1 1 1 1 0 1 61 1 1 1 1 1 0 62 1 1 1 1 1 1 63 1 Refer to Appendix A Node Address Settings Table for a complete table of DIP switch settings 2 The Slave won t be able to participate in communications if the same node address is used for the Master or another Slave node node address du plication error Pins 7 and 8 are used to set the baud rate as
323. or 09 The parameters are set incorrectly Reset the parameters correctly using communications status word is ON the PARAMETER SET command then execute the RS 232C PORT RESET command or restart the RS 232C Unit Parity Error Flag bit 04 or 12 com The parity setting does not match the Reset the RS 232C port s parity setting munications status word is ON setting in the RS 232C Unit to match the parity of the RS 232C Unit Overrun Error Flag bit 05 or 13 in The baud rate does not match the set Reset the RS 232C port s baud rate to communications status word is ON ting in the RS 232C Unit match the baud rate of the RS 232C Unit Framing Error Flag bit 06 or 14 in The character block settings data Reset the RS 232C port s character communications status word is ON length parity and stop bits do not block data length parity and stop bits match those in the RS 232C Unit to match the character block of the RS 232C Unit Receive Buffer Error Flag bit 07 or 15 The receive buffer has overflowed The receive buffer for each of the RS in communications status word is ON 232C Unit s ports is 1 024 bytes Increase the reading frequency so that the receive buffer does not overflow If the receive buffer has overflown exe cute the RS 232C PORT RESET com mand or restart the RS 232C Unit 8 3 Maintenance This section describes the routine cleaning and inspection recommended as
324. ors Terminating Resistors Model Specifications Manufacturer Terminal block Terminating Resistor 121 Q Shielded Terminating Resistor male plug Shielded Terminating Resistor female socket Note Also can be used as Terminating Resistor with T branch Tap 347 Connectable Devices and Device Current Consumptions Appendix C T branch Taps Specifications Manufacturer 3 connectors provided When used on trunk line 1 drop line can be connected Terminating Resistor can be connected 5 connectors provided When used on trunk line 3 drop lines can be connected Terminating Resistor can be connected T branch Connector Model Specifications Manufacturer DCN2 1 Shielded T branch Connector 1 branch OMRON Power Supply Sharing Taps Specifications Manufacturer 1485T P2T5 T5 Required when connecting more than one power Allen Bradley supply Countercurrent flow prevention ground terminal pro vided One branch tap for power supply Use this tap when connecting a communications power supply Two connectors and two fuses are standard Note The Power Supply Sharing Taps are sold through the OMRON 24 Service Co Ltd Connectors for I O Cable Connections to Sensor Terminals Mods Specifications XS8A 0441 Connector marking XS8 1 Applicable cable wire size 0 3 to 0 5 mm XS8A 0442 Connector marking XS8 2 Applicable cable wire size 0 14 to 0 2 mm C
325. own below Pressure welded Cables terminal for 2 lines Pressure welded terminal Pheonix Contacts model Al TWIN2X0 5 8WH product number 3200933 Pressure welding tool Pheonix Contacts model UD6 product number 1204436 Connecting Communications Cables to General purpose Slaves Section 4 2 Multi drop Connections with Special Connector Thin or Thick Cables A multi drop wiring connector sold separately can be used to wire a multi drop connector for either thin or thick cables This multi drop wiring connector is required to wire a multi drop connection with thick cables which are too thick for two lines to fit into the connector provided with the Units The multi drop wiring connector cannot always be used with Master Units or the CQM1 I O Link Units because it may come into contact with the Units mounted next to the Master Unit or the CQM1 I O Link Unit If this happens use a T branch Tap to wire the connection 4 2 3 Mounting Terminating Resistors Terminating Resistors must be used at both ends of the trunk line Terminating Resistors T branch Tap Terminating Resistors A terminating resistor is included with the T branch Tap Clip the leads on the resistor to about 3 mm and insert it into the T branch Tap as shown in the following diagram The resistor can face in either direction Terminal block Terminating Resistors A terminating resistor is built into the Terminal block Terminating Resistor To connec
326. path length See note 16 Consumed connection path See note 17 Production inhibit time Service 05Reset DeviceNet service 00 hexadecimal Parameter option OEGet Attribute Single 10Set Attribute Single Note These values depend on the type of Slave being used Refer to the following table DRT1 ID08 Produced connection path length Consumed connection size Produced connection size o Produced connection path 20 04 24 01 30 03 Consumed connection path length path DRT1 ID08 1 20 04 24 01_30_03 DRT1 ID16 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 ID16 1 20 04 24 01_30_03 DRT1 OD08 20 04 24 01_30_03 DRT1 OD08 1 20 04 24 01_30_03 DRT1 OD16 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 OD16 1 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 MD16 20 04 24 01 30 03 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 ID16T 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 ID16T 1 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 OD16T 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 OD16T 1 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 MD16T 20 04 24 01 30 03 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 MD16T 1 20 04 24 01_30_03 20_04 24 01_30_03 DRT1 ID16TA 20_04_24 01_30_03 DRT1 ID16TA 1 20_04_24 01_30_03 DRT1 OD16TA 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 OD16TA 1 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 MD16TA 20 04 24 01 30 03 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 MD16TA 1 20 04 24 01 30 03 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1 ID32ML 20 04 24 01 30 03 DRT1
327. r band or there is no component for securing the connectors Always fix securely those connectors that can be secured Master Temperature Securing Slave Connectors with Screws Tighten the screws fixing the connectors to a torque of 0 25 to 0 3 N m Securing Slave Connectors with Connector Bands Use the following procedure to secure connectors with connector bands 37 Connecting Communications Cables to General purpose Slaves Section 4 2 38 1 Pull out the connector band from the Slave Unit Slave a 6 Connector band Slave 2 Liftup the connector band 3 Insert the connector into the Slave Unit N 2 4 Wrap the connector band around the connector and secure firmly N Note Multidrop connectors cannot be secured Multi drop Connections e Multi drop Connections with Accessory Connector Thin Cables Only The connectors provided with the Units can be used for a multi drop con nection as long as thin cables are being used just insert both lines into the same hole in the connector Be sure to use crimp connectors on both lines The following illustration shows a multi drop connection for a con nector without set screws When connecting two lines to the same hole first place them together in one pressure welded terminal as sh
328. r is operating properly When using an OMRON Master refer to the Master Unit s Operation Manual When using another company s Master Unit refer to that Mas ter s user s manual Check whether the communications cables are connected properly Check whether the power supply is set correctly Check for broken wires in the communications and power supply cables attached to the connectors Troubleshooting Section 8 2 Error Probable cause The NS indicator continues to flash green Make sure that the Master is operating properly When using an OMRON Master refer to the Master Unit s Operation Manual When using another company s Master Unit refer to that Mas ter s operation manual Check whether the Slave is registered in the Master s scan list If an OMRON Master Unit is being used a new Slave cannot be added to the network if the Master is operating with the scan list enabled First per form the clear scan list operation check that the Slave has joined the net work and then perform the create scan list operation If another company s Master Unit is being used refer to that Master s operation manual for details on adding a new Slave to its scan list The NS indicator alternates between being When using an OMRON Master check the following items and perform green and flashing green or alternates the necessary error processing steps between flashing red and flashing green Register the scan list again Af
329. re two kinds of wiring for OMRON 2 wire Proximity Switches pre wired with connector One kind has IEC pin allocation M1GJ type and the other has OMRON pin allocation M1J type Refer to the following table to determine the appropriate Environment resistive Terminal to use with each kind of switch Proximity Switch Compatible Terminals IEC pin allocation M1GJ type DRT1 HD16C 1 DRT1 MD16C 1 OMRON pin allocation M1J type DRT1 IDO8C DRT1 HD16C DRT1 MD16C 5 4 Waterproof Terminals IP67 5 4 1 Node Address Baud Rate and Output Hold Clear Settings This section describes the node address setting baud rate setting and the hold clear outputs for communications error setting These settings are com mon to all of the Waterproof Terminals and are made on the shown in the fol lowing diagrams Node address setting Rotary switches Baud rate setting Pins 1 and 2 Output hold clear setting Pin 4 affects only outputs Oz Output hold clear setting for communications errors for outputs Reserved Always OFF Node address setting Baud rate setting 200 Waterproof Terminals IP67 Node Address Setting Note Baud Rate Setting Note Output Hold Clear Setting Section 5 4 Each Waterproof Terminal s node address is set in two digit decimal with the rotary switches The 10 s digit is set on the left rotary switch and the 1 s digit is set on right rotary switch Any node address within the allowed se
330. rection Any of the following directions are okay Vertical Mounting Dimensions Mounted to DIN Track gt 35 mm DIN track 45 mm 35 mm Mounting Bracket B 45 mm I 107 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with Connectors Section 4 5 Mounted to Parallel to a Panel Mounting Bracket B 0 1 mm Mounting Bracket The dimensions of the SRT2 ATT02 Mounting Bracket B are shown below Dimensions 7 3 Mounting holes Two 3 2 dia or M3 fs 3 i 3 m 4 5 6 Wiring Internal Power Supplies Power Supplies and I O Internal power is supplied together with the communications power supply and does not need to be wired separately I O power supplies and I O are wired through the I O MIL connector Connecting to I O The MIL Cables listed in the following table are available to connect OMRON Terminals Using OMRON Terminals e g I O Relay Blocks Select the MIL Cable that matches the MIL Cables Remote I O Terminal and the I O Terminal MIL Cable Relay Block or other I O Remarks Terminal DRT1 ID32ML G79 150 25 D1 50 cm G7TC ID16 979 175 50 01 75 cm G7TC IA16 DRT1 OD32ML G79 O50 25 D1 50 cm G7TC OCO08 OC16 G79 O75 50 D1 75 cm G70D SOC16 VSOC16 G70A ZOC1 06 3 G70D FOM16 VFOM16 108 Transistor
331. regular maintenance 8 3 1 Cleaning Clean the DeviceNet Units regularly as described below in order to keep it in its optimal operating condition Wipe the Unit with a dry soft cloth for regular cleaning When a spot cannot be removed with a dry cloth dampen the cloth with a neutral cleanser wring out the cloth and wipe the Unit A smudge may remain on the Unit from gum vinyl or tape that was left on for a long time Remove the smudge when cleaning Caution Never use volatile solvents such as paint thinner or benzene or chemical wipes These substances could damage the surface of the Unit 8 3 2 Inspection Be sure to inspect the system periodically to keep it in its optimal operating condition In general inspect the system once every 6 to 12 months but inspect more frequently if the system is used with high temperature or humid ity or under dirty dusty conditions 318 Maintenance Section 8 3 Inspection Equipment Prepare the following equipment before inspecting the system Required Equipment Have a standard and phillips head screwdriver multimeter alcohol and a clean cloth Equipment that May be Required Depending on the system conditions a synchroscope oscilloscope ther mometer or hygrometer to measure humidity might be needed Inspection Procedure Check the items in the following table and correct any items that are below standard Environmental conditions Ambient and cabinet temper
332. rews connections terminal block 2 tiers Combined devices Connected to terminal block Internal power supply termi nal block 1 O power supply M3 termi nal block Transistor Remote Terminals with 3 tier I O Ter minal Blocks DRT1 ID16T DRT1 ID16T 1 DRT1 OD16T DRT1 OD16T 1 DRT1 MD16T DRT1 MD16T 1 DRT1 ID16TA DRT1 ID16TA 1 DRT1 OD16TA DRT1 OD16TA 1 DRT1 MD16TA DRT1 MD16TA 1 DIN Track or screws M3 terminal block 3 tiers Connected to terminal block termi nal block Same as communi cations power supply M3 termi nal block Transistor Remote Terminals with Connec tors DRT1 ID32ML DRT1 ID32ML 1 DRT1 OD32ML DRT1 OD32ML 1 DRT1 MD32ML DRT1 MD32ML 1 DIN Track or directly to wall with mounting bracket MIL connec tor Cable with MIL connector and I O Block Same as communi cations power supply MIL con nector for both inputs and out puts Remote Adapters DRT1 ID16X DRT1 ID16X 1 DRT1 OD16X DRT1 OD16X 1 DIN Track Or screws Flat cable connector MIL socket G70D I O Block termi nal block Flat cable connector with MIL socket for both inputs and out puts Sensor Termi nals DRT1 HD16S DRT1 ND16S DIN Track or screws I O connector Sensor or external devices with c
333. rigger 82 hexadecimal 4 Produced connection ID 5 Consumed connection ID 6 Initial comm characteristics 01 hexadecimal 7 Produced connection size 0200 hexadecimal 8 Consumed connection size 0000 hexadecimal 9 Expected packet rate 12 Watchdog time out action 00 hexadecimal 13 Produced connection path length 02 hexadecimal 14 Produced connection path 15 Consumed connection path length 00 hexadecimal 16 Consumed connection path 17 Production inhibit time 00 hexadecimal Item DeviceNet service Parameter option Object instance 2 Service OEGet Attribute Single 10Set Attribute Single Object instance 3 Object instance 3 Section Information Max number of instances Instance type Bit strobed I O 1 Production trigger Cyclic Transport type Server Transport class 2 Attribute ID content 1 State 2 Instance type 01 hexadecimal 3 Transport class trigger 82 hexadecimal 4 Produced connection ID 5 Consumed connection ID 6 Initial comm characteristics 02 hexadecimal 7 Produced connection size 0200 hexadecimal 8 Consumed connection size 0800 hexadecimal 9 Expected packet rate 12 Watchdog time out action 00 hexadecimal 13 Produced connection path length 06 hexadecimal 14 Produced connection path 20_0
334. rminal The bit in the DeviceNet I O area depends on the word address where the sensor is connected as shown in the following table Word address 0 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 127 Sensor Terminals Section 4 7 Wiring Example SOURCE 24V DC 1 1 2 OODD Internal circuits power supply Sensor Sensor Sensor 3 wire sensor 3 wire sensor 2 wire sensor without with without self diagnostic self diagnostic self diagnostic output function output output function function Note In accordance with the changes in the standards for photoelectric sensors and proximity sensors wire colors have been changed Colors in parentheses are the old wire colors Dimensions The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1 HD16S Input Sen sor Terminal All dimensions are in mm Approx 73 With connector attached ol OMRON DRT1 HD16S SENSOR TERMINAL Mounting holes Two 4 2 dia or M4 140 0 3 128 Sensor Terminals Section 4 7 4 7 3 Transistor I O Sensor Terminals with 8 Inputs and 8 Outputs DRT1 ND16S Specifications Input Specifications Item Specification Input points 8 NPN points ON voltage 12 V DC min between each input terminal Vcc the external sensor power supply OFF voltage 4 V DC max between each input terminal and Vcc the external sensor power supply OFF current 1 0 m
335. rol Panel The C200H l O Link Unit must be mounted in the Backplane of a CS1H G or C200HX HG HE PLC The Unit mounts in the Backplane just like standard Units Refer to the PLC s Operation Manual or Installation Guide for details on mounting the Unit in the Backplane and installing the PLC in a control panel Note The C200H I O Link Unit uses work words in the PLC CS1H G or C200HX HG HE to exchange I O data with the Master so it isn t necessary to wire an internal power supply I O power supply or I O lines 6 1 12 C200H I O Link Unit Application Examples This section explains the procedure for using explicit messages with a C200H Link Unit The following system configuration example is used in this example When explicit messages are used with a C200H I O Link Unit the areas in the Slave s PLC can be read or written 256 C200H I O Link Units Section 6 1 C200HW DRM21 V1 Master Unit node address 00 unit number 0 24 V DC power supply C200HW DRT21 I O Link Unit node address 07 1 C200HX PLC T branch a MM Terminating Resistor Terminating Resistor T branch Tap T branch Tap Reading Data from a Slave With the following program 10 words 20 bytes of data is read from DM 1000 of the Slave PLC to which C200H I O Link Unit is mounted when IR 00000 turns ON in the CPU Unit of the Mast
336. rs 2 and 7 When I O power is sup plied to terminals 9 and 2 power can be supplied to sensors from terminals 14 and 7 When the power supply exceeds 1 2 A the power supply should not be in put through the terminals an external power supply must be used instead 2 Wire colors in parentheses are the previous JIS colors for photoelectric and proximity sensors 44 Transistor Remote I O Terminals Section 4 3 Dimensions The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1 IDO8 and DRT1 1008 1 Remote Input Terminals All dimensions are in mm Approx 73 NEM With connector attached Mounting holes Two 4 2 dia or M4 40 115 0 3 4 3 3 Transistor Remote Input Terminals with 16 Points DRT1 ID16 NPN and DRT1 ID16 1 PNP Input Specifications Specification Model DRT1 ID16 DRT1 ID16 1 Internal common NPN PNP Input points 16 points ON voltage 15 V DC min between 15 V DC min between each input terminal and V each input terminal and G OFF voltage 5 V DC max between 5 V DC max between each input terminal and V each input terminal and G OFF current 1 mA max Input current 10 mA max point ON delay time 1 5 ms max OFF delay time 1 5 ms max Number of circuits 16 points with one common 45 Transistor Remote I O Terminals Section 4 3 Components of the DRT1 ID16 and DRT1 ID16 1 Input indicators Indicate the status of
337. rton B7AC Connector on B7AC Link I O bits allocated to Master Unit Interface Unit Terminal Unit Input connector 0 to 9 IR 35100 to IR 35109 Input connector 0 to 5 IR 35110 to IR 35115 Input connector 6 to 9 IR 35200 to IR 35203 Input connector 0 to 9 IR 35204 to IR 35213 IR 35214 is the B7AC Communications Error Flag for the B7AC Interface Unit If a communications error occurs in communications with a B7AC Link Termi nal Unit normal communications will be restored automatically when the com munications error is resolved The time required to restore communications depends on the error continuation time time from error occurrence to error resolution as shown below Error continuation time less than 500 ms The B7AC Communications Error Flag will be turned OFF 500 ms after the error occurred Error continuation time greater than 500 ms The B7AC Communications Error Flag will be turned OFF after the er ror is resolved 15 14 13 12 1110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m 0 Wd 351 m 1 Wd 352 0 ERR B7AC Communications Error Flag B7AC Unit connected to port A B7AC Unit connected to port B B7AC Unit connected to port C 221 7 Interface Units Section 5 5 Internal Circuits DC DC converter Isolated for internal circuits eS 4 External Photo Y power Supply coupler r in
338. s Connecting devices that require being mounted are as follows T branch Taps Secure to the control panel with screws or mounted to a DIN track e Terminal block Terminating Resistors Secure to the control panel with screws Open mounting holes in the control panel and secure the device to the control panel with screws Tighten the M4 screws to a tightening torque of 0 6 to 1 18 N m The method of mounting devices to DIN track is the same as for Slave Units Refer to the DeviceNet Operation Manual W267 for details 18 Setting and Wiring Hardware Section 2 3 2 3 4 Connecting Cables Connecting Communications Cables Connect the Master Unit and T branch Taps T branch Taps and T branch Taps and T branch Taps and Slaves with Thin DeviceNet Communications Cables If Terminating Resistors are connected to T branch Taps connect to the T branch Tap furthest from the power supply The T branch Tap however must be within 6 m of the furthest node C200HX PLC 7 segment display device M7F Remote I O Terminal Remote I O Terminal 24 V DC power supply T branch Tap T branch Tap T branch Tap RS 232C Unit Temperature Input Terminal If Terminal block Terminating Resistors are used the Terminating Resistor must be con nected to the end of a cable within 1 m from the furthest node 1 2 3 Wiring the I
339. s used to communicate the communications status of RS 232C ports 1 and 2 to the Master Unit Port 2 status Port 1 status Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bits 0 8 Transmission Ready Flag Bits 1 9 System Parameter Setup Error Flag Bits 2 10 Receiving Flag Bits 3 11 Received Flag Bits 4 12 Parity Error Flag Bits 5 13 Overrun Error Flag Bits 6 14 Framing Error Flag Bits 7 15 Receive Buffer Overflow Flag Function Transmission 0 Transmitting data Ready Flag 1 Transmission enabled no data transmitted When writing data to other ports SEND com mand check to make sure this bit is 1 ON before starting PLC Setup Error 0 System parameter setup normal Flag 1 System parameter setup error Receiving Flag 0 No data is being received 1 Data is being received Received Flag 0 No data in the reception buffer 1 Data in the reception buffer When reading data from other ports RECEIVE READ DATA command check to make sure this bit is 1 ON before starting Parity Error Flag 0 No parity error 1 Parity error When a parity error occurs make sure that the parity setting for the RS 232C Unit and the RS 232C device are the same Overrun Error Flag 0 No overrun error 1 Overrun error When an overrun error occurs make sure that the baud rate setting for the RS 232C Unit and the RS 232C device are the same Framing Error Flag 0 No framing error 1 Framing error
340. s 15 6 1 No of message bytes No of data bytes following the FINS command code The communications cycle time depends on whether or not remote I O com munications are being used No Remote I O Communications The following equation can be used to compute the message communications time when remote I O communications are not being used Message communications time 2 ms see note 0 11 x Tg 0 6 ms Tp The baud rate 500 kbps Tg 2 250 kbps Tg 4 125 kbps Tp 8 The minimum remote I O communications cycle time is 2 ms even if remote 1 O communications are not being used Remote I O and Message Communications Performing message communications in addition to remote I O communica tions will increase the message communications time Message communications time Communications cycle time for remote I O communications only 0 11 x Tg 0 6 ms The baud rate 500 kbps Tg 2 250 kbps Tg 4 125 kbps Tp 8 SECTION 8 Troubleshooting and Maintenance This section describes error processing periodic maintenance operations and troubleshooting procedures needed to keep the DeviceNet Network operating properly We recommend reading through the error processing procedures before operation so that operating errors can be identified and corrected more quickly 8 1 Indicators and Error Processing 312 8 1 1 Errors Occurring in the Slave 312 8
341. s always 0094 Hex Explicit Function Service code Instance ID Page message See note PARAMETER Sets the parame 10 Hex 90 Hex 01 Hex SET ters for an RS 232C port PARAMETER Reads the parame OE Hex BE Hex 01 Hex READ ters set for an RS 232C port INITIALIZE Initializes the 05 Hex 85 Hex 01 Hex PARAMETERS parameters for an RS 232C port RS 232C DATA Transmits data 10 Hex 90 Hex Port 1 02 Hex SEND from an Port 2 03 Hex RS 232C port RS 232C Reads data OE Hex 8E Hex Port 1 02 Hex RECEIVE DATA received by an Port 2 03 Hex READ RS 232C port PORT RESET Resets an 05 Hex 85 Hex Port 1 02 Hex RS 232C port Port 2 03 Hex Error response When an error 94 Hex occurs in an explicit message command an error response is sent from the RS 232C Unit Note The parentheses indicate the response values Explicit Message Format This section explains the common features of explicit commands and responses Details and usage examples will only be provided however for those explicit messages that the RS 232C Unit can process For details on using explicit messages with a Master Unit refer to the DeviceNet Operation Manual The number of bytes designated for Class ID Instance ID and Attribute ID differ depending on the Master When sent from an OMRON DeviceNet Mas ter Class ID and Instance ID are 2 bytes 4 digits and Attribute ID is 1 byte 2 digits
342. s connected properly applicable to the DRT1 TSO4T only 8 2 4 C200H I O Link Unit Troubleshooting When an error occurs in the C200H I O Link Unit and the error code is dis played by the 7 segment display use the following table to troubleshoot the problem If the error code is not shown on the 7 segment display use the table under the heading dentifying Errors from Symptoms to troubleshoot the problem Identifying Errors from Seven segment Display Display Probable cause Possible remedy Attempt was made to set the Link Area when the 1 Turn OFF bit 00 of the software switches PLC is not in PROGRAM mode 2 Switch the PLC s operating mode to PROGRAM mode 3 Turn ON bit 00 of the software switches again Invalid setting values in Link Area 1 Turn OFF bit 00 of the software switches 2 Check the area settings address settings and size settings and correct if necessary 3 Turn ON bit 00 of the software switches again Timeout error in communications with Master 1 Check the status of the Master Unit Unit 2 Check that the DeviceNet communications cables are The Master Unit is not operating connected properly and that noise preventative mea The cables are not connected properly sures have been taken A source of noise is close to the Master Unit 3 1 the error is not cleared after taking the above steps restart the Unit The Network s communications power is not Check the Network s power supply and w
343. s in order Black blue shield white and then red The wiring meth od is the same regardless of whether or not the connector is equipped with 4 SA set screws Connector without Set Screws Connector with Set Screws Black Black V Blue CAN low Blue CAN low A PA Shield 50 V3 Shield 2 m Ze A 74 Mus White CAN high a Red V There are colored stickers provided on the Master Unit and Slaves that match the colors of the lines to be inserted Be sure that the colors match when wir ing the connectors These colors are as follows Black Power line negative voltage V Blue Communications line low CAN low Shield White Communications line high CAN high Red Power line positive voltage V Note Be sure the line set screws are sufficiently loosened before attempt ing to insert the lines If these screws are not loose the lines will en ter the gaps in the back of the connector and will not lock properly 35 Connecting Communications Cables to General purpose Slaves Section 4 2 6 Tighten the line set screws for each line in the connector Tighten the screws to a torque of 0 25 to 0 3 N m You will not be able to tighten these screws with a normal screwdriver which narrows to a point at the end You will need a screwdriver that is con sistently thin for the entire length Connecior without Set Screws Use a flat blade screwdriver that is consistently th
344. s is FFF The three leftmost digits and three rightmost digits each comprising one word of data are alternately provided to the Master every 125 ms as shown in the following diagram Broken wire bit 125 mms 125 mms 125 mms Leftmost 3 digits Rightmost 3 digits Leftmost 3 digits A Data refresh Time gt Data refresh 165 Temperature Input Terminals Section 4 9 Example 1 1130 25 C Value multiplied by 100 113025 Notification value 01B981 113025 expressed in hexadecimal Contents of 3 Leftmost Digits Sign Determin x 165 x 164 x 16 Bits 15 14 13 12 11 to 8 7 t04 3to0 Data 000 0 0 1 B 0 0 1 Temperature conversion data Tov 5 Leftmost Normal 2 Data area Sign determination area Contents of 3 Rightmost Digits x16 x16 x16 Sign Determin Temperature conversion data Bits 15 1413 12111108 7104 3to0 Data 1 0 0 0 9 8 1 48 9 8 1 11171 3 Rightmost C Normal uu T Data area Sign determination area Example 2 100 12 Value multiplied by 100 710012 Notification value FFD8E4 10012 expressed in hexadecimal Contents of 3 Leftmost Digits Sign Determin lt 165 x 164 x 16 Temperature conversion data Bits 15 14 13 12 11 108 7 04 3100 Data 0 010 0 F F D 0 F F D top Lentmost C Normal Sign determination area
345. s it isn t already set on another node Note The Environment resistive Terminal won t be able to participate in communi cations if the same node address is used for the Master or another Slave node node address duplication error Baud Rate Setting DIP switch pins 1 and 2 are used to set the baud rate as shown in the follow ing table These pins are factory set to OFF Pin settings Baud rate Pin 1 Pin 2 125 kbps default 250 kbps 500 kbps Not allowed Note 1 Always turn OFF the Slave s power supply including the communications power supply before changing the baud rate setting 2 Setthe same baud rate on all of the nodes Master and Slaves in the Net work Any Slaves with baud rates different from the Master s rate won t be able to participate in communications Furthermore a node with an incor rect baud rate setting may cause communications errors between nodes with correct baud rate settings 5 3 2 Environment resistive Terminal IP66 with 8 Transistor Inputs DRT1 IDO8C NPN Input Specifications Item Specification Model DRT1 IDO8C Internal common NPN Input points 8 points Uses one word in Master ON voltage 15 V DC min between each input terminal and V OFF voltage 5 V DC max between each input terminal and V OFF current 1 mA max Input current 6 mA max point at 24 V DC between each input terminal and V 180 Environment resistive Termin
346. s the input temperature Do mo not touch or remove it X X ARIK X Terminal block Connects the operation power supply X S 2 O the internal circuit power supply and the temperature sensors The wiring will vary depending on the model DIN track mounting rack Communications connector DIP switch 1 to 6 Node address Refer to page 124 7 8 Baud rate Refer to page 124 9 Temperature unit 5 or 5F See below 10 Display mode for 2 digits below decimal point See below DIP Switch Settings The following diagram shows the functions of the DIP switch for the DRT1 TSO4T and DRT1 TS04P Temperature Input Terminals ABAARAR BAAR 12345678910 Node address Baud rate Temperature unit Two digits below decimal point Function Settings 1 through 6 Node address setting Refer to 4 9 1 Node Address and Baud Rate 7 and 8 Baud rate setting Settings for details Temperature unit set OFF factory setting ting ON oF Display mode for 2 dig OFF factory setting Normal mode 0 or 1 its below the decimal digit depending on Refer to page 164 input classification ON Two digits below deci mal point Note Always turn OFF the Slave s power supply including the communications power supply before changing any settings 160 Temperature Input Terminals Rotary Switch Setting Section 4 9 Set the common input classification and input sign
347. set defines the functions pro vided by all slaves 355 Numerics 7 segment display meaning 233 312 A allocations CQM1 I O Link Unit 173 Analog Input Terminals averaging function 147 components 139 converted data 142 converted data storage 147 dimensions 149 DIP switch 139 input ranges 142 inputs setting number of 146 internal circuitry 141 open circuit detection function 147 rotary switch 140 specifications 137 wiring 142 Analog Input Units troubleshooting 315 Analog Output Terminals components 150 converted data 153 converted data storage 155 dimensions 155 DIP switch 151 internal circuitry 152 output ranges 153 outputs status after communications error 154 rotary switch 151 specifications 149 terminal arrangement 152 wiring 153 averaging function Analog Input Terminals 147 cleaning 318 communications 305 cycle time 305 communications cycle time 305 connector pin allocation Remote Adapter 16 output type 119 converted data Analog Input Terminals 142 Analog Output Terminals 153 converted data storage Analog Input Terminals 147 Analog Output Terminals 155 COMI word allocation I O Link Units 173 cycle time 305 communications 305 Index D E decimal 2 column display mode Temperature Input Terminals 164 dimensions Analog Input Terminals 149 Analog Output Terminals 155 I O Link Units 174 Master Units C200HX C200HG C200HE and C200HS PLCs
348. shown in the following table These pins are factory set to OFF Pin settings Baud rate Pin 7 Pin 8 125 kbps factory setting 250 kbps 500 kbps Not allowed 1 Always turn OFF the Slave s power supply including the communications power supply before changing the baud rate setting 2 Setthe same baud rate on all of the nodes Master and Slaves in the Net work Any Slaves with baud rates different from the Master s rate won t be able to participate in communications and may cause communications er rors to occur between nodes with correct baud rate settings 261 RS 232C Units Section 6 2 6 2 3 Specifications General Specifications Item Specification Models DRT1 232C2 Input points Inputs 2 ports max One word is used in the IN Area to detect the communica tions status Communications power supply voltage 11 to 25 V DC Supplied from the communications connector Internal power supply voltage 20 4 to 26 4 V DC 24 V DC 15 to 10 Current consumption Communications 50 mA max Internal circuits 100 mA max Noise immunity Internal power supply normal 600 V Internal power supply common 1 5 kV Pulse width 0 1 to 1 us Pulse rise time 1 ns via noise simulator Vibration resistance 10 to 150 Hz 1 0 mm double amplitude or 69 m s Shock resistance 200 m s Dielectric strength 500 V AC 50 60 Hz for 1 min leak
349. son be sure the set ting is correct before configuring the network 3 Pins 7 and 8 are reserved for system use They must always be set to OFF 4 Ifthe same node address is used for two different nodes a node duplica tion error will occur 200 1 0 Link Units Section 6 1 6 1 3 Baud Rate and Hold Clear Write Area Settings Front DIP Switch The DIP switch on the front panel of the Unit is used to set the baud rate and Hold Clear Write Area data for communications error The functions and set ting for the front panel DIP switch are as shown in the following diagram Cm Reserved Always OFF Om Hold Clear Write Area data for communications error I N Baud rate gt Function Setting Baud rate See the next table Hold Clear Write Area data for com OFF Clear default munications error ON Hold Reserved Leave this pin set to OFF Baud Rate Baud rate 125 kbps default 250 kbps 500 kbps Not allowed Note 1 Always turn OFF the Slave s power supply including the communications power supply before changing the baud rate setting 2 Setthe same baud rate on all of the nodes Master and Slaves in the Net work Any Slaves with baud rates different from the Master s rate will not be able to participate in communications and may cause communications errors to occur between nodes with correct baud rate settings 6 1 4 Specifications General Spe
350. ssion delay time 19 2 ms typical 3 ms typical factory setting B7AC Communications Error Signal Setting Pins 6 to 8 specify whether an error signal notification will be sent to the Master Unit when an error occurs in B7AC communications through the corre sponding port These pins are set to ON send error signal at the factory B7AC communications error signal setting Do not send error signal Send error signal factory setting If an error occurs in a port and the corresponding pin is ON send error sig nal the B7AC Communications Error Flag will be turned ON in the words allocated in the Master Unit See O Allocation below for details on the loca tion of the B7AC Communications Error Flag 1 Always turn OFF the Unit s power supply including the communications power supply before changing any DIP switch settings 2 Set the appropriate transmission delay time for the B7AC Link Terminal Unit connected to each port 3 Always turn OFF the B7AC communications error signal setting for a port if there isn t a B7AC Link Terminal Unit connected to the port The B7AC Interface Unit is allocated two input words in the Master Unit The following table shows the usage of these two words when word m 0 is the first word allocated and m 1 is the second word allocated Porton B7AC Connector on B7AC Link I O bits allocated to Master Unit Interface Unit Terminal Unit Input conn
351. ster Unit completes sending the message data for SEND 192 RECV 193 and FINS commands for CMND 194 IOWR If the CPU Unit attempts to send another message or receives a message from another node within the message communications time the second message or the message being received from another node may be destroyed Never execute a second communications instruction before the message communications time has elapsed and never send messages to any one node at intervals less than the message communications time 1 If send or receive messages are destroyed error records will be placed in the error history of the Master Unit If an error occurs read the error history using the FINS command or monitor the error history from the Configura tor 2 The following equations can be used to find the approximate message communications time but this is a typical time not the maximum time The message communications time will vary depending on the frequency of message communications the load on the remote node the communica tions cycle time and other factors For any one Master Unit the message communications time can be greatly increased due to heavy loads and the user program must be written to allow for this The following equation can be used to compute the approximate message communications time 309 Message Communications Time Section 7 2 310 Note Message communications time Communications cycle time x No of message byte
352. supported Object instance Attribute Not supported Service Not supported Header specification addition No DeviceNet Object 0x03 Item Object class Object class Attribute Service ID content 1 Revision Value 02 hexadecimal Get read Yes Set write No Not supported Item ID content Get read Set write Value Object instance Attribute 1 MAC ID 2 Baud rate 3 BOI 4 Bus Off counter 5 Allocation information 6 MAC ID switch changed 7 Baud rate switch changed 8 MAC ID switch value 9 Baud rate switch value Yes No Yes No Yes No 00 hexadecimal Yes No Yes No No No No No No No No No Item DeviceNet service Parameter option Object instance Service OEGet Attribute Single No 4BAllocate Master Slave Connection Set No 4CRelease Master Slave Connection Set No Assembly Object 0x04 Object class Attribute Not supported Service Not supported Item ID content Get read Set write Object instance Item Object instance Attribute Service 3 Data Parameter option No DeviceNet service OEGet Attribute Single 340 10Set Attribute Single No Using Another Company s Master Unit Appendix B Connection Object 0x05 Object class Attribute Not supported Service Not supported Object instance 1 Max number of active connections 1
353. t Vcc Vn Vec I O power supply voltage The allowable power supply range is 20 4 to 26 4 V and thus 20 4 V will be used to allow for the worst possible conditions Von ON voltage for a Slave with Transistor Inputs Vp Sensor s output residual voltage ON Current for Slave with Transistor Inputs and Sensor Control Output Load Current lout min lt lon lt lour max lout Sensor control output load current lon Slave ON current lon Vcc Vn Ve Rin Ve Internal residual voltage of Slave Rin Input impedance of Slave When loy is smaller than lour min connect a bleeder resistor R The bleeder resistor constant can be calculated as follows R lt Vcc Vg lour min lon Power W gt Vcc Vg R x 4 allowable margin i Slave with 2 wire 1 s Int Vcc Relation between OFF Current of Slave with Transistor Inputs and Sensor Leakage Current lorr 2 lieak loge OFF current of Slave Leakage current of Slave Connect a breeder resistor if leak is greater than lopp Use the following equation to calculate the breeder resistance constant R lt x Rin Ve leak Vorr Power W gt Vcc Vg R x 4 allowable margin 353 Busoff CAN configurator consumed connection size ODVA produced connection size connection device profile master slave Glossary A Busoff error occurs when there is an unacceptably high error rate on the communications bus
354. t Indicators Refer to page 312 Rotary switch Sets the input ranges Open circuit Indicators DRT1 ADOAH only Refer to page 147 Corresponding indicator lights when open circuit is detected Terminal block DIN track mounting hooks Communications connector DIP switch Pins 1 to 6 Node address setting Refer to page 124 Pins 7 and 8 Baud rate setting Refer to page 124 Pin 9 Number of inputs setting 4 points or 2 points DRT1 AD04 oniy Refer to page 146 Pin 10 Averaging function setting DRT1 AD04 only Refer to page 147 DIP Switch Settings The following diagram shows the functions of the DIP switch on the DRT1 AD04 and DRT1 AD04H Analog Input Terminals ARAB ARABS 8 12345678910 Node address setting 1 DRT1 AD04 DRT1 ADO4H Averaging Baud rate function setting Not used must Number of in be OFF puts setting 4 pts or 2 pts 139 Analog I O Terminals Section 4 8 The following table summarizes the DIP switch settings All pins are factory set to OFF Function Settings Setting contents DRT1 AD04 DRT1 AD04H Node address set Refer to 4 8 7 Node Address and Baud Rate Set ting ting for details Factory set to OFF Baud rate Number of inputs OFF 4 points Not used Must setting 2 or 4 be OFF See page 146 ON 2 points details Averaging function Averaging is not Not used Must See page 147
355. t as the binary value as 12C hexadecimal The contents of the word is thus 812C as shown in the following illustration 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 O0 110 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 8 1 2 C 163 162 16 16 DRT1 AD04H 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 Bit 8 7 65 442 10 If the converted data is a negative number it is expressed as two s comple ment The NEG command can be useful to obtain the absolute value from the two s complement DRT1 AD04 AD conversion values are refreshed every 2 ms for each input point DRT1 AD04H AD conversion values are refreshed every 250 ms It may take up to 650 ms however from when the step response is input until AD conversion data of 90 of that value can be transmitted Analog I O Terminals Section 4 8 Dimensions The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1 AD04 and DRT1 ADO4H Analog Input Terminals All dimensions are in mm With connector attached 50 max 12 150 max Mounting holes Two 4 2 dia or M4 Approx 73 140 0 3 4 8 3 Analog Output Terminal DRT1 DA02 Specifications General Specifications Output points Specification Voltage outputs Current outputs 2 points allocated two words in the Master Unit Communications power supply voltage 11 to 25 V DC supplied from the communications connec tor Internal power supp
356. t byte bits 00 to 07 If an odd number of read bytes have been specified the last byte of data moves into word H No of Received Bytes Response The number of bytes received from the source node address is returned in hexadecimal Source Node Address Response The node address of the C200H I O Link Unit that returned the response is returned in hexadecimal Actual addresses for Address H and Address L and actual number of bytes to be written differ according to the model of PLC to which the C200H I O Link 200 1 0 Link Units WORD DATA READ Section 6 1 Unit is mounted and the memory area Be sure to specify bytes within the data area range WORD DATA READ will read data from any area of the CPU Unit of the PLC to which the C200H I O Link Unit is mounted Data is returned from the right most byte to the leftmost byte Class ID Service code Address No of read words Destination node address Address H Instance ID Word data H Word data H Command Block wm Response Block RE Service ad L Word data L Source node wan gata Read data No of received bytes Maximum 200 bytes Parameters Destination Node Address Command The node address of the C200H I O Link Unit reading the data in single byte 2 digit hexadecimal Service Code command response In the command ID Hex is specified In the response the leftmost bit is
357. t line are connected internally as are external power supply line 24V and input line V When input power is supplied to external power supply connectors power can be supplied to sensors from input lines G and V provided that the total current does not exceed 1 0 A If the total current exceeds 1 0 A the power must not be supplied from the connector it must be supplied externally instead 2 Wire colors in parentheses are the previous JIS colors for photoelectric and proximity sensors 182 Environment resistive Terminals IP66 Dimensions Mounting Holes When screw mounting from the front Four 4 2 dia or M4 A oO 2 1 eo i 2050 3 i When screw mounting from the rear Four 5 4 dia g 1 N 205 0 3 5 3 3 DRT1 HD16C NPN DRT1 HD16C 1 PNP Input Specifications Item Model Section 5 3 The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1 IDO8C Environ ment resistive Terminal All dimensions are in mm Nut Mounting screw Environment resistive Terminal IP66 with 16 Transistor Inputs Specification DRT1 HD16C DRT1 HD16C 1 Internal common NPN PNP Input points 16 points ON voltage 15 V DC min between each input terminal and V 15 V DC min between each input terminal and G OFF voltage 5 V DC max between each input terminal and V 5 V DC
358. t node address Error Error code and faulty C200H Link Unit s node address Read Write Area default user settings Dot Indicators The dots at the lower right of each digit are operated by bit 18 Read Write Area default setting of the Status Area first word of the IR Area 5 words and show whether user settings or default settings are being used for the Read Write Area The dots are lit when the default settings are used and not lit when the user settings are used 312 Troubleshooting Section 8 2 Seven segment Display The 7 segment digits show the C200H I O Link Units node address during normal operation but alternate between the error code and the Units node address when an error occurs The following table outlines the operation of the display Status Display Watchdog timer Not lit Memory or system Error code only Lit error Other errors Error code and error node address alternate see diagram below The following diagram illustrates the alternating display of the error code and error node address gt OFF 0 3 s Error code OFF 0 3 s Error code y 2 1 5 08 7 OFF 0 3 5 Node adress OFF 0 3 s S If more then one error occurs at the same time each error code will be dis played in sequence followed at the end by the error node address 8 2 Troubleshooting 8 2 1 Slave Unit Troubleshooting Red Indicator ON or Flashing The MS indicator
359. t points PNP DRT1 MD16C 1 Better resistance to envi ronment with spatter proof waterproof drop proof construction IP66 Connects without tools to sensors valves and other devices with XS2 series connectors B7AC Interface Unit 10 inputs x 3 ports DRT1 B7AC Each Unit connects to three branches Connects without tools to sensors valves and other devices with XS2 series connectors Better resistance to envi ronment with spatter proof waterproof drop proof construction IP66 sene S O I Jeroeds 10 SJ0 2euuoo eJenbs euuoN C200H I O Link Units 512 input points max 32 words 512 output points max 32 words C200HW DRT21 Pier to pier remote I O PLC communications Max I O area 512 inputs and 512 outputs User allocations of I O area RS 232C Units 16 input points 1 word status area DRT1 232C2 Two RS 232C ports Explicit messages used for data transfers 151 bytes max Explicit messages used for settings and control RS 232C port status reflected in inputs Overview of DeviceNet Section 1 1 1 1 3 Slave Mounting and Connection Methods esodand aJenbs Transistor Remote Terminals DRT1 ID08 DRT1 ID08 1 DRT1 ID16 DRT1 ID16 1 DRT1 OD08 DRT1 OD08 1 DRT1 OD16 DRT1 OD16 1 DRT1 MD16 Mounting DIN Track or sc
360. t the cable to the Terminating Resistor attach standard M3 crimp terminals to the signal wires and securely screw the terminals to the Terminal block Terminating Resistor Tighten to a torque of 0 3 to 0 5 N m 6 0 mm max 6 0 mm max O 39 Transistor Remote I O Terminals Section 4 3 4 3 Transistor Remote I O Terminals 4 3 1 Node Address Baud Rate and Output Hold Clear Settings This section describes the Slaves node address setting baud rate settings and hold clear outputs for communications error setting These settings are made using the following pins on the DIP switch Node address setting Pins 1 through 6 Baud rate setting Pins 7 and 8 Output hold clear setting Pin 10 affects only outputs Node Address Settings Note Baud Rate Setting 40 Note AAA ABBAABA 12345678910 IL d6g Output hold clear setting for communications errors for outputs Node address setting Reserved Always OFF Baud rate setting The node address of the Remote I O Terminal is set with pins 1 through 6 of the DIP switch Any node address within the setting range can be used as long as it isn t already set on another node DIP switch setting Node address Pin 5 Pin4 Pin3 Pin2 0 default 1 2 0 OFF 1 ON 1 Refer to Appendix A Node Adaress Settings Table for a complete table of DIP switch settings The Slave
361. t to OFF Clear Read Write Area Settings Normal Completion Flag Turns ON when changes to the Read Write Area settings have been completed normally using software switch bit O or 1 Turns OFF when software switch bits 0 and 1 are both set to OFF Read Write Area Settings Error Completion Flag Turns ON when an error has occurred attempting to make changes to the Read Write Area settings using software switch bit 0 or 1 Turns OFF when software switch bits 0 and 1 are both set to OFF Explicit Connection Estab lished Flag Turns ON when an explicit connection has been established with the Master Unit Turns OFF when the explicit connection with the Master Unit is broken Read Write Area Default Set tings Flag Turns ON when Read Write Area default settings are used Turns OFF when Read Write Area user settings are used Error Flag Turns ON when any kind of error occurs When Status bits 00 01 02 06 or 10 are ON Turns OFF when all errors have been resolved When Status bits 00 01 02 06 and 10 are all OFF 238 I O Link Executing Flag Turns ON when a connection is estab lished with the Master Unit Turns OFF when a connection with the Master Unit is broken 200 1 0 Link Units Setting the Read and Write Areas 1 2 3 Section 6 1 Read Write Reference Area The current setting status of the Read Area and Write Area are indicated as sho
362. ta The data specified by the data write command exceeds the area range Not enough data There is not enough data e g an odd number of bytes of data was specified for the WORD DATA WRITE command Invalid parameter An error was made specifying the word address Reply data too large The data specified by the data read command exceeds the area range Object does not exist There is an error in the Class ID or Instance ID Additional Error Code Response Always FF Hex 6 1 9 Using Explicit DeviceNet Messages Using CMND to Read Data In the following example the CMND instruction is used to read words CIO 010 CS series and CV series to CIO 029 20 words on the Slave Unit from the Master in a CS series or CV series PLC Note If a CS series PLC is being used this example is applicable only when a CS series Master Unit is mounted Use the IOWR instruction when a C200HX 250 C200H 1 0 Link Units Section 6 1 HG HE or C200HS Master Unit is mounted In this case refer to the DeviceNet Master Unit Operation Manual for details on using the IOWR instruction For more detailed information on explicit messages refer to the DeviceNet Master Unit Operation Manual For information on the CMND instruction refer to the PLC s Operation Manual or Programming Manual Example Conditions Master node address 63 Slave network address 1 Slave node address 2 Example Using the CMND Instruction
363. ta and message data Message communications can be achieved either by using OMRON s FINS commands or by using explicit DeviceNet messages OMRON Master Unit OMRON Master Unit OMRON Slaves Configurator Remote I O communications Overview of DeviceNet Section 1 1 Connect Multiple PLCs to A Configurator Sold separately can be used to enable connection of more the Same Network than one Master to the Network allowing message communications between PLCs and between multiple groups of PLCs and Slaves This allows the DeviceNet Network to be used as a common bus to unify controls while reduc ing wiring OMRON Master Unit OMRON Master Unit OMRON Master Unit t t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Message communications DeviceNet Network OMRON Configurator Slaves Remote I O communications poer ee t Remote I O communications Multiple Master Units A Configurator sold separately can be used to enable mounting more than Handle Multi point Control one Master Unit to a single PLC allowing control of many more points This and Line Expansions feature can easily handle line expansions and other applications OMRON Master Units OMRON Configurator Slaves Slaves Slave Slave Configurator Overview of DeviceNet Section 1 1 Free Remote I O A Configurator sold separately can be used to enable flexible allocation of Allocation i e in any
364. tached connectors 9955 cr Nd sensors 10 inputs 999 4 Communications media CEI e m 10 sensors XS2W D420 081 0 Cables 10 inputs with shielded connector plugs sq TL 10 sensors 10 inputs The following B7AC Link Terminal Units Sensor I O Connector type can be connected to the B7AC Interface Unit B7AC T10A1 Number of 10 inputs Input format Transmission delay with the B7AC Interface Unit 19 2 ms inputs B7AC T10A1 A 10 inputs 19 2 ms or 3 ms switchable B7AC T10A1 B 10 inputs 19 2 ms or 3 ms switchable 5 5 3 B7AC Interface Unit DRT1 B7AC Specifications General Specifications Item Specification Model DRT1 B7AC Number of I O points 30 B7AC inputs max up to 3 B7AC Link Terminal Units can be connected with 10 inputs Unit Uses two input words in Master Internal current con sumption 24 V DC communications power supply 70 mA max 24 V DC internal power supply 500 mA max This is the current when 3 B7AC Link Terminal Units are con nected and all inputs are OFF It does not include the current consumed by connected external devices Dielectric strength 500 V AC for 1 min between insulated circuits detected leak age current 1 mA Noise immunity Internal power supply normal 600 V 10 min with pulse widths o
365. tep down 269 CAN L 7 OUTO CAN H ar V A lt I Internal circuitry He 21 CR K pu i ac DRAIN 249 MEM H 208 Waterproof Terminals IP67 Section 5 4 Wiring The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 ODO4CL Waterproof Terminal NPN CAN H CANL 3G 3G 45 DRAIN m Ne Output 0 Ne 2 V I O power supply Solenoid Valve The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 OD04CL 1 Waterproof Terminal PNP CAN H CANL 3G 2 5 AZAR 2 4 Ra E M Output 0 2 V 1V power supply Solenoid Valve Note External power supply line OV and output line G are connected internally as are external power supply line 24V and output line V When output power is supplied to external power supply connectors power can be supplied to out put devices from output lines G and V provided that the total current does not exceed 2 0 A If the total current exceeds 2 0 A the power must not be sup plied from the connector it must be supplied externally instead 209 Waterproof Terminals IP67 Section 5 4 Dimensions The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1 ODO4CL and DRT1 ODO4CL 1 Waterproof Terminals All dimensions in mm 45 _ 10 _ o Mounting holes Three 4 0 dia or M5 104 0 2 5 4 5 Waterpro
366. ter has been completed normally IR 03001 will be cleared message transmission completed When IR 03000 turns ON the CPU Unit will check that IR 10112 unit no 0 Master s Message Commu nications Enabled Flag is ON and the ALL PA RAMETER SET message is transmitted OOFE Master s node address 00 Master s unit address FE Hex DM 0000 Command data storage words 0012 Hex Master s unit number 00 12 command data words BCD If the Equals Flag is OFF error in writing to the Master IR 03001 will be turned ON and the data will be transmitted again If the Equals Flag is ON writing to the Master has been completed normally IR 03001 will be turned ON the port will be reset 291 RS 232C Units Section 6 2 Note 1 When transmitting explicit messages from an OMRON Master Unit spec ify 2 bytes each for the Class ID and the Instance ID Set 1 byte as the At tribute ID for the parameter setting command 2 The parameters that are set are held internally 3 To enable the parameters that have been set the RS 232C PORT RESET command has been used in the program examples The parameters can also be enabled however by turning OFF the power to the RS 232C Unit and then turning it ON again Responses The following responses will be stored if the parameters are set properly PARAMETER SET Response Contents Hex Meaning EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command code is 28 01 Hex Response code is 0000 Hex normal completion
367. ter performing the clear scan list operation check that the Slave has joined the network and perform the create scan list operation Make sure that the Slave s allocated I O area does not overlap with that of another Slave If there is an overlap change the Slave s node address to eliminate it Make sure that the allocated I O area does not exceed the allowed range shown below C200HW DRM21 V1 Output IR 050 to IR 099 Input IR 350 to IR 399 If the I O area exceeds this range change the Slave s node address to correct the problem When using another company s Master Unit check that the I O size reg istered in the Master s scan list matches the actual I O size of the Slave The I O size is recorded in the following attributes of the connection object Interface 2 Polled I O Connection Produced Connection size Input size Consumed Connection size Output size Interface Bit strobed I O Connection Produced Connection size Input size See Appendix B Slave Device Protocolfor details and register the correct value in the Master s scan list Refer to the Master s manual for details on registering the values 8 2 2 Analog Input Unit Troubleshooting DRT1 AD04 Error Probable cause The AD converted data is FFFF The Analog Input Terminal s open circuit detection function is activated when the input range is set to 1 to 5 V and the voltage drops below 0 8 V or the input range is set to 4 to 20 mA and the current drops
368. ternal circuits B7AC SIG IN Input A power supply 24 V B7AC trans delay switch A Port A Photo Input A power supply O V A power supply 0 V connector oupler gt 5 J H B7AC SIG IN DRAIN Input power supply 24 oO ON1 B7AC trans delay switch Port B Communications z Input B power supply 0 V connector connector DC DC converter Not iso lated C Port C connector 222 7 Interface Units Dimensions Four M5 Section 5 5 The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1 B7AC Interface Unit All dimensions are in mm 57 115 Mounting Holes When mounting from the front with M4 screws and nuts When mounting directly from the rear with M5 screws 28 0 5 Four 4 2 dia or M4 Nut a 125 0 5 R Mounting screw Four 5 4 dia E _ 4 125 0 5 5 5 4 Mounting in Control Panels Use screws to mount a B7AC Interface Unit in a control panel These Units cannot be mounted on a DIN Track Attaching the Unit from the Front The Units are tapped with 5 threads so use M4 screws to clear the threads and attach the Unit to the control panel from the front Drill the mounting holes in the control panel according to the dimensions shown in the dimensions dia grams and secure the Unit with M4 screws The appropriate tightening torque is 0 6 to 1 18 N m Attaching the Un
369. tests xiii EC Directives 6 Install all Units according to instructions in the operation manuals Improper installation may cause faulty operation Provide proper shielding when installing in the following locations Locations subject to static electricity or other sources of noise Locations subject to strong electromagnetic fields Locations subject to possible exposure to radiation Locations near to power supply lines Be sure to tighten Backplane screws terminal screws and cable connec tor screws securely Do not attempt to take any Units apart to repair any Units or to modify any Units in any way Caution The following precautions are necessary to ensure the general safety of the system Always heed these precautions Provide double safety mechanisms to handle incorrect signals that can be generated by broken signal lines or momentary power interruptions Provide external interlock circuits limit circuits and other safety circuits in addition to any provided within the PLC System to ensure safety Always follow electrical specifications for terminal polarity communica tions path wiring power supply wiring and I O jumpers Incorrect wiring can cause failures Although the Environment resistive Slaves have IP66 or IP67 degree of protection do not use them in applications where the Slave is always sub merged in water 6 EC Directives DeviceNet products conform to EMS and low volt
370. the CPU Unit of the Master Unit Before IR 00002 turns ON at the Master Unit make sure that the data to be written to the Slave is stored in DM 0009 to DM 0018 Ladder Program 25315 BSET 71 DM0100 DM0103 0000 25315 MOV 21 MOV 21 DM1001 MOV 21 MOV 21 MOV 21 2801 lt Ex e ato alo o alo e O DC Rz e ca qp o e Az ym MOV 21 MOV 21 MOV 21 0001 20 als o MOV 21 o 00002 DIFU 13 00003 00003 MOV 21 0001 Clears the response storage words DM 0100 to DM 0103 when the program starts or data writing starts Response storage word DM 0100 82 Hex DM 0064 Hex word 100 00 Hex Word data Response monitoring time 10 s Number of command data bytes 30 bytes EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command code FINS 2801 Hex Slave node address 07 BYTE DATA READ command service code 1E Hex Class ID 2F Hex Instance ID IR Area 1 01 Hex First write address 0000 Hex word 000 When IR 00002 turns ON IR 00003 will turn ON for once cycle as differentiated bit When IR 00003 turns ON the sequential processing control bit IR 04000 will turn ON 259 RS 232C Units Section 6 2 04000 10112 When IR 04000 turns ON the CPU Unit will check that IR 10112 Unit number
371. the Slave Refer to the following table Model Product code DRT1 ID08 DRT1 ID08 1 DRT1 ID16 DRT1 ID16 1 DRT1 OD08 DRT1 OD08 1 DRT1 OD16 DRT1 OD16 1 DRT1 MD16 DRT1 ID16T DRT1 ID16T 1 DRT1 OD16T DRT1 OD16T 1 DRT1 MD16T DRT1 MD16T 1 DRT1 ID16TA DRT1 ID16TA 1 DRT1 OD16TA DRT1 OD16TA 1 DRT1 MD16TA DRT1 MD16TA 1 DRT1 ID32ML DRT1 ID32ML 1 DRT1 OD32ML DRT1 OD32ML 1 DRT1 MD32ML DRT1 MD32ML 1 DRT1 ID16X DRT1 ID16X 1 DRT1 OD16X DRT1 OD16X 1 DRT1 HD16S DRT1 ND16S DRT1 TSO4T DRT1 TS04P DRT1 AD04 DRT1 AD04H DRT1 DA02 CQM1 DRT21 DRT1 IDO4CL DRT1 IDO4CL 1 DRT1 IDO8CL 327 Using Another Company s Master Unit Appendix B Model Product code DRT1 IDO8CL 1 DRT1 IDO8C DRT1 HD16C DRT1 HD16C 1 DRT1 OD04CL DRT1 OD04CL 1 DRT1 ODO8CL DRT1 ODO08CL 1 DRT1 OD08C DRT1 WD16C DRT1 WD16C 1 DRT1 MD16C DRT1 MD16C 1 DRT1 B7AC Message Router Object 0x02 Object class Attribute Not supported Service Not supported Object instance Attribute Not supported Service Not supported Header specification addition No DeviceNet Object 0x03 Object class Attribute Not supported Service Not supported ID content Get read Set write Object instance Attri
372. the components is plastic resin Do not place objects on the components or allow the components to be stepped on 225 7 Interface Units Section 5 5 Tables of Compatible Connectors Conn ector 1 DeviceNet communications connector tor 2 Connector for power supply to internal circuitry Connector 3 Connec Port A Connector 4 Connector 5 Port B Port C Connector 1 DeviceNet Communications Connector Connector type Cable with shielded connec tors on both ends DCA1 5CN Appearance Plug Socket male female Cable with shielded connector DCA1 5CN socket on one end ocket female Cable with shielded connector DCA1 5CN plug on one end Plug male Shielded T branch connector Connector 2 Connector for Power Supply to I Connector type Cable with connectors on both ends socket and plug DCN2 1 XS2W D42 Socket female Socket fe mal e nternal Circuitry Appearance Plug Socket male female Cable with connector on one end female socket XS2F D42 Socket female Connector socket assembly female Crimp connector or solder type XS2C D4 HE Socket female Tjoint 226 XS2R D427 5 Socket female Socket fe
373. the wiring of the DRT1 ID32ML 1 Remote Input Terminal 4 Note 1 Vterminals are not connected internally and G terminals are not connect ed internally Connect them carefully 2 Line colors have been changed accompanying changes in JIS standards for photoelectric and proximity sensors Previous colors are given in paren theses Allocations The first word allocated to the Remote Input Terminal is referred to as word m Given this the bit and word allocations to MIL connector pin numbers are as shown in the following diagram Bitis 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 43 2 1 0 wam 25 e7 29 31 33 35 37 39 26 28 ao 32 34 a6 38 40 16 inputs Wdm 1 5 7 9 11113 15 17 196 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 16 inputs 92 Transistor Remote I O Dimensions Terminals with Connectors Section 4 5 The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1 ID32ML and DRT1 ID32ML 1 Remote Input Terminals All dimensions are in mm 83 27 8 Values in parentheses are reference values Note There are restriction when using the 32 point Transistor Remote Input Termi nals with Connectors depending on the ambient operating temperature If the Terminals are not mounted facing up they
374. ting Bracket B The Mounting Bracket B is shaped like a DIN Track Use the same mounting procedure as for DIN Track Mounting Holes and Slave Center Line Two 3 2 dia or M3 L Center of mounting holes Le 16 0 2 _ N center of Slave Unit mm 105 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with Connectors Section 4 5 Mounting Parallel to a A Remote I O Terminal with a Connector can be mounted parallel to a panel Panel Using a Mounting by using the SRT2 ATT02 Mounting Bracket B sold separately Bracket Note A multi drop DeviceNet connector cannot be used if the Remote I O Terminal is mounted parallel to the panel Panel surface Mounted parallel to a panel Mounting Bracket B Mounting Method Use the following procedure to mounted the Remote I O Terminal 1 2 3 1 Mount the SRT2 ATTO2 Mounting Bracket B to the wall using two Phillip s screws as shown below Refer to page 107 for mounting dimensions 2 Mount the Remote I O Terminal to the Mounting Bracket B The Mounting Bracket B is shaped like a DIN Track Use the same mounting procedure as for DIN Track Mounting Holes and Slave Center Line Two 3 2 dia or M3 2 Center of mounting holes te 4Q center of Slave Unit mm 106 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with Connectors Section 4 5 Mounting Direction Unless specific restrictions are given for the Slave it can be mounted in any di
375. ting the data in single byte 2 digit hexadecimal Service Code Command Response In the command IE Hex is specified In the response the leftmost bit is turned ON and 9E Hex is returned Class ID Command Always 2F Hex Instance ID Command Specifies the data area to be written in hexadecimal as shown in the follow ing table Setting Word range Write Area IR 000 to IR 235 Read Area IR 000 to IR 235 IR 300 to IR 511 DM 0000 to DM 4095 C200HE CPU 1 1 E only DM 0000 to DM 5999 All except C200HE CPU 1 1 E IR Area 1 CIO IR Area 2 CIO Data Memory Area DM or D LR Area LR 00 to LR 63 HR Area HR or H HR 00 to HR 99 C200HX HG HE CZ AR Area AR 00 to AR 27 Can be set for Read Area only CS1H G Holding Area H H100 or H102 to H127 Specify the starting word with 00 Hex or 02 to 1B Hex TIM CNT 000 to TIM ONT 511 C200HX HG HE Z Area TIM CNT CS1H G Timer Area T EM Area bank 0 only Timer Counter T 000 to T 511 EM 0000 to EM 6143 Address L Address H Command The address in hexadecimal of the first word of data to be written Address L Rightmost 2 digits of the address in 4 digit hexadecimal Address H Leftmost 2 digits of the address in 4 digit hexadecimal Write Data Command Specify the data to be written to the specified area and words from word H leftmost byte bits 08 to 15 to word L rightmos
376. tion Model DRT1 MD16T DRT1 MD16T 1 Internal common NPN PNP Input points 8 points ON voltage 15 V DC min between 15 V DC min between each input terminal and V each input terminal and G OFF voltage 5 V DC max between 5 V DC max between each input terminal and V each input terminal and OFF current 1 mA max Input current 6 0 mA max point at 24 V DC 3 0 mA min point at 17 V DC ON delay time 1 5 ms max OFF delay time 1 5 ms max Number of circuits 8 points with one common Output Specifications Model DRT1 MD16T DRT1 MD16T 1 Internal common NPN PNP Output points 8 points Rated output current 0 5 A point Residual voltage 1 2 V max at 0 5 A 1 2 V max at 0 5 A between each output termi between each output termi nal and G nal and V Leakage current 0 1 mA max ON delay time 0 5 ms max OFF delay time 1 5 ms max Number of circuits 8 points with one common 77 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks Section 4 4 Components of the DRT1 MD16T and DRT1 MD16T 1 Rotary switches Refer to page 62 Set the node address DIP switch Refer to page 62 Pins 1 and 2 Baud rate setting Pin 3 Reserved Always OFF Pin 4 Hold Clear outputs for communications error DeviceNet Indicators Refer to page 312 Input indicators Output indicators Indicate the input status of each Indicate the output stat
377. to 6 Node address Pins 7 and 8 Reserved Always OFF a RARRRABR Rotary switch Sets the Unit No as a single digit hexadecimal DIP switch Front panel Pins 1 and 2 Baud rate Pin 3 Hold Clear Write Area data for communications error Pin 4 Reserved Always OFF Communications connector 232 200 1 0 Link Units Section 6 1 Indicators The indicators display the status of the C200H I O Link Unit and the Network When the Network is operating normally the 7 segment display shows the C200H I O Link Unit s node address when an error has occurred it shows an Status ON error code and the faulty node s node address Definition Device Operational Meaning Normal operating status Flashing Device in Standby Reading switch settings ON Unrecoverable Fault Unit hardware error Watchdog timer error Flashing Minor Fault Switch settings incorrect etc OFF No Power CPU Unit error power isn t being supplied waiting for initial pro cessing to start or the Unit is being reset ON Link OK On line Connected Network is operating normally communications established Flashing On line Not Connected Network is operating normally but communications have not yet been established ON Critical Link Failure A fatal communications error has occurred Network communica tions are not possible Check for a node address duplication or Bus Of
378. tor from dust hand to a torque of 0 39 to 0 49 N m but does not meet IP67 standards Maintaining Environmental Resistance The IP67 environmental resistance level will be lost if the surfaces where the contact block and cover meet are subjected to excessive force Pro tect the contact block and cover from excessive force or shock The IP67 standard is not completely waterproof Do not submerge the system components The body of the components is plastic resin Do not place objects on the components or allow the components to be stepped on Note There are two kinds of wiring for OMRON 2 wire Proximity Switches pre wired with connector One kind has IEC pin allocation M1GJ type and the other has OMRON pin allocation M1J type Refer to the following table to determine the appropriate Waterproof Terminal to use with each kind of switch Proximity Switch Compatible Terminal IEC pin allocation M1GJ type DRT1 IDO4CL 1 DRT1 IDO8CL 1 OMRON pin allocation M1J type DRT1 IDO4CL DRT1 IDO8CL 5 5 B7AC Interface Units The B7AC Interface Unit acts as an interface between I O Connector type B7AC Link Terminal Units and the DeviceNet Master Unit Up to 3 B7AC Link Terminal Units 3 Units x 10 inputs Unit can be connected to the B7AC Inter face Unit The B7AC Interface Unit uses shielded connectors to connect to both the DeviceNet Master Unit and B7AC Link Terminal Units so the cable connec tions can be made easily w
379. tored to green by resetting the power turning the power OFF and then ON again 2 The indicator will become green or orange if a B7AC series Unit is con nected after the power was turned ON Depending on the B7AC communications timing at startup a momentary communications error may occur and cause the indicator to become or ange after the error is resolved It the indicator is orange it can be restored to green by resetting the power turning the power OFF and then ON again Settings on DIP Switch 2 The settings on DIP switch 2 are B7AC communications settings for the indi vidual B7AC Interface Unit For details on the DIP switch 1 settings refer to 5 5 1 Node Address Baud Rate Settings DIP Switch 1 SW1 Sw2 DIP switch 1 Pins 1 to 6 Node address setting Pins 7 to 8 Baud rate setting DIP switch 2 Pins 1 to 3 B7AC transmission delay Pins 4 to 5 Reserved Always OFF Pins 6 to 8 B7AC communications error signal setting Node address B7AC B7AC communications setting transmission error signal setting delay setting Baud rate setting Reserved Always OFF 219 7 Interface Units Section 5 5 Allocation 220 Note Note B7AC Transmission Delay Setting Pins 1 to 3 Pins 1 to 3 set the transmission delay time for communications with the B7AC Link Terminal Unit at each port as shown in the following table These pins are set to ON high speed at the factory Transmi
380. tputs Branches a single connector s sig nals to two connectors 349 Connectable Devices and Device Current Consumptions Connector Covers for Environment resistive Slaves Appendix C Description Manufacturer XS2Z 12 Waterproof Cover meets 1P67 standards OMRON XS2Z 15 Dust Cover RS 232C Connectors for the RS 232C Unit Plug XM2D 0901 or equivalent Description 9 pin female Manufacturer OMRON Hood XM2S 0913 or equivalent 9 pin SAE screws Recommended UL2464 AWG28x5P cable IFS RVV SB UL listed Fujikura AWG28x5P IFVV SB Not UL listed UL2464 SB 5PxAWG28 UL listed Hitachi CO MA VV SB 5PxAWG28 Not UL listed Bracket for Remote I O Terminal with Connector SRT2 ATTO2 Mounting bracket B MIL Cables for Remote I O Terminal with Connector OMRON Cables with Connectors on Both Ends 40 pin on One End Two 20 pins on One End G79 150 25 D1 50 cm G79 175 50 D1 75 cm Compatible Slaves DRT1 ID32ML Compatible Terminals G7TC ID16 G7TC IA16 Manufacturer OMRON DRT1 OD32ML 1 G7TC OC16 4 M7F G79 150 25 D2 50 cm G79 175 50 D2 75 cm DRT1 ID32ML 1 G70A ZIM1 6 5 G79 O50 25 D1 50 cm G79 O75 50 D1 75 cm DRT1 OD32ML G7TC OCO08 OC16 G70D SOC16 VSOC16 G70A ZOC16 3 DRT1 OD32ML 1 G70A ZO0C 16 4 G70D SOC16 1 G79 M50 25 D1 50 cm G79 M75 50 D1 75 cm DRT1 MD32ML Inputs G7TC
381. tputs External power supply connector for internal Photo circuits coupler EN TA CAN H Ge CN3 1 5 DRAIN 2 Eo CNI vs Photo Communications coupler connector DC DC converter ES Not Voltage isolated step down I i Wiring The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 WD16C Environment resistive Terminal NPN CN3 CN4 CN5 CN6 CN7 CN8 CN9 CN10 CN2 CN1 end surface 4 Output 0 4 Output 8 4 Output 12 CAN H CANL 45 DRAIN 3 V 2 Output 1 4Output 2 2Output 3 Valve Solenoid Solenoid Internal power I O power supply supply 191 Environment resistive Terminals IP66 Section 5 3 The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 WD16C 1 Environment resistive Terminal PNP CN3 CN4 CN5 CN6 CN7 CN8 CN9 CN10 CN2 CN1 end surface 4 Output 0 4 Output 8 4 Output 12 HL 1 3 1 4 2 i CAN H CANL 45 2 Output 1 4Oupute 2 Output9 2 Output 13 ate 1 ue 3 i 2 1 V 2Output 3 i 1 Valve Solenoid Solenoid Internal power I O power supply supply Note External power supply line OV and output line G are connected internally as are external power supply line 24V and output line V When output power is supplied to external power supply connectors power can be supplied to out put devices from output lines G and V provided that the total current does not exceed 2 4 A If the total current exceeds 2
382. transmission completed If the Equals Flag is OFF error in writing to the Master IR 03101 will be turned ON and the data will be transmitted again END 01 Note When transmitting explicit messages from an OMRON Master Unit specify 2 bytes each for the Class ID and the Instance ID Set 1 byte as the Attribute ID for the PARAMETER READ command Response The following response will be stored if the parameters are read properly Contents Hex Meaning EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command code is 28 01 Hex Response code is 0000 Hex normal completion Number of bytes received data length from word DM 0153 onwards is 8 bytes Slave node address is 08 PARAMETER READ response service code is 8E Hex Leftmost byte Setting for the data bit length Rightmost byte Setting for the header code enable disable Leftmost byte Setting for the baud rate Rightmost byte Setting for the header code Leftmost byte Setting for the delimiter code Rightmost byte Setting for the number of bytes frames received after the delimiter 6 2 14 Reading Data Received by RS 232C Unit Ports In the following example the data received by the Bar Code Reader is stored in the receive buffer of the RS 232C Unit and read to the Master Unit If there is data already in the receive buffer of the RS 232C Unit it will be read to the Master Unit Response data from port 1 is stored in DM 0300 onwards and response data from port 2 is stored in DM 0350
383. tting range can be used as long as it isn t already set on another node The Waterproof Terminal won t be able to participate in communications if the same node address is used for the Master or another Slave node node address duplication error The Slave won t be able to participate in communications if the same node address is used for the Master or another Slave node node address duplica tion error Pins 1 and 2 are used to set the baud rate as shown in the following table These pins are factory set to OFF Pin settings Baud rate Pin 1 Pin 2 125 kbps default 250 kbps 500 kbps Not allowed 1 Always turn OFF the Slave s power supply including the communications power supply before changing the baud rate setting 2 Setthe same baud rate on all of the nodes Master and Slaves in the Net work Any Slaves with baud rates different from the Master s rate won t be able to participate in communications Furthermore a node with an incor rect baud rate setting may cause communications errors between nodes with correct baud rate settings The functions of pins 3 and 4 differ for inputs and outputs as shown in the fol lowing diagram Pins 3 and 4 are factory set to OFF n oot ON gt Input Not used Always OFF Output Hold Clear outputs for communications error Reserved Always OFF Pin 3 Reserved Always OFF Pin 4 As follows Inputs No function Always OFF Outputs
384. us of each contact contact Lit when the input is ON Lit when the output is ON Circuit removal screws Communications DIN track mounting hooks connector Internal power Input terminal block Output terminal block supply terminals Internal Circuit The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 MD16T Remote Terminal Photo 1 24v pc VO power coupler supply G1 y X ovi CANL ae Phot FM DRAIN O o CL t4 ANN Input 0 to 7 Mn coupler Photonin cs EM step down V2 24V DC l Opower x supply 7 0 G2 SOURCE ME e 24VDC 2 Ove SOURCE converter po Output 0 to 7 Isolated 24V Photocoupler G2 78 Transistor Remote I O Terminals with 3 tier I O Terminal Blocks Section 4 4 The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 MD16T 1 Remote Terminal Photo r Q V1 24 V DC coupler supply r Q G1 V1 X posu Input 0 to 7 coupler 1 zl X t Lm Photocoupler Y Voltage V2 24V DC VO power tep supply down 1 G2 v2 t converter E J 6 SOURCE O_ Isolated 2 x Q Output 0 to 7 G2 Photocoupler Wiring The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1 MD16T Remot
385. used to set the C200H I O Link Unit s unit number Machine No MACHINE No Setting method Setting range C200HX HG CPU5 Z Set as a one digit Oto F 0 0 2 hexadecimal value 0 to 9 C200HE Z all models Provided the unit number is not being used by another Special I O Unit mounted to the same PLC the settings can be made anywhere within the set ting range Use a small flat blade screw driver and take care not to scratch the rotary switch when making the setting Note 1 Always turn OFF the PLC s power supply before changing the rotary switch setting 2 The unit number determines which words will be allocated to the Unit in the Special I O Area 3 If the C200H I O Link Unit and another Special I O Unit mounted to the same PLC have the same unit number an error will occur on the PLC and the Unit will not be able to participate in the DeviceNet Network 4 When C200H Link Unit and a DeviceNet Master Unit are mounted to the same PLC set the C200H I O Link Units unit number higher than the Master Unit s unit number When the C200H I O Link Unit has a higher unit number it will recognize the Master Unit when the PLC is turned ON so you can set Read Write Areas that do not overlap If the C200H l O Link Unit is mistakenly given a lower unit number the Master Unit will recognize the C200H I O Link Unit when the PLC is turned ON and it will
386. ut Terminals with 8 Points DRT1 ID08 NPN and DRT1 ID08 1 PNP Input Specifications Item Specification Model DRT1 ID08 DRT1 ID08 1 Internal common NPN PNP Input points 8 points allocated one word in Master ON voltage 15 V DC min between 15 V DC min between each input terminal and V each input terminal and G OFF voltage 5 V DC max between 5 V DC max between each input terminal and V each input terminal and OFF current 1 mA max Input current 10 mA max point ON delay time 1 5 ms max OFF delay time 1 5 ms max Number of circuits 8 points with one common 41 Transistor Remote I O Terminals Section 4 3 Components of the DRT1 IDO8 and DRT1 ID08 1 Input indicators when the input is ON DIN track mounting hooks Communications connector DIP switch Refer to page 40 Pins 1 to 6 Node address setting Pins 7 and 8 Baud rate setting Pins 9 and 10 Reserved Always OFF Internal Circuits DeviceNet Indicators Refer to page 312 Terminal block Indicate the status of each contact Lit The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 IDO8 Input Ter minal Photo coupler LIO Internal circuitry SOURCE 24 V DC DC DC converter Isolated SOURCE 24V DC 42 Photocoupler Transistor Remote I O Terminals Section 4 3 The fo
387. ven Stop 2 0002 Porti frame format XXX OO 0003 Porti baud rate 2400 0004 Port header code 02 ST 0005 Port Delimiter code 03 EDO 0006 Port Data size D byte 0007 Port2 character format Data Parity Even Stop 2 0008 Port2 frame format OOO 00 0009 Port2 baud rate 2400 gt Help Set the character format Upload Download Compare Default Setup It will become possible to change the parameter 267 RS 232C Units Section 6 2 5 Set or change parameters frame format Put check marks next to the items that you want to disable and press the Enter Key or click another location in the window Parameter Nam 1 0001 Port character format Dataz Parityz Even Stop 2 0002 Portl frame format i ed 0003 Port baud rate Delimiter code disable Bit 0004 Porti header code v Flow control disabled Bit10 0005 Port Delimiter code fa Bits m EIE 0006 Porti Data size s Eis 0007 Port2 character format T Bit6 r Bit 4 0008 Port2 frame format Bit Bits 0009 Port2 baud rate ANNALA Dn lonis mma Data size Input the new value and press the Enter Key or click another location in the window Parameter Name Value 1 0001 Portl character format Data 7 Parityz Even Stop 2 0002 Port frame format AONO OO 0003 Porti baud rate 2400 0004 Port header code 02 STO 0005 Port Delimiter code 03 ET 0006 Port Data size J 0007
388. witch Any node address within the setting range can be used as long as it isn t already set on another node DIP switch setting Node address Pin 5 Pin4 Pin3 Pin2 0 default 1 2 0 OFF 1 ON Note 1 Refer to Appendix A Node Address Settings Table for a complete table of DIP switch settings 2 The Slave won t be able to participate in communications if the same node address is used for the Master or another Slave node node address dupli cation error Baud Rate Setting Pins 7 and 8 are used to set the baud rate as shown in the following table These pins are factory set to OFF Baud rate 125 kbps default 250 kbps 500 kbps Not allowed 111 Remote Adapters Section 4 6 Note 1 Always turn OFF the Slave s power supply including the communications power supply before changing the baud rate setting 2 Set the same baud rate on all of the nodes Master and Slaves in the Net work Any Slaves with baud rates different from the Master s rate won t be able to participate in communications Furthermore a node with an incor rect baud rate may cause communications errors between nodes with cor rect baud rate settings Setting Pins 9 and 10 The functions of pins 9 and 10 differ for inputs and outputs as shown in the following diagram AA T z o 9 10 Input Not used Always OFF Output Hold Clear outputs for communications error Reserved A
389. wn in the following diagram The Read Write Area settings are not output to this area unless the C200H I O Link Unit is restarted after software switch bit 00 is turned ON Bit 15 Bit 0 6 7 Current Write Area setting 8 Current Read Area setting Data is stored in these words in the same form as it is for the Read Write Set ting Area Refer to page 237 for details Use the following procedure to set the Read and Write Areas Using Control bits This procedure uses the Read Write Setting Area and the software switch in the C200H I O Link Unit s Special I O Area to set the Read and Write Areas 1 Turn ON the power to the PLC to which the C200H I O Link Unit is mounted and set the PLC to PROGRAM mode 2 Using a Peripheral Device such as a Programming Console set the Read Area and Write Area in the Read Write Setting Area in Special I O Area words 2 to 4 Example Read Area IR 100 to IR 119 Write Area DM 0160 to DM 0189 Write Area 58 bytes DM Area Write Area First word address 160 Read Area 40 bytes IR Area Read Area First word address 100 3 Using the Peripheral Device turn ON software switch bit 00 in Special I O Area word 0 Read Write Area user settings If it is already ON turn it OFF and then ON again 4 Check that Status Area bit 09 in Special I O Area word 5 is ON Read Write Area Setting Normal Completion Flag Note At this point the Read Write Area settings are written
390. won t be able to participate in communications if the same node address is used for the Master or another Slave node node address dupli cation error Pins 7 and 8 are used to set the baud rate as shown in the following table Baud rate 125 kbps default 250 kbps 500 kbps Not allowed Always turn OFF the Slave s power supply including the communications power supply before changing the baud rate setting Set the same baud rate on all of the nodes master and slaves in the Net work Any slaves with baud rates different from the master s rate won t be able to participate in communications Furthermore a node with an incor rect baud rate may cause communications errors between nodes with cor rect baud rate settings Transistor Remote I O Terminals Section 4 3 Setting Pins 9 and 10 The functions of pins 9 and 10 differ for inputs and outputs as shown in the following diagram 910 L Input Not used Always OFF Output Hold Clear outputs for communications error Reserved Always OFF Pin 9 Reserved Always OFF Pin 10 As follows Inputs No function Always OFF Outputs Hold Clear outputs for communications error OFF Clear All output data from the Master will be cleared to 0 when communications error occurs ON Hold All output data from the Master will be retained when a communications error occurs Pins 9 and 10 are factory set to OFF 4 3 2 Transistor Remote Inp
391. words for nodes 2 3 and 4 are unused If message communications are being performed just add the number of words used in message communications to the above number of words for whenever messages are being processed C200H I O Link Unit The PLC s cycle time is increased by the amount shown below when a C200H I O Link Unit is mounted to the PLC The extra time is required for I O refresh ing Additional processing time ms 1 72 0 022 x the number of words refreshed The number of words refreshed is the total number of words allocated to the Read Write Area If message communications are being performed just add the number of words used in message communications to the above number of words for whenever messages are being processed 7 1 3 More than One Master in Network The following equation shows the remote I O communications cycle time when there is more than one Master in the Network and message com munications are not being performed An example for two Master Units is used 307 Remote I O Communications Characteristics Section 7 1 First the Network is divided into two groups Master A and the Slaves in remote I O communications with it and Master B and the Slaves in remote I O communications with it p MO RETE Master A Master B Slave A Slave B SlaveC Slave Slave Slave F Slaves in remote I
392. xi Manuals added to list Pages 5 and 6 Callouts and graphics reworked and tables added after Pages 12 to 14 and elsewhere References to manuals simplified Page 14 Connector added Page 15 Restrictions to Master Units removed Page 17 Most of 2 3 4 Connecting Cables moved to 4 2 Connecting Cables with some additions Page 31 Section 3 Common Specifications added from pages 48 and 49 and examples previously in this section moved to new Section 6 Special Slave Units Specifications Pages 31 on General purpose Slaves and Environment Resistive Slaves sepa rated into two sections with new slaves added Page 136 Information moved or added to this page Pages 136 141 143 150 to 161 and 193 Information added on CS series PLCs Pages 139 and 145 Note added Pages 145 to 149 Many changes made Page 162 and 180 to 184 Additions some pages from other sections Page 169 Large addition Pages 169 to 177 Command formats changed in places Page 190 Small additions Page 192 Change to result line of equation Page 193 Addition on I O Link Unit Pages 196 to 202 Deleted Page 206 7 2 Error History deleted Page 209 7 3 1 Master Unit Troubleshooting deleted Page 218 Table removed Page 222 Title changes and pages added Page 222 to 240 Changes and additions made for new Slaves Page 240 New appendix added 359 Revision code Date Revised content 04 April 2002 Page xiii
393. y switch settings and corresponding input signal range settings Signal range for inputs 0 and 2 0to5V Signal range for inputs 1 and 3 0to5V 0to5V 1to5V 0to5V Oto 10 V 0to5V 0 to 20 mA 0to5V 4 to 20 mA 1to5V 1to5V 1to5V Oto 10 V 1to5V 0 to 20 mA 1to5V 4to 20 mA 0to10V 0to10V 0to10V to 20 mA Oto 10 V 4 to 20 mA 0 to 20 mA 0 to 20 mA 0 to 20 mA 4 to 20 mA 4 to 20 mA 4 to 20 mA 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F Cannot be set The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1 AD04 Analog Input Terminal DRT1 AD04 DC DC converter Isolated Photocoupler Internal circuitry Analog GND Input 0 Input 1 Input 2 Input 3 lt l L4 LJ AG 141 Analog I O Terminals Section 4 8 Note The DRT1 ADOAH has insulation between the inputs so there is no need for the user to be concerned with the internal circuitry Terminal Arrangement DRT1 AD04 DRT1 AD04H SOURCE 24V DC Wiring DRT1 AD04 and Connect the power supply and inputs voltage input or current input to the DRT1 AD04 H Common Analog Input Terminal s terminal block as shown in the following diagram Internal circuits Voltage input Current input power supply connection connection SOURCE 24V DC l Internal circuits Shield power supply With

OPERATION MANUAL DeviceNet Slaves

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents